MAAD Foundation Studio - Monsoon 2020, FA, CEPT by Neel Jain

Introduction

Acknowledgement

2020 has been an exciting as well as a challenging time for sustaining and continuing education. The excitement of exploring digital tools and medium in order to experiment with the learning process has provided new insights about its possibility. As a result, we have confronted a series of opportunities in comparison with direct learning in an on-campus studio.

We would like to express our sincere gratitude to Professor Sankalpa and the teaching associates Neel and Aviral for devising exercises during a remote studio that introduced us to new ways of observation and communication during a challenging time in our collective history. As faculty they leveraged the technology at hand to motivate, discuss and critique our work and push us to do our best.

1. The digital medium not only compelled the stakeholders of the knowledge to be structured and planned in great detail but also pushed us to be sharper in posing questions that helped the students to work on their assignments. In a way, it’s a great mental exercise to train oneself to be more conscious and crisp. 2. It opened the window to relook at the studio culture with a slight difference, unlike direct learning. Though we all know that the human presence is a very different experience, one can feel curiosity, humour, anger, affection, fear, joy and other emotions in proximity. But for a moment if we find different ways to connect to the experience using this platform, the other gets more clarity about absence in the long run that helps both the modes of learning. The miro board created the closest studio space possible with ease of accessing others work. 3. The students for a large part of the time were working independently with shared screen time during the discussion. This is different from sharing the physical space where the ease of learning skills from each other became a challenge. This did push many to take up an upgrade of skills on their own but could also be more accountable and planned with limited or only planned support. 4. The discussion during studio time did lead to listening to feedback by all, unlike on-campus studio. With minimum distraction in the digital space; one would just need their own physical space and its surrounding to be supportive. 5. Training to be alone should not be always looked at as a problem. The situation on the ground for every person is different in terms of access to a study space or availability of connectivity or a proper digital system or family situation. None of these can be ignored but to push oneself into this struggle is a training that is for life. COVID or not COVID are merely opportunities in this light.

Through the lens of this studio we have been enriched with a greater understanding of our own local environment. Each exercise culminated in a series of reviews and insight from a diverse range of practitioners, that was partly one of the best outcomes of the remote learning experience. We would like to thank Vishwesh Kandolkar, Nimesh Porwal and Fernando Velho for the insightful discussions that led to the formulation of our individual program briefs, Gauri Bharat for an Input Presentation on Writing, Melissa Smith on Mapping and Representation and Pratyush Shankar for a lecture on the nuances of formulating an Architectural Program. We would like to thank Surya Kakani, Sonal Mittal, Anuj Anjaria, Manu Narendran, Maulik Oza and Vishnu Kolleri for being part of our intermediate reviews on formulation of our program and the development of our structural systems. We would also like to thank the technical team of Yatin Bhai, Chirag Bhai and Bipin Bhai for guiding our Movement exercises.

The students of the MAAD program were working from different parts of the country having differing access to resources. Anticipating some of these; the studio was altered to some extent to suit the new online teaching where the area of study was chosen to be students’ own living environment. This did ease up some of the data collecting issues and opened up fresh ways of framing up contextually suited problem statements for future online studios. However, the latter part of the semester demanded skills of making models, laser cutting and other making related needs which posed a limitation to conducting online studios focused on making.

We would like to acknowledge Professor Rajan Rawal for sharing the invaluable insights gained through techniques developed at CARBSE that are relevant for our India and Professor Kaiwan Mehta for helping us de-construct ideas of context, and introducing us to the possibilities of being an Architect in India and to observe this with an ever critical eye. We would also like to thank our final jury consisting of V.R Shah, Sudhir Reddy, Uday Andhare, Surya Kakani and Anjali Yagnik who summarized and put into perspective the studio that we had just been through. We will carry forward the insights gained from these discussions in our personal journeys as architects. Lastly, it is only when we worked and discussed online that we realized the true power of Miro, an advanced virtual studio board. Safe to say, without this software, the pin-ups, discussions, learnings, presentations - none was possible. Thank you Mr. Andrey Khusid and Miro Team!

I acknowledge and express my gratitude to the students to have shown fortitude and taken a leap into the rigorous demands of the foundation program. I am also thankful to my teaching associate, Neel and Aviral for having supported me consecutively for the second year to make it thorough and professional. The support of the whole IT team of CEPT and TLC was important to make this semester take forward; many thanks. The studio also got immense support from Anjali Yagnik (Dean, Faculty of Architecture), Surya Kakani in its inception and fellow colleagues of Faculty of Architecture. This booklet is a continuation of the MAAD tradition as a compilation of studio work before the commencement of CEPT exhibition. I am thankful to Aayushi, Aastha, Arun, Abhinaw, Arvind, Deepak, Gazal, Ratik, Yash and the entire team of students who have made this possible. - Sankalpa

25 November 2020 02

First Row - Yash Rajput, Aayushi Tapiawala, Shivani Sampat, Abhinaw Alok, Ratik Verma, Anish Noone. Second Row - Gazal Nanwani, Siddhesh Satere, Yashash Kanojia, Shravya D.G, Neel Jain, Arbina Mistry. Third Row - Aastha Wadhwa, Abhay Shreekant, Ojas Hiwrekar, Prof. Sankalpa, Aditya Sharma, Arun Cherian. Fourth Row - Deepak Khandelwal, Kurian Jacob, Arvind Krishnan, Aviral A., Karishma Rathore. Fifth Row - Tushar Rajkumar, Arkojyoti Pradhan, Sasidhar Mahanti, Kave Shinthu Prabakherran.

Studio Book Edited & Compiled by: Arvind Krishnan, Arun Cherian, Ratik Verma, Aastha Wadhwa, Abhinaw Alok, Deepak Khadelwal, Gazal Nanwani, Yash Rajput, Shravya D.G. Curated by: Prof. Sankalpa, Neel Jain, Aviral A 04

Course Introduction

Scenario

Description

The agency of architecture has always been a constant catalyst in the shaping of cities. City as a place and urbanity as a phenomenon is what we increasingly confront today, where architecture emerges as a tool to understand and respond to the various issues/concerns resulting from complex network of relationships between physical dimensions of a city, people and habitats.

The course will essentially train students to detail out a building with a focus on its tectonics, environment and program. Students will analyse an urban situation as an informer of siting a building and its response to its surrounding. They will learn to push forward innovative building solutions to engage with the pressing and speculative of the time. There are three key considerations accounted while dealing with the studio: 1. Emphasis on space as an outcome of affordable and synthesis of detail. 2. Expression of details as a response to structural force, material, climate and program. 3. Representation and communication of the expressive dimension of detail as a partner to space. Students shall learn the following while dealing with the studio: 1. To develop an experimental attitude while tackling design problems. 2. To be aware and attempt design as a methodical search. 3. To develop abilities to adapt to design challenges within the constraints of use of basic to the latest available technology. 4. To develop an ability to critically observe, analyse and elucidate an architectural form while recognising its presence in a physical context. 5. To develop the ability to evaluate and respond to an architectural intervention as a set of impact at various scales in terms of its physical attributes as well as its socio-cultural and environmental relationship towards the built environment.

Problem Statement The studio will deal with ways analysing, deriving and detailing out a building in an urban context. It will use both digital and analogue methods while arriving at the design of a building. The project will largely deal with contemporary issues of our society related to buildings and speculative solutions to demonstrate some possibilities.

In India, different cities proliferate different conditions and issues raising ardent questions that will inform important concerns of the future. From questioning the transgression between the forest and the metropolis on one hand to fostering relationships between communities and the existing ecosystems in the coastal cities of southern west on the other, to raising provocative contemporary issues of Gender in Indian cities and challenges of availability, skill and material in typical Indian topographies, rise a myriad range of concerns that have shaped new understandings of existing boundaries at different scales. While the urban areas undergoing massive transformations lead to revelations of issues of defecation in open, lack of open spaces and disclose the imbalance between environment - built and un-built, rural and suburban areas face social and political regression . At various scales, issues of climate and corresponding changes in habitats affecting other resources and animals too become important. Hence, multiple narratives come to fore that shape India’s urbanity and require attention in this realm of rapid and profound change. A change that occurs as a continuum of observing and looking around, experimentation and careful consideration of drawing ideas , weaving these concerns to derive innovative possible solutions and experiment with the processes that shape them. The studio is symptomatic of a laboratory/testing ground where ideas from pan India are thus explored and tested for various contexts and their corresponding architectural challenges. The master’s program focuses on furthering these emerging issues in design, detailing and construction. It intends to be strong in the development of a tectonic through structure, that imbibes the innovative solution in it’s consummation rather than being incorporated later,. Lastly, it’s an informed effort to amalgamate structure and program , an approach that is unique and offers a new impetus to detailing and design.

Learning Outcome After completing the Studio, the student will be able to : 1. To recognize and attempt design as a methodical search. 2. To develop abilities to adapt to design challenges within the constraints of use of basic to the latest available technology. 3. To develop an ability to critically observe, analyse and elucidate an architectural form informed by its presence in a physical context. 4. To develop the ability to evaluate and respond to an architectural intervention as a set of impact at various scales in terms of its physical attributes as well as its socio-cultural and environmental relationship towards the built environment. 5. To detail out a building as a response to its material & construction, form & process and envelop & climate.

Reading Scales Layering information on corresponding scales of drawings to understand specific relationships between built and unbuilt.

1:10000

1:5000

1:2500

1:1000

1:500

1:200

1:100

1:50

1:10

Task :

Prompts :

Learning Outcomes :

1. Keeping one’s living environment at the centre, crop the satellite imagery rastered for an area of 800 m X 800 m of the neighbourhood into 80 x 80 mm frame at following ten scales: 1:10000, 1:5000, 1:2500, 1:1000, 1:500, 1:200, 1:100, 1:50, 1:20 and 1:10. 2. Speculate the type of information that needs to be ‘layered’ into this raster drawings as the scales change 3. Write the corresponding information that you have added concerning the information that you have layered on various scaled drawings. 4. Write the corresponding information related to the environment that you anticipate can be added to the corresponding scales.

1. Is the ‘information corresponding scales’ emerging out of the physical reading of the site? 2. Is the ‘information corresponding scales’ emerging out of a specific relationship between built and unbuilt? In that case; what would you term ‘unbuilt’ as? 3. Is your observation related to the site corresponding to any scales as mentioned below? 4. For each scale mention a few lines about:

1. To Appropriately layer information on a scaled drawing. 2. To identify and apply information related to the built environment at each scale.

4.1 Information corresponding scales 4.2 Speculated information

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting Key-points : Site, Issue/Question, Stakeholders, Scale.

Context :

Task :

City as a place and urbanity as a phenomenon is what we increasingly confront today. It is relevant to study the urban environment to understand the complex network of relationships between people and the physical dimensions of a city. This exercise focuses on the study of urban areas in your surrounding to arrive at various propositions based on issues/ concerns/ problems or to analyse and unearth various layers that an urban situation poses about architecture. The suitability of the proposition shall be based on the argument put forth by the students. The argument shall be substantiated by evidence.

1. Observation of Site and Surrounding to come up with pressing, concerning or speculative issue of the built environment that has it’s roots in issues of architecture. 2. Recording the issues with appropriate evidence and communicate using analytical drawings, matrix, graphs etc.. 3. Analysing the issue/problem into various parts for analysis and explaining these parts logically and coherently. Argue about the issue with specific research and evidence. Establish the interrelationships of these issues and evaluate the evidence collected to verify relations and unravel new facts/ inferences .

Assumptions :

Additional Remarks :

There is a possibility to derive a pattern by observing The events occurring in space to expose the interrelationships between stakeholders and built environment.

The representation should visually communicate the issue through graphs, matrices, mapping, charts etc..

Communication of the Issue identified, recorded and analysed to elucidate various urban situations and argue a proposition.

Choose the audience to communicate to and identifying the apt representation technique and communication tool for the issue that creates the suitable impact.

Learning Outcomes : Choose the audience to communicate to and identifying the apt representation technique and communication tool for the issue that creates the suitable impact.

Constructing an Architectural Response The formulation of a Statement of Inquiry that comprehends the issue and relevant architectural response represented visually .

Way forward :

Task :

Learning outcome :

After arriving at a set of questions, based on the study of living environment and its surrounding enabling observation and articulation of statement , and appropriate representation , it becomes important at this stage to construct a compelling case and reflect individual standpoint based on the study of the area.

1. Identify a suitable site or sites for your area of intervention. 2. Articulate your architectural response based on identified issues or sets of issues. Identify the formative forces that inform your response. 3. Construct a valid and relevant argument which reveals various aspects of the issue or set of issues. The response may critique the existing system, leading to a stance that you may take expressing objections or agreements. 4. Appropriately use mapping and documentation of the area under review so as to develop a clear set of drawings, models and other materials to support your stance. 5. Attempt to relate your issues to elements of architecture and urban form wherever relevant.

1. To be able to identify an issue, formulate a statement of inquiry for that issue. 2. To be able to construct various architectural responses based on statement of inquiry and corresponding representation. 3. To be able to Identify methods and methodology to be employed while attempting to construct the response and argue at various scales to support the logic.

Modifying ‘To Script out mechanical movement in an opening of variable dimension using Grasshopper’

Intention :

Task :

Learning outcome :

1. To understand parameters in the digital model.

1. Identify the parameters which define your object and can be used to modulate it, as informed by the learning of your investigation as in exercise 2.1.

1. To be able to model the parametric object in detail using Rhino and grasshopper.

2. To understand formation as an outcome of simple coordinated rules. 3. To be able to use drawing as a tool to record instances of parametric modelling.

2. Develop scripts in grasshopper which through one can control the form of the object.

2. 2. To be able to analyse and use the parameters to achieve objects with desired functions. 3. 3. To be able to represent and communicate the relationship between the parameters and resultant object through drawing.

1 2

The making of the panel is divided in to 7 parts. The Basic Parameters are defined in part 1. These include size of the Frame and the extrusion amounts of the flanges. These are achieved using the rectangle along with extrude and number sliders

The Outputs from 1 are then used by part 2, to cut away the part of the flange that is needed. For this division, boundary surface and solid difference are used.

The outputs from 1 are also fed into 3 which gives us the MDF panel of specified thickness. This uses Boundary surface and Extrude.

The position of the MDF panel is fixed via 4, for rotation at the centre of the flange. This uses the move command

5 Defines the rotation of the MDF panel, using rotate function.

6 defines the mirror of the flange that completes the frame.

7 internalizes the pivot as a brep in the script and uses the mirror and rotate command to move it to either side of the panel

The window starting from fully closed to fully open from top to bottom

Movement ‘To use drawing as a tool to record mechanics of movement through digital modelling’

Intention :

Task :

Learning outcome :

1. Introducing movement through modelling.

1. You can use any other relevant materials to develop mechanisms of movement.

1. To be able to model the parametric object in detail using Rhino and grasshopper.

2. To be able to use drawing as a tool to record and document mechanics of movement through digital modelling.

Additional remarks : 1. The documentation must include following heads : a. Introduction to your mechanism. b. List of parts. c. Step wise assembly. d. Operation and maintenance (GIF) .

Task : 1. Take any material sheet and make a panel of size 500 X 700mm and 4-6mm thickness which has to be moved in a way without direct application of force on the panel.

2. Select one choice from below point and develop a mechanical movement.3. The type of operation in order to induce motion shall be controlled by devices attached to the adjacent wall. 2.1. Rotation along the transverse axis from the centre 2.2. Rotation along the longitudinal axis from the centre 2.3. Sliding along the transverse axis 2.4. Sliding along the longitudinal axis 2.5. Rotation along the transverse axis from one end 2.6. Rotation along the longitudinal axis from one end 2.7. Rotation and translation along the transverse axis from one end with bi-fold panels 2.8. Rotation and translation along the longitudinal axis from one end with bi-fold panels

Modelling ‘Investigating the nature of forces in a vertical and horizontal cantilever’

Material :

Tests :

Learning outcome :

Wire, Paper, thread and pin

The stability of the structure shall be tested under the following conditions: 1. Under sway by an external forces, the structure should not deflect more than 3 mm. 2. The structure should be able to carry 30 times its selfweight.

1. To physically realise the resolution of forces in a vertical and a horizontal structure. 2. To recognize and articulate force as a vector entity. 3. To come up with a module which could be repeated to form stable larger and complex structures using digital modelling

Task : Select either a flexible wire or paper strip (1 x 21 mm) of height 500 mm. Stabilize the paper strip or wire and adhere to the following conditions: 1. The support for the base cannot extend beyond an area of 30000 sq. mm 2. The maximum length of the paper strip cannot be more than 90 mm. 3. All joints have to be pin joints 4. Any stability required for a joint other than pin joint shall be achieved by the articulation of thread. 5. In no circumstances is a strut allowed as a strategy to achieve stability 6. You can select as many vertical members as you want. The minimum distance between the two vertical members shall be more or equal to 25 mm 7. No adhesion shall be allowed except while developing a connection between base and structure.

Iteration-5 Key Idea - This was the last iteration which was developed from a combination of previous spanning iteration and bearing iteration (No - 03 Bearing System starts deforming & No - 04). after loading. This system consisted of a T - Strip module which was repeated in the whole system to achieve the height while staying intact on the application of any load onto it.

Modulating system Spanning and bearing

Views of the model (Isometric, Plan and side)

Key Idea- In the earlier modulating system, the spanning member failed because of inverse behaviour. In the scale of 1:10 model, tension cables were introduced in ‘L’ shaped and the end of the member was connected to the bearing member. The spanning system was further examined with UDL and point load in left, center and right. On examining, tension cable helped to stop the rotation of the spanning member on left and the right side. and had equal distribution of load as the studs were placed at equal intervals.

‘Propagating the spanning and bearing modules into a structural system for a community library’

Examining it with different forces to understand behaviour:

Point load (at center)

Uniformly Distributed Load

Point Load (on left)

Point Load (on center)

Key Idea system model in which both the horizontal as well as vertical spanning were integrated together to acheive a system that could be developed further for an architectural intervention through techtonics.

Materials :

Additional remarks :

Learning outcome :

Each member/ unit is of maximum size 200x1500 mm at actual scale and thickness maximum 40 mm.

While tackling the design task; use the following rules: 1. The spanning has to be one way. 2. The density or sparseness of the structural system shall be used to work with light, instead of the use of enclosure elements and materials. 3. The building should respond to its orientation on site. 4. A staircase shall be designed using the same idea of spanning or bearing as far as possible to reach on the first floor. 5. Toilet should not be considered as part of the proposal but should think about placing it outside the library building for which you need to provide the provision.

Task :

Modulating System

The system contained 2 bearing system working together perpendicular Spanning system is not taking to each other and the spanning system load but it has inverse potential connected to one of the bearing system on both ends.

Modulating system

Use the spanning system and bearing system developed by you to design a structural system for a community library for a footprint of 100 sqm and a G+1 building of maximum height 8000mm. Choose the site in your area of study to propose it.

Point Load (on right )

Axonometric of the Finalised Structural system

Space - Material Interaction ‘Articulating spatial qualities through transparent, translucent and opaque materials’

Materials :

Additional remarks :

Learning outcome :

Transparent, translucent and opaque materials.

Any type of pure circulation elements needs to be visually exposed to outside e.g. staircase, bridges etc.. at least two or more sides.

1. To make a model to communicate the design strategy of the project and its tentative expression.

Task : Make a model of your project while following the undermentioned criteria: 1. Select the material of your model in a way that the enclosure system expresses the characteristics of your system in relation to the space of your project in terms of texture and the material ability to mediate between light and space e.g. ability of material to draw in or restrict light. 2. While making models clarify and assert the functional relationship of parts to its atmosphere e.g. warmth, lightness, coolness, release, etc.. 3. Make sure that you are clear about building up relationships of functions within the same volume, separate or any other identified strategy of organization.

2. To create an expression of space as an interaction of its physical elements.

1:10 Structural model

Presentation ‘Using digital technologies to articulate the formulation of one’s structural system’

‘Using the developments in the previous exercises to come up with a coherent scheme using the kit of parts devised’

Intention:

Task :

Learning outcome :

Intention:

Task

Learning outcome :

Select and apply appropriate material, cross-section and profile to structural centrelines. To understand geometry of the stabilizing form

Select an appropriate material and cross sectional profile to each individual structural system. Develop a joinery to connect these elements such that the joinery can be produced using: Planar members of any available material cut to shape using laser/water-jet/plasma-cutting/ 3d printing, available in one’s locality

1. Familiarity with digital prototyping methods and tolerances necessary for fabrication.

The final culmination of the studio is towards a coherent scheme set in one’s locality using the kit of parts and methods developed in the previous exercises

To develop the project in one’s neighbourhood arrived as a result of the neighbourhood studies conducted, utilizing the structural system devised as part of the preceding exercises, and the facade system that was a result of the movement exercise.

To culminate a bottom up learning approach where the larger scheme is built of a kit of parts to make a convincing architectural intervention in one’s locality.

REC

24 Neel and Aviral have joined

Sankalpa

Participants 01. Aastha Wadhwa

33.

02. Abhinaw Alok

67.

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Bhagalpur, Bihar

03. Gazal Anil Nanwani

109.

04. Shravya DG

151.

05. Abhay Sreekant

193.

06. Tushar Rajkumar

229.

07. Arbina Mistry

265.

08. Shivani Sampat

307.

09. Aayushi Tapiawala

343.

10. Siddhesh Satere

383.

11. Karishma Rathore

425.

12. Kurian Jacob

467.

Saugor, Madhya Pradesh

Manipal, Karnataka

Bangalore, Karnataka

Manipur, Imphal

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Navi Mumbai, Maharashtra

Chaibasa, Jharkhand

MAAD 2020 Studio

Delhi

REC

24 Neel and Aviral have joined

Sankalpa

Participants 13. Arvind Krishnan

507.

14. Yash Rajput

547.

15. Arun Cherian

591.

16. Deepak Khandelwal

629.

17. Yashash Kanojia

665.

18. Sasidhar Mahanti

699.

19. Arkajyoti Pradhan

729.

20. Ratik Verma

757.

21. Kave Shinthu Prabakherran

799.

22. Ojas Hiwrekar

841.

Chennai, Tamilnadu

Surat, Gujarat

Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala

Udaipur, Rajasthan

Rohini, Delhi

Rajahmundary, Andhra Pradesh

Kolkata, West Bengal

Jabalpur, Madhya Pradesh

Tiruchirapalli, Tamilnadu

Epilogue MAAD foundation studio

Its been 16 weeks the journey of learning in Cept started. I had a lot of expectations of being there in the campus and experiencing life at Cept but all just shattered with the online classes because of the Covid-19 situation. Yet the semester

Commitement to work”- Ar. Sankalpa; the phrase really made a way through our lives. Actually, it was a parts to whole semester where we started with a very small part, as in, a mechanism of window to the entire project which runs through the same scheme. soul of this semester which was quite interesting in its way. Observation of design and spaces and its transitions through model making was my favourite. The exploration of

Aurangabad, Maharashtra

I felt really though to crack and yet I rejoiced the whole semester learning the very thin line between structure and design.

-Kave Shinthu Prabakherran PAD20165

23. Aditya Sharma

875.

24. Anish Noone

911.

Delhi

MAAD 2020 Studio

Nellore, Andhra Pradesh

Threshold of Urban Nature and Urban Habitat redefined Case of Aarey, Mumbai

Aastha Wadhwa

Mumbai 19.0760° N, 72.8777° E

1:500

Reading Scales

•

• •

Inferences

•

Neighbourhood at this scale is read in terms of an organised whole rather than the sum of its parts. A large portion of un-built area is observed in the vicinity with a clear segregation between the built and unbuilt. A dotted line representing a water channel is observed. The road network does not follow any particular rules or patterns and extends in all directions.

•

This map reveals the forms of the building (‘grains’) and in turn reveals the density variations in the vicinity. No particular rules or patterns visible in the relative positions of built forms in the system. A usual pattern of rectangular built masses aligned along the internal roads is broken by 3 polygonal built masses in the immediate north of the primary building.

•

This map depicts individual plot boundaries and its relationship with the built forms. A detailed profile of the buildings is visible. A formal segregation of individual plots is seen. Presence of dense vegetation in the neighbourhood. Presence of 3 courtyards within the primary building is observed.

•

A detailed profile of the building that encapsulates a central large courtyard and 2 small adjacent courtyards is depicted. A close proximity of the podium of the neighbouring towers is observed. A pentagonal shaped open space, north of the building is observed. A triangular shaped open space with dense vegetation, south of the building is observed.

•

1:5000

•

1:2500

•

• • • •

1:1000

•

• • •

•

• •

•

• • • •

The unusual presence of 3 towers in the vicinity could possibly be a recent addition to the neighbourhood. A pressure on the existing system/ facilities can be anticipated by the presence of three towers. The towers could possibly be blocking the wind/ sunlight of the adjacent buildings.

A sense of ownership can be anticipated with the clear demarcation of plots. City regulations considering the front open space/ side open space that guides the physical logic of built mass can be speculated. A rough configuration of the apartments along the courtyards can be speculated in the primary building.

Due to observed close proximity of podium and the boundary wall, a hampering of the bye-laws is anticipated. The issue of safety/ privacy is speculated. Presence of dense vegetation in the plot speculates shaded driveways. The pentagonal open space north of the building could be a common recreational space. The triangular open space south of the primary building with dense vegetation could be a common garden.

1:100

•

1:20

•

The large portion of un-built area represents the presence of the urban forest in the vicinity (Aarey Colony). An absence of a particular pattern in the road network represents haphazard development.

1:200

Observations

•

• •

• • • •

1:10

1:10000

•

• • • • •

A typical organisation of apartments at every level around the central access core is observed. The apartments are organised orthogonally around the central court. A narrow passage between staircase and lift core is observed. The entry doors to two adjacent apartments are located too close to each other.

•

This drawing reveals the internal organisation of the apartment. Segregation of spaces is depicted. Structural system of the built form is revealed. Elevational features of the building can be speculated. A double elevation design with recessed windows is observed. Window openings are observed on only one side of the apartment.

•

The internal furniture placement of the apartment reveals the activity of spaces and internal circulation. Door and window openings are revealed. Tightly packed furniture arrangement with minimal circulation spaces can be observed.

•

The tightly packed furniture anticipates location of the apartment in a dense metro city.

Furniture details along with the window details are represented in this drawing. Thickness of materials used and the form/ profiles of the materials is revealed. The profiles of each component of a window is observed. The pattern of brick laying is observed. The wall finishes (plaster) and skirting line is seen.

•

The thickness of material used for furniture anticipates use of plywood. The profiles of each component of a window gives us an idea of the type of window opening (sliding window).

A chamfered edge of plywood shutter is observed. 25mm stone at the window sill is observed. A 12mm groove between plaster and stone sill is observed. The detailed profile of sliding window channel is observed. A chamfered edge of the stone sill is observed.

•

• •

• • •

•

• •

The narrow passage between the staircase and lift block is the common lobby space shared between 4 apartments. A lack of buffer space between the common lobby area and individual apartment is speculated. The close proximity of the entrance doors of 2 adjacent flats speculates congestion in circulation.

A typical frame structure can be inferred from the arrangement of columns and beams. Internal zoning and activities can be speculated considering the room sizes. The recessed windows acts as a weather protection. Window openings on only one side of the apartment could predict restricted or no sunlight during some parts of the year.

The chamfered edge of plywood shutter affords grip to open. The groove between plaster and stone depicts how one material interacts with the other. Various components of the window - stone sill, sliding window frame, sliding shutter, glass, rubber tube etc. also gives us an idea of the sequence of assembly of the window parts. 35

Reading, Questioning & Interpreting an Architectural Response Existing Master Plan

Context: Aarey, Mumbai

Problem Statement : The process of environmental protection has led to a social exclusion of nature from the city. The exclusion is clearly reflected in the wall constructed at the threshold. However, the social interactions and everyday practises amongst the citizens crossing the builtforest boundaries suggests a far more dynamic and complex world, which the existing threshold fails to cater to.

Sanjay Gandhi National Park

Thus the project emphasises the necessity of a radical reorganization of the transition of natural ecosystem into dense three-dimensional cities and reconstructing the territorial policies in order to support the diversified activities that sustain human culture and environmental balance.

50m

Existing threshold (2.5m high boundary wall)

150m

Implicit-Explicit boundaries A mapping of boundaries a) within the forest and b) between the forest and the built environment was carried out. It was observed that the boundaries within the forest were extremely implicit in nature whereas the boundaries between the built and the forest consisted of a 2.5m high concrete wall.

Located at the interface of the built and the forest. LEGEND:

Urban Structure

Public open space Aarey forest (16sqm) Primary road Railway network (Mumbai locals) Secondary roads N^ Current location Aarey forest

Explicit boundaries

LEGEND: Primary road Secondary roads Lake Implicit boundaries Explicit boundaries Urban Tissue

Mapping the boundaries

Implicit boundaries

Socio-spatial study of the existing threshold

Observation

Speculation

An element segregating the black and the white.

Can there be a grey?

1 2

LEGENDS: 1. Aarey forest 2. Boundary wall – 2.5m high 3. Cut-out ‘A’ – 0.6m wide 4. BEST bus stop 5. Cycle parking 6. Grating

Zone 01

Architectural Response In response to the given conditions, the project challenges the modern approach of physical and ideological separation of the urban habitat and urban nature. It tries to reimagine the threshold as a space (and not as an element) which participates and negotiates and not divide the two. 2

Threshold The threshold is re-imagined as a space and not as an element. It is perceived as an intermediary buffer zone is proposed where several institutions would interact in order to better manage the forest-city, non-humanhuman hybridity. It is a place for gathering and exchange. The crucial spaces within this zone would become shared, public spaces – accessible by all, respected in common, thriving with socialization, confrontation, and growth. The shared spaces would sustain the inter-dependencies encouraging people to collaborate rather than compete and consume, thus reinforcing a sense of acknowledgement of the natural habitat amongst the citizens. 200m

LEGENDS:

5 4

1. Aarey forest 2. Boundary wall – 2.5m high 4. Stacked up rocks – to facilitate crossing over the boundary wall 5. Grating

Zone 02

1 4

5 2

LEGENDS:

6 Zone 03

1. Aarey forest 2. Boundary wall – 2.5m high 3. BEST bus stop 4. Public bench 5. Cut-out ‘B’ – 0.6m wide 6. Cut-out ‘C’ – 1.2m wide Existing forest

Proposed threshold

Built environment

Modifying Mechanism details

Introduction The exercise aimed to develop and document a mechanical system designed for a shading device. 1. To develop details based on the mechanical movement. 2. To identify materials suitable for inducing the movement. Rotation along the transverse axis from one end of the louvres is achieved through a rack and pinion mechanism.

Detail A | Rotation of handle drives the bevelled gears, transferring the motion to the driving pinion. The rotational motion of driving pinion gets transferred to linear motion of rack.

The louvres are designed to rotate between the angles of 0 to 90 degrees (opening outside). An isometric drawing depicting the movement of VERTICAL LOUVRES

Mechanism A rack and pinion mechanism is used to rotate the panels. 1. The rotational motion of handle in X-Z plane drives the bevelled gear no 04. 2. This motion is then transferred to bevelled gear no 03 and driving pinion no 02 connected with a common shaft in Y-Z plane. 3. The rotational motion of driving pinion is translated to linear motion of rack in Y-Z plane. 4. The linear motion of rack gets translated to rotatory motion of pinion no 01 thereby rotating the panel.

Detail B | Linear motion of rack gets translated into rotational motion of pinion, thereby rotating the MDF panel.

Shop Drawings

MDF panel 6mm thick MS frame 100x50mm

Isometric view

The illustration depicts the movement of individual parts in their respective co-ordinate planes. A drawing depicting mechanism of VERTICAL LOUVRES

Detail C | MDF panel pivoted at top for rotation.

Shop drawings

Grasshopper Script

Parametric scripting to model VERTICAL LOUVRES

Plan

Working

Parts and Components

1. Rotational motion of input wheel. 2. Rotational motion of bevelled gear (no 04) - dia 15mm 3. Rotational motion of bevelled gear (no 03) - dia 75mm 4. Rotational motion of driving pinion (no 02) - dia 15mm 5. Linear motion of rack 6. Rotational motion of pinion (no 01) - dia 30mm 7. Rotation of MDF panel

03 09 01 11 05 18 10

06 12 07 08

B Section AA’

Elevation

Detail ‘A’ 01. MDF panel 6mm thick 03. 5mm thick base plate screwed to bottom of panel. 04. MS bottom frame 100x50 05. MS rod (spindle) dia 8mm 07. MS rack resting on a C-shaped guide panel

Gear ratio

Detail ‘B’ 08. Ball bearing mounted on a 5mm thick MS plate - screwed to bottom frame 09. Input wheel 10. Bevelled gear (no 03) dia 75mm 11. Bevelled gear (no 04) dia 15mm attached to input wheel 12. Driving pinion (no 02) dia 15mm

Dia of 3: 75MM

Dia of 2: 15MM

Dia of 4: 15MM

Dia of 1: 30MM

Detail ‘C’ 13. 5mm base plate with ball bearing screwed to plate 14.Axis of rotation of MDF panel 15. Pivot plate 5mm thick screwed to MS top plate 16. MS Pivot pin dia 8mm 17. Pivot plate 5mm thick screwed to MDF panel

Gear ratio between 1 and 2 = 1:2 Gear ratio between 3 and 4 = 1:5 Hence total gear ratio achieved between 1 and 4 = 1:10 Therefore in order to rotate the panel by 90 degrees, handle has to be rotated 2.5 times.

Exploded Isometric

01. (Base) Unequal MS angle - size 100x50x4mm 02. (Guide) MS C-section - size 5x15x800mm 03. (Rack) MS Rack - size 10x20x800mm 04. (Ball bearing plate) MS ball bearing Internal dia 4mm, base plate 100x30x3mm 05. (Pinion no 01) MS Pinion dia 30mm No of teeth = 17 MS rod dia 4mm

06. (Bush plate) MS bush Internal dia 4mm Base plate size 50x10x3mm 07. (Driving pinion 02 and bevelled gear 03) Driving pinion dia 15mm No of teeth = 7 Bevelled gear dia 75mm No of teeth = 21 Ball bearing internal dia 4mm

08. (Bevelled gear no 04 and Ball bearing) Bevelled gear dia 15mm MS rod dia 4mm 09. (L-angles) MS L-section size 20x100x3mm 10. (L-angle) Unequal MS L-angle 100x50x3mm 11. (Pivot bottom plate) Pivot pin dia 4mm MS base plate 5mm MS bevel headed screws

Modelling - horizontal cantilever

Modelling - vertical cantilever

Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea-The horizontal strip is balanced by transferring the dead load of the strip to the vertical base with the help of a truss like arrangement through compression members (paper strips) and tension cables (thread).

Key Idea- Several iterations for the configuration of three vertical strips was tested. Observation- This configuration of members aligned at 120 degrees to each other was found to be more stable than the previous iterations.

Front View

Iteration-2 Key Idea- The angle of tension cables was altered in this iteration. Buckling was observed near the base. Inference- As the angle becomes gradual, the magnitude of horizontal component of the tension force increases. This horizontal component gets added up as we move towards the base, thus causing buckling. Hence a steeper angle as chosen in iteration 01 is found to be more stable than a gradual angle in this.

Plan Buckling observed

Front View

Iteration-3

Front View

Isometric View

The outcome of adding dead load, lateral force and rotational force was studied and documented. When the model is pushed to right, the vertical member on the left side is observed to be in tension whereas the member on the left is observed to be in compression.

Key Ideaa) Vertical orientation of the strip was observed to be more self stable. b) Compressive forces get added up near the base. The compression strips are replaced with an ‘A-frame’ in order to distribute the compressive forces into two, thus avoiding any buckling near the base . Inference- The introduction of A-frame is observed to make the system more stable than earlier iterations which were majorly planar.

Side elevation 44

Front View

Plan 45

Modulating system Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea-The cantilever spanning system developed earlier was propagated into a lattice girder system.

Key Idea-The system incorporates learnings from previous iteration. 1. The beam was modified into a simply supported (in contrast to the lattice girder as developed before). Hence compression members were placed on the top, with a tension cable at bottom.

Observation- The bearing system in this iteration was observed to fail under the load of the lattice girder. The elements of the system were observed to be placed only in one plane. Hence it was not strong enough to sustain the load.

2. The bearing system was activated in terms of depth (in contrast to the planar design developed before).

Front Elevation

Observation- The bearing system was still observed to fail under load due to its majorly planar articulation.

Detail A Activated in terms of depth Isometric View Front Elevation

Plan Detail B

Detail C

Plan

Load test (bearing system is observed to fail)

System assembly (Bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system) 5mm thick MS plate Prefabricated MS cap MS hexagonal bolts (bevel headed)

30x90mm CLT members

d 01

8mm thick MS plate 04

Compression member

8mm dia tension cable

Compression member Tension member Tension member

120 °

135 °

120

120 °

13 MS triangular shaped stiffeners are introduced at regular intervals to avoid buckling.

65mmX230mm CLT members are bolted together on either side of the T plate.

135

Plan (corner condition)

5°

120°

Plan (typical condition)

120°

120

01. 230mm X 65mm T shaped MS plates sandwiched between two CLT members 02. 230mm X 30mm CLT members 03. MS hexagonal bolts (bevel headed) 04. MS stiffener plates 05. MS prefabricated stiffener plates

a) Three T shaped MS plates 230mmX65mm are welded together in a triangular 135 °

LEGEND

b) Additional prefabricated stiffener plates are bolted to the column at regular intervals to avoid buckling.

c) 5mm thick MS plate is sandwiched between two 30x90mm CLT members is bolted together with the help of 8mm hexagonal bolts. d) Prefabricated MS caps are bolted at the ends of this member. e) Two more composite members are bolted to the top beam to create a f) Series of compression members are bolted together to the triangular modules at top and a tensile cable runs along the bottom.

Front Elevation

Plan

Behaviour under load 49

Structural and enclosure system

System joinery details Bearing system to peripheral beam connection 100x450mm Mangalore tiles (insulation) 25x25mm square hollow sections placed at 380mm C/C battens to hold the manglore tiles 50mm purlite concrete

4mm MS decking sheet

150x88mm MS C-sections placed at 1400mm C/C as secondary beams

Detail 01 | Corner condition

Spanning system

Bearing system

250x88 mm MS C-sections as peripheral beams

Concrete base for columns

Detail 02 | End condition 200mm AAC wall

openable glazing system using double glass (low-e) and PVC frame Network of MS L-sections as framework to hold the timber panels and shading device 40mm thick CLT panels as external insulation

operable louvres 300mm depth 1000mm C/C (Mechanically operated shading device) 0.5m 0m

1.5m

3.5m

Detail 03 | Typical condition 50

System joinery details

Physical model (Scale 1:10)

Bearing system to spanning system connection

Condition 01 | Straight beam

Part 01

Part 02

Part 03

Part 04

Condition 02 | Inclined beam 52

Parts and Components 53

Proposed master plan

Design Strategy 1. Defining the grid An imaginary grid of 50m X 50m serves as a point of reference for situating the architectural interventions.

2. ‘Interstitial spaces’ The architectonic infrastructures are carefully situated at the interstitial spaces, allowing the rest to take over. Architecture here recedes and is not the protagonist.

3. Reconfiguring the grid acknowledge the non-negotiable at the given site eg - trees, stream, topography etc..

Design Program

Design Position

1. ‘Pods of exchange’/ Pavilions The structures facilitate a multitude of functions like workshops/ market space etc.. Devoid of activity they serve as quiet contemplative spaces around the dense forest.

The project uses architecture as a tool to ‘un-demarcate’ spaces and create a transitional area, that assists in generating a fragile but necessary hybridization.

2. City-forest interface management centre + Observation tower 3. Research and innovation centre

An intermediary buffer zone is proposed where several institutions would interact in order to better manage the forest-city, non-humanhuman hybridity. The threshold is

Perceived as a place for gathering and exchange. The shared spaces would sustain the inter-dependencies encouraging people to collaborate rather than compete and consume, thus reinforcing a sense of acknowledgement of the natural habitat amongst the citizens. The interface management centre becomes a keeper, a point from where

the activities in a threshold could be controlled from. The architectonic infrastructures mediates between the

Imaginary grid (50m X 50m) Access road Stream Architectural Interventions

Through the speculative proposal of the threshold, the study also tries to analyse the extent to which architecture should intervene to achieve the above objective.

City-forest Management Centre & Research and Innovation centre

Orientation and Spatial configuration

For the demonstration of structural system, a part of the intervention - ‘The City-forest management wing’ has been chosen.

Mumbai being a coastal city that falls under hot and humid climatic zone with its relative humidity levels constantly thermal comfort to a great extent. Shading devices (vertical and horizontal louvres) play an important role in minimizing the heat gain of the building but allowing the air to pass through.

Orientation The structure is elongated in the E-W direction as it exposes the shorter sides to maximum solar heat gain.

Most of the glazing is orientated to north shaded by vertical fins.

W 07

LEGEND:

Spatial configuration

01. Drop off zone 02. City-forest management centre 03. Research and innovation centre 04. Workshop/ display area 05. Library and lecture halls 06. Outdoor deck 07. Steps (imitating the topography) 08. Natural trails in the threshold zone

Key plan

The frequently used work spaces are aligned along the north facade to maximise use of natural light. Less used spaces eg - meeting rooms, VC room, washrooms are aligned along the east-west facade.

07 06

LEGEND:

08 10

01 09

Ground floor plan

Minimal openings have been kept on the East and West facade.

01. Reception/ Waiting 02. Meeting room 01 03. Workstation 04. Secretary’s cabin 05. Manager’s cabin 06. VC room 07. Female toilet 08. Male toilet 09. Store room 10. Pantry 11. Discussion pods 12. Reading area 13. Semi-open space 14. Drop off zone

To facilitate cross ventilation door/ window openings are located on the North-West and South-East (in the prevailing wind direction), with larger openings facing up-wind. This allows rejection of heat through convection.

Trees are planted especially along the west facade to minimize solar heat gain.

LEGEND:

First floor plan 56

01. Workstation 02. Discussion pods 03. Breakout space 04. Bridge 05. Experiment laboratory 06. Support lab 01 07. Support lab 02

The structure is raised 1.2m above ground to minimize its environmental impact during and after construction.

This spread (Top): City-forest Management centre against the backdrop of the proposed threshold. (Bottom-left): A sloping roof is proposed to acknowledge the heavy monsoons of Mumbai. The one way spanning beams (of depth 0.9m, covering a span of 12.5m) thus adapts to the profile of the roof. The structure is raised by 1.2m and sits lightly on the ground, thus minimising its environmental impact during and after construction. (Bottom-right): The bridge adapts to the spanning system developed earlier thus reinforcing the capability of the spanning module to propagate into structural system.

Key plan 58

Wall section and elevation (north facade)

Spanning system

Fixed timber louvres

Movable timber louvres glass window as per

Sliding glass window

Fixed timber louvres

200mm thick AAC wall Cross laminated timber panels on the exterior (insulation)

Concrete base for columns

Wall section

Front elevation

Part plan

Key plan

Shading device detail (vertical louvres)

Detail A

Elevation

Plan Detail B

Detail Plan 62

Detail C 63

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The studio ‘poetics of construction’ is an implied metaphor to a bottom-up approach to arriving at an architectural design where the details are resolved at grassroots level and then morphed to fit various physical, socio-economic, socio-cultural and environmental concerns. It allowed us to rethink the relationship between structure and architectural design where the choices of systems, materials and details dictates the architectural language. Owing to the pandemic, the studio was restructured revolving around our own context, allowing us to identify the issues in our surroundings. It gave us the opportunity to reflect and question the concerns in our neighbourhood. The result of 16 weeks of rigorous work was not only a detailed structure, but an understanding to shape, design and redesign a detail, which is the true poetics of construction.

-Aastha Wadhwa PAD20004

Flood Refuge and Conservation of Life An approach towards better social resilience

Abhinaw Alok

Bhagalpur, Bihar 25.2425° N, 86.9842° E

•

• •

Building footprint. Building in relationship with site and neighbouring built/unbuilt. Road network Sewer line/Drainage Vegetation

•

• •

Built mass Road network Geographical features

• • • •

• • •

• •

• • •

Roads separated by some geographical condition Relatively close packed built masses Little patches of open space between built Land use

Roads separated by some geographical condition Relatively close packed built masses Little patches of open space between built

Orientation of buildings according to geographical relation of site. No footpath No or minor setbacks No vegetation within or around buildings

1:500 Built- Unbuilt density Road network Sewer line/Drainage Vegetation

•

Plan of rooftop with one room Rainwater drain ridge

1:200

• • • •

•

Different interconnected road types in relation with river stream Relatively close packed built masses Built mass separated by riverstream Less open space between built Large unbuilt on other side if riverstream

• •

• • • •

Individual floor plans with clear demarcation of spaces Vertical circulation Landscape of Plot Fenestrations

• •

Drainage line Buildings relation with adjacent buildings sharing walls

1:100

• • •

Built mass Road network Agricultural land Geographical features

Terrace plan Landscape scheme Sewer line/ Drainage Terrace division/ Understanding of individual building

• •

Furniture placement Door and window opening scheme .

•

Activity of spaces and internal circulation Window with sitting space

1:50

1:10000 1:5000

•

• • • •

1:2500

Inferences

1:1000

Observations

• • • •

• • •

Furniture placement Flooring layout Structural framing

• •

1:10

Reading Scales

• •

Cushion and book with text Details of sliding window channel and one window panel on the window sill Brick layout orientation Landscape layout on ground outside building

• •

•

Type of window Understanding of construction systems used Different material for flooring

3 Numbers of window panel Cushion is placed on different height as sill Different materials in profile

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : As the city is settled along with the river Ganges and its flood plains, it is blessed with some special features followed by some consequences. Seasonal flooding on the bank of the river stays around 3 months a year and makes serious impacts on the surrounding environment. As the flood attacks, a big chunk of the population takes shelter in the nearby open public spaces in the vicinity. It becomes difficult for society to overcome the sudden increase in the

refugee population in the area. All the public parks and other open spaces, which are already less in numbers, get used by flood-refugees for a long period. Many social activities get affected due to this condition. People face physical health ailments, psychological stress,

Flooding challenges the psychosocial resilience of the hardiest of people who are affected which creates many aspects of social illness affecting people of different parts of society. The impact on livelihood due to this is very concerning.

to the floods. Also, many of the studies show that flooding can pose substantial social and mental health problems that may continue over extended periods.

Changes in the course of river Ganges near city from 30 years

Context Map

1989

1992

1996

2000

2004

2008

2012

2016

2020

Ganges : 30 years and Now

Current Flood Situations

The city is situated along the river, it keeps expanding on the same side due to the presence of Gangetic flood plains. As the flood attacks and the public places become the refuge space for affected people, the issue of scarcity for the public spaces emerges out of the oblivion. There is a severe need for some space where people affected can be accommodated for the period of flood in their homes, and also some community space which can serve for their social activity needs, not disturbing other public spaces of the city.

Ganges and the flood plain

No. of dolphin in Ganges river stream

On the other hand, the river Ganges contains one of the endangered species of Dolphins, Platanista gangetica, which is one of the three obligatory freshwater dolphins in the world. These are only member of an ancient lineage in the order Cetartiodactyla. Also, they are one of the top predators in aquatic life if this region and the National Aquatic Animal of India. As the Government of India has already provided legal protection to the Ganges River Dolphin by including it in “Schedule I” of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, killing and poaching for the same have not decreased. Changes in course of the river itself put the lives of dolphins at risk. These climate change conditions can result in the extinction of such species. Taking an example of Yellowstone National Park in the U.S., in the year 1930, many of the top predators like wolves were killed. This resulted in an increasing number of Elk & Deer, further into overgrazing in the park, leading to habitat loss to birds, resulting in soil erosion causing the change of the river course. This became a serious concern about saving the biodiversity in the region. And yet, there is a severe need for major actions towards climate change and habitat safety for all living beings.

No. of dolphin in Ganges river stream Segment Between Haridwar and Bijnor Barrage Bijnor to Narora Barrage Narora to Kanpur Kanpur to Allahabad Allahabad to Buxar Buxar to Maniharighat Maniharighat to Farakka Farakka to Jangipur Jangipur to Tribenighat Tribenighat to Saugor Island

News Headlines: Jagaran (09th June, 2019)

Dolphin are at risk at Sultanganj- Kahalgaon Sanctuary

No. of Dolphin. 0 56 0 98 204 1376 115 21 119 97

Design Program : This project is an approach towards redefining the typical form of river front developments in India, which aims at the selected city along Ganges to make it climate resilient in order to benefit both human and aquatic life along the bank.

India and also an endangered species, as they are highest in number in this river basin, intervention also includes the river front and try to provide aquatic wildlife friendly development.

Refugees and also caters other usage during the year, as the site is at Ghat of Ganges which are affected by flood every year as consequence of River-course & Climate change by giving solutions through experimental structural systems. Triggering the Conservation of Dolphins, National aquatic animal of

Providing safe shelter for temporary time of flood for the affected people. Creating a local disaster management facility to educate people to increase resilient towards flood. Create an awareness centre for Aquatic life to increase the relationship and save the endangered species of dolphin.

Dolphin population declines at Vikramshila Sanctuary

The Times of India (22 Aug, 2020)

50% of Country’s freshwater dolphin in Bihar

Primarily aims to provide shelter for flood affected people and livestocks from the surrounding areas. Secondarily Focuses on creating an aquatic life friendly riverbank development, re-imagining the conventional human centric approach to river front developments.

Architectural Interventions :

• The Indian Express (17th July, 2018)

Design Strategy:

Design Position

• • • • • • • • •

Human and aquatic life interpretation centre Disaster management department Aquatic research and rescue laboratory Water reservoir Medicare and therapy centre Lodging facilities Community kitchen Disaster management storage Supplies storage Watch tower & Water Tank 73

Modifying

Mechanism Z

Rotation across Z-axis

Introduction The opening designed is a Top-Hung Bi-fold Window with MDF Panels. It is designed for use in exterior wall systems, where the panels are operated via a pinion and shaft that runs by the rotational force created by the handcrank on the lower bottom of vertical window frame in metal. The circulatory motion of the handle with spring causes motion of the spur gear that is translated to the smaller spur gear in the same plane ,results in upward linear motion of shaft that operates the bi-fold. The mechanism is designed with sleek elements and thus saves space apart from serving aesthetic purposes. The components are mostly in metal and wood for easy accessibility, workability and installation.

Movement in Y-Z plane ( Output )

Gears Arrangement Y Rotation along X-axis

X Skeletal Movement Diagram

Shop Drawings

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

1. 50 x 50 x 5 mm mild steel l-section Stainless steel ball bearing 50 x 25 x 5 mm MS. c-channel with linear slot for panel movement 2mm thk. Metal plate frame to hold mdf board 8mm dia mild steel pivot-rod 100 x 50 x 5 mm mild steel l-section 120mm dia 60 teeth mating gear 150 mm dia 100 teeth spur gear

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

50 mm dia 50 teeth spur gear Handle with spring (locking system) 5 mm pitch double threaded rod 50 x 50 x 5 mm mild steel l-section with linear hole for panel movement 10 x 15 mm stainless steel hinge 12 mm thk mdf panel 3 mm thk crossbar for alignment of panel 12 teeth pinion shaft attached to threaded rod Double threaded nut with 5 mm pitch

Movement

Front Elevation

Rear Elevation

Section

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a Top-Hung Bi-Fold Opening

Grasshopper Script

Parametric scripting to model Top-Hung Bi-Fold Opening

Plan

Detail A

Detail C Detail B

Shop Drawings

Assembly

L- Section (Datum) Scale 1:4

5mm Pitch, Double threaded rod of 715 mm length for vertical transition

4 Pcs. of frame made of 2mm thk mild steel plate to hold the MDF Panels and join with hinges and pivot to the Main Frame

L- Section (Guide-rail) Scale 1:4

C- Section (Guide-rail) Scale 1:4

3mm Mild Steel Plate to hold the Gear train and Hand-crank to the Main Frame

L- Section (Top-rail) Scale 1:4

2Pcs. Mild Steel Alignment Crossbar

Assembly of Gear-Train

Sequence of System Assembly

Shop drawings of Main Frame ( L - Sections)

Parts 1.

Place the 100X50mm M.S. L-Section in position as shown

11.

10.

LEGEND:

2. 3.

5. 6. 7.

12 Teeth Pinion wheel to attach with Threaded rod Double threaded rod with 5mm pitch 12mm Ball bearing with casing

10X15mm SS. Hinge to attach with MDF Panels 150mm Dia 100 Teeth Spur Gear as Crank 120mm Dia 60 Teeth Mating Gear 50mm dia of 50 Teeth Spur Gear

Install the Hand-crank and the Gear-train in place as per detail

8. 9.

3X3mm Set Screw to hold MDF Pane with the 2 mm metal frame 10. 12mm thk MDF Panel, as per dimension

Install the previously assembled window panel in place by putting pivots into its place

Install the Threaded Rod from top and secure it in place by welding the alignment cover as per detail

Install other two M.S. Sections in its place by welding process, as per shop drawings

Install the 50X50mm M.S. L-Section Guide-rail in marked location by welding, as per shop drawings

Secure everything in its place by cross-checking the welds and joints

Modelling Bearing Member

Iteration 1

Key Idea-Iteration 1 was an attempt to stabilise the 500mm strip by connecting smaller strips by use of mechanical joints, while keeping the strip on one corner in plan. The system lacked the tension members so it started bending and buckling when force applied. Further into investigation for forces, the Iteration 2, stabilises the 500mm strip by creating tension using strings with the help of smaller strips of 21X90mm and L-shaped strips of 90X90mm, as modification in later.

Iteration 2

Spanning Member

Iteration 1

Key Idea- Spanning member is developed in considerations of the same idea of forces, which eventually formed into a simply supported spanning member. Here, as the system cantilevered, lower part was subjected to compression, for which, compressive elements were provided. But when put in simply supported system, lower part goes into tension, thus tensile elements will be used there.

Side View

Front View

Plan ( Top View )

Plan (Top View)

Side View

Close-up detail

Isometric View

Close-up detail

Isometric View

Modulating system

Structural Model- One Bay (1:10)

Key Idea-The modulating system is a minimalistic composition of a triangular bearing system that carries the compressive forces and attains stability due to the triangular pieces/ plates holding the three vertical post of the bearing. The spanning adopts the idea of the bearing and consists of simply supported strip having triangular pieces which transfers the load to the tension cable.

Previous modelling exercises derived into the structural model to accommodate the programme by modulating the spanning and bearing member. Later the forces were simplified and materials were used according to the understanding of tension and compression in the members.

Front View

Plan (Top view)

Isometric View

Connection Detail

Top View

Side View

Secondary joists with spanning member

One way spanning bay

Spanning member

Intermediate load transfer member

Front View

Space Material and Interaction

Accommodating Structure Structural System

Conceptual Models: Form Development Exercise

The structural system is accommodated into the Built form with courtyard by appropriate placement of 10 bearing and spanning members across the structural grid of 8mtrs/10mtrs. These are supported on base of 12 concrete pillars. The staircases designed by keeping the same considerations as of spanning members and intersects the structural bay. It is supported by sets of rafter beams on the sides, which gets pulled inside when force applied and creates compression on treads.

View from river side

The external system of metal cross rods as tension members composes the facade on end portals and also stabilise the whole structure by bracing first and last sets of portals.

Site Plan

View from approach

Programme Formulation :

Assumed built mass

Mass elevated to avoid flood

LEGEND:

Central court to increase interaction and induce stack effect

Spanning Member Spanning member to connect portals Bearing Member Cross Bracing Stairs as Spanning Members Spanning of steel section for base Concrete slab Concrete Pillars

Materials Mass divided to accommodate function

Each floor for distinct set of function

Creating voids for interactive activities

Accommodating different programmes

Form as outcome of program configurations

Water reservoir and Watch tower added for aquatic research division and disaster management department

Mild steel members as tensile components

Wooden members as compressive component

Cement concrete as compressive component

System assembly (Spanning system)

System assembly (bearing system)

Assembly of spanning member

Assembly of bearing member

B 21

C 21

Exploded axonometric diagram showing assembly of spanning system

Exploded axonometric diagram showing assembly of bearing system

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. Typical Plan of spanning member (attached with bearing member)

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

A 21

Tension Cable Turn-buckle Connector 8mm mount plate for Tension Cable Connector 40mm Thk Vertical Wooden member with metal capping at lower end for load transfer to the Tension Cable 200X50mm Glue-Lam Section 12mm M.S. Plate Assembly for connecting the timber members 12mm M.S. Plate assembly for connecting spanning member to bearing member 200X50mm Wooden member Bolts

LEGEND: Typical Plan: Bearing member (Intermediate conditions)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Full length of bearing system

Typical Plan: Bearing member (Edge conditions)

7. 8. 9.

Tension Cable Turn-buckle Connector 200X50mm Glue-Lam Section 12mm M.S. Plate Assembly for connecting the timber members 250X50mm Timber members for portal to portal connections 12mm M.S. Plate assembly for connecting spanning members to Bearing member @ 200X50mm wooden member for portal to portal connection 12mm M.S. Plate & Bracket assembly to connect to spanning member 12mm MS Support Plate Bolts

Typical Elevation of spanning member

System Assembly Detail Edge Condition

Joinery Detail

Detail B : Typical detail for intermediate connector for bearing member ( Type A)

D/E 22

Detail Axonometric : Typical detail for corner condition of structural system

LEGEND: Detail A : Typical detail for load transferring member to tensile component in spanning member

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Detail C : Typical detail for intermediate connector for bearing member ( Type B)

LEGEND: 1.

8mm mount plate for Tension Cable Connector 2. Turn-buckle Connector 3. 200X50mm Glue-Lam Section 4. 200X50mm Wooden member 5. 12mm M.S. Plate Assembly for connecting the timber members 6. Tension Cable with Turn-buckle Connector 7. 40mm Thk Vertical Wooden member with metal capping at lower end for load transfer to the Tension Cable 8. 12mm M.S. Plate assembly for connecting spanning member to bearing member 9. 12mm M.S. Support Plate 10. Bolts

Detail D : Typical detail for Bracing system junction (outside system)

Detail E : Typical detail for connection of spanning and bearing system (inside system)

Tension Cable Turn Buckle Connector Bearing Member Spanning Member 200X50mm Wooden member (portal to portal connection) 6. 120X50mm Wooden member as Secondary joist 7. 200X50 Wooden member to the end condition of secondary joist 8. 12mm M.S. Plate & Bracket assembly to connect with spanning member 9. MS Plate assembly for tension Cable Connector 10. 12mm M.S. Plate 11. bolts 12. 12 M.S. Plate assembly for connecting spanning member to bearing member @ with 200X50mm wooden member(portal t portal connection)

Structural System

System Assembly (Corner Condition)

Exploded Axonometric Diagram

Exploded axonometric diagram showing portal and flooring connections

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Pre-designed Bearing member @ 2500mm from c2c Pre-designed Spanning member @ 3900mm lvl difference Exterior wall made of wooden panelling from outside and Cement plaster on chicken wire120X90mm C-Section framing for the Tophung Bi-fold Windows of 900X3000mm Wooden member framing on facade to cover the C-section 200X50mm wooden member to connect two portals 120X50mm Wooden Secondary Joist @ 600mm from c2c 25mm Thick chipboard decking

chipboard using appropriate adhesive 10. Glazing system to be designed in 3 equal division with 1 centre-rotated openable panel in centre 11. 16mm Circular Hollow section for bracing on parallel shift in frame Structural Grid Plan

Context Plan

Site and flood effect 4 2

Ground floor plan

10 4

7 5

First floor plan

12 4 During Monsoon

Without Monsoon

14 11 15

LEGEND:

Second floor plan

Design strategy:-

Situated at the bank of river Ganges, site is prone to the seasonal flood. Ground floor is kept free of primary functions which includes human, by elevating whole built mass to ensure the safety of users of the building in the time of distress. Using a flood prone piece of land also aims to utilize the bits of lands available but unapproachable, and making less built on the bank to create aquatic life friendly river-front. Building is situated in a way to contrast to the present behaviour of site

and its surroundings. It is rotated by 30 degrees north to maximize the usage of sunlight. All the functions on different levels are planned to receive daylight according to their need, for whole-day long activities resulting into reduced electricity usage. A watch tower with huge watertank is added to the building to monitor the region during the floods and also to provide the locality with stored water.

18 4 17

16 20

Third floor plan

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Entry Water Reservoir Open To Sky Courtyard Water Tank And Watch Tower Lobby Disaster Management Department Manager Aquatic Research And Rescue Laboratory Research Department Human And Aquatic Life Interpretation Hall Meditation Hall Disaster Management Storage Medical Supplies Storage Consultation And Talk Based Therapies First Aid And Medical Facilities Common Room Lodging Hall 1 (6 Pax) Lodging Hall 2 (7pax) Lodging Hall 3 (15 Pax) Community Kitchen

Sectional Perspective

Wall Detail

Sectional perspective showing volumetric differences

Wall elevation and section with shading device

Q 29

P 29

R 29

Typical Edge Conditions

Facade System

Typical Wall Section Details

Detail Q : Wall Section ( Rooftop )

Detail R : Edge condition ( Concrete slab with facade system)

Detail P : Edge condition ( Wall Section)

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Wire mesh with 5 mm spacing 50X50mm Wooden Handrail

25mm Thk Chipboard Decking 120X50mm Wooden Member as Secondary Joist 7. 12mm M. S. Assembly for spanning member 8. 120X60mm C-Channel for shading device framing 9. 900X3600mm Shading Device 10. 12mm thk Stone tile 11. Wooden member as edge condition 12. edge level 13. level 14.

LEGEND: 1. 2. Detail S : Edge condition ( Floor-edge with Handrail)

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

200X200 mm M. S. Support Plate 200X40mm wooden member for aesthetic treatment 900X3600mm Shading device External Wall System 120X60mm C-Channel for shading device framing M. S. Flange to connect C-Channel to bearing members Mechanical device setup to control shading device, Embedded in C-Channel System 200X100mm Wooden-Mast for intermediate support to Shading Device Tension Cable with Turn Buckle Cable Connector MS Plate assembly for Tension Cable Connector Bearing Member Spanning Member 200X50mm Wooden member for portal to portal connection

Part Perspective Section

Interior View

100

101

Exterior Views

102

103

Exterior Views

104

105

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio It was a great and a different learning experience throughout the semester as we were at home due to pandemic and working in our neighbouring context. Understanding the problem of context and providing a solution to it was a good experience for me as I was ever at home from so long. Studio also demonstrates architecture from small scales like window mechanism to the spanning bearing and structural system till the Urban level. There was a lots of learnings made out of the studio, but there was more than that to take back home. I am very thankful to Prof. Sankalpa and teaching associates Neel and Aviral for their enormous effort in making us understand architectural design by various explorations. It was exhausting and rough yet interesting.

-Abhinaw Alok PAD20010

106

107

109

Architecture, Authority and Female Gaze Case of Saugor, Madhya Pradesh

Gazal Anil Nanwani

Saugor, Madhya Pradesh 23.8388° N, 78.7378° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• •

•

• • • •

1:2500

1:5000

• • • • • • •

• • • • •

1:1000

•

• •

•

• •

110

Road Networks- The area is served by two main arteries that are major connectors. Hierarchy of roads - broader main artery to tertiary roads There are clear lands free from development on the south. High and low peaks in the area.

• •

portions of the area while the built occupies the higher slopes Roads follow contour lines Difference between conglomeration of masses and individual masses is depicted. There is an equal built to open ratio. Sizes of Plot Boundaries varies. Different orientation of buildings. Presence of larger Building mass. Higher land towards the east due to more contour lines as seen in the section.

•

There are open grounds and lands in the vicinity. Presence of a common lawn within

•

Divisions in Plot Some houses are oriented differently than others. Most of the houses in the society have courtyards or skylights. Many tertiary roads and access roads web the settlement houses while single circulation road serves the society.

• •

The houses in the neighborhood share common lawn and temple. The houses open on to the paved path- the ambulatory road of the society while unpaved areas are raised parapets with plantations. B with independent overhead water tanks and enclosed gardens within the plot Independent units compose the society. Barrier created from back settlement is visible in section.

•

The clear lands on the south may be restricted from development or some special zone. (Army Cantonment). The condensed tertiary road network indicates weakened accessibility to certain parts. The roads and streets can be seen as a result of Neighborhood formation.

Density of the area can be determined at this scaleSparsely populated areas(on the lower slopes) can be clearly distinguished from the densely populated zones on the higher slopes ( 100 people/20 hectare) • The larger massed buildings can be attributed to presence of institutions in the area. 1. Presence of Packed vs scattered settlement (on lower slopes). The orientation and arrangement of building blocks indicates presence of two different kinds of settlements. Lack Of Infrastructure for drainage Proper daylighting and ventilation can be appropriated as there

1:200

•

• • •

•

• •

•

• Openings are observed only on north and west, the south being completely blocked. Common vault between two units

•

Types of openings to various spaces (E.g.- Door to balcony, window to toilet etc.) Elevational features of the building are indicated as overhangs curtain wall (in glass)

•

• •

Substantial space for furniture arrangement and circulation is left. Placement of working table near window The ducts and other services can be indicated. Served and servant spaces are depicted. Niches and drawers/ other interior elements that project the activity in the room are visible. Door to the balcony Column and Wall Fill

•

Interior layout depicting the furniture

•

Recessed Window and Door to the balcony can be seen The niche converted to storage adjacent to the working table can be observed. The relationship of internal and

•

Interior elements and position as

•

Details of joinery- door detail is shown The hanger for curtain ( can be seen in dotted lines and in section), door and cabinet come together at the junction of the brick wall creating a complex detail The section indicates the etched glass door in wooden frame attached to outer frame in wood.

• •

•

• • • • •

dwellings.

All the houses face towards the common lawn and avoid contact with the settlement housing through raised boundary walls ensuring a sense of protection. All buildings have access from common ambulatory road in the front. The buildings have satisfactory ventilation. Improper management of empty plots

•

1:100

Inferences

1:50

Observations

1:10

1:10000

•

Building centered in the plot with a wall being shared with the adjacent building. The building structure and composition appear showing more openings and balconies face the common open space The building has steps on the side indicating a raised plinth. Division of this particular house amongst two parts is visible.

•

• • • •

• •

•

There is lack of buffer space between the building and the boundary wall. The buildings have entrances from different directions. The positioning of entry gate to the building indicates the probable direction of entry to the house. Residents have substantially invested in the amenities.

Subsequent weather protection on north and west to protect from rain. The unit is enclosed towards south while open towards north and east. Glass Curtain wall on the west indicates a lot of heat gain during summer. Balcony of the building on the north-west corner acts a channel

furniture in the room is revealed. Door and window openings and spaces of storage are revealed. Ample light in the room from openings A lot of material has went up in construction owing to thick walls and niched sections. The room is not the master bedroom owing to its size. By comparing the tiles with the size of chair, the tile size could be anticipated to be around 600x600mm. Congested opening of the storage cabinet over the table - is a drawback of such an arrangement. Corner Table open from only two ends. Deep niched Window maybe for rainfall protection.

Material co-relation. Details of Opening Shutter of door and cabinet. The plywood section for the hanger projects out and becomes opening. The wooden elements may be anchor bolted to the brick wall that cannot be anticipated. 111

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : The cities of the present have essentially become ‘manscapes’ and cater to the exigencies of the men the disproportionate majority of our population, while disregarding women as also, the ‘active participants’ in the public arena. Also, these spaces as mostly inhibited by men , make them the ‘spectators’ while the women become objects of sight or are ‘being looked at’. The act of gazing introduces

Gendered and hierarchical parallels to the relationship between architecture and society at large, which is a concern, that this project seeks to address. The gender binaries operating at different levels generate power structures and patriarchy- of which the phenomenon of the ‘Male gaze’ is most Prerogative in today’s society. The male Gaze is so protractile that it takes forms of voyeurism and narcissism

more often and rejects the revoking ‘female Gaze’ as either powerless or an act of embodiment of ‘masculinity’, often regarding the woman as an ‘exhibitionist’. The problem persists deeper to involve the operation of this ‘Gaze’ in public amenities where the accessibility of women into markets , even schools and colleges is hampered due to advocacy of the male gaze.

Lack Of Ownership and Accessibility

Context Map

The trajectory of movement of women is very linear, from street to street. There are very few places of pause- mostly the school and colleges, and vendors

violate their boundaries with stalls of pans and beedi, creating spaces for men to gather and devoiding the women their claim on institutional and social space. The smaller red circle depict women individually out for work and larger red circles show women in groups Movement Map of Women in the Area

112

outside institutional spaces, all inconnected and abhorrent .

Edges that are inaccessible and exploited by males, depicting less female presence

113

Activity Mapping: Showing frequency women and men in groups or individually accessing public areas during different times in the day.

A chord diagram marking boundaries in activities and participation for men and women

Boundaries, Interaction and Participation

Women and Leisure-

In our cities, the image of women as essentially recessive, nurturing or domestic objects of desire has somehow remained unchallenged. When women in the city are commuters and consumers but not as flâneurs, they are simply ‘being looked at’. The mapping of activity of women in public arena for seven days, reveals that there is a lack of social space other than markets and for shopping to continue interaction without the hindrance of the male authority.

Activity Map of women for seven days in the week when superimposed on a chord diagram marking domestic and other chores that men and women perform, . It clearly indicates the lack of leisure time for women as compared to men and stringent boundaries of domestic work that become boundaries for interaction setting their gender role typically as a caretaker.

114

115

Map depicting the scarce number of Female Participants in the area of Shankar Bazariya during different times in the day as compared to number of men.

Women are both consumers and commuters in a city. In saugor too, women are essentially involved in activities of learning, buying , selling and other services. One can observe the women flocking the ‘Shankar Bazariya ‘ or the chauraha Bus stand which reek of ‘masculinity’ , and roaming the market lanes, adjusting their saris where they are gazed upon by male vendors sitting on high footpaths. Women trying to access these facilities are often accompanied by their male counterparts less alone. There is no place to sit, gaze, whistle or relax. The role of architecture thus extends to facilitating access to public spaces- social or institutional and also controlling the status of women to becoming objects of sight in the public arena, rather than questioning the purpose of these spaces- be it necessity or leisure.

116

Architecture, Authority and Female Gaze

Design Program : A Women’s Centre For Conglomeration and Disport A women’s centre for conglomeration and disport is proposed in a mid-sized

suburban town, Saugor, in Central India to derive a place of both necessity and leisure for women which becomes a symptomatic representation of their authority, and aims to disrupt the notions of ‘male authority’ as extended through the superlative ‘male gaze’ in public arenas in a city. In response to the given conditions of lack of spaces that women can extend their claim upon, in Saugor, reproducing conditions

Of ‘female spectator-ship’ through community kitchen , crèche places where gender roles are performed giving opportunity to strengthen the abject of ‘female gaze’. Further substantiation with mini theatre, workshops, reading hall and sport Activities, allowing them to engage other than the domestic chores, puts them as central stakeholders. Architecture, here emerges in response to evolution of a structure, both visual and spatial, that could break the

Activity/Program

Area (sqm)

1. A Crèche and supported Facilities 2. A Community Kitchen 3. Serving Hall 4. A reading Room 5. Workshop Areas 6. Media Room 7. Small Outdoor Community theatre for plays and screenings 8. Other Ancillary Spaces for Extending Gaze

285 50 96 70 50 50

Male gaze through a tectonic that allows to control visibility and an arrangement that emphasizes female gaze. The institute is imagined as a melding point for women’s activity and leisure, where even the men are invited. A place that could free women from their stereotypical domestic roles by offering spaces where they can sit, enjoy, relax, whistle, play. Thus, it could include the following spaces-

Operate and Lead

Learn and Work

Enjoy and Relax

117

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism

Movement

Direction Of Motion Direction Of Force

1 Elevation Of the Opening

A Circulatory Motion Of Crank in X-Y Plane

2 The opening designed is as a casement window with three louvred openings .It is designed for use in exterior wall systems, where the operating Louvres can help control transmission of light and air. The window is operated by an open crank Mechanism that runs via a rod on the horizontal plane- the bottom frame L-section. Each louvre has a definite gear. The three operating gears are connected via a shaft of 12 mm to the worm of the three gears. The circulatory motion of the (handle) Crank is taken to the bevel gear in the vertical plane that translates it to rotatory motion of worm gear in the horizontal plane. The worm gear is responsible for moving the panel.

Grasshopper Script

Plan Of the Opening

Rotational Motion Of Worm Gear in X-Z Plane

When closed, the arm rests at 20 deg angle

180 deg rotation of crank causes 90 deg rotation Of Panel

1. The circulatory motion of the (handle) Crank In X-Y Plane is taken to the bevel gear in the vertical plane i.e. Y-Z Plane. 2. The bevel gear transfers it to the worm that translates it to rotatory motion of worm gear in the X-Z Plane . The worm gear is responsible for moving the lever arm that slides into the ball bearing under the panel. 3. This rotatory motion is converted to linear motion of the arm and rotation of the panel in the X-Z Plane at the same time.

Shop Drawings a.

Parts that were scripted- a. Top Pivot b. Rotation of Panel c. Bottom Pivot

Plan

Parametric approach to model Vertical Side Axis Rotating Opening

118

Detail A- Plan

119

Modifying Detail of Assembly

Shop Drawings

Assembly 3_ C-Channel to Panel

Parts and Components 2

Bevelled Gear Welded to Crank and fixed in frame Assembly 1

Assembly 4_ Gear to Frame

Section

Elevation Of the Opening

Worm Screw welded to rod that dwells in bearing in plate screwed to frame Assembly 1

Pivot Fixed to Frame and Panel and Arm to C-Channel Assembly 3 and 4

Gear fixed on Frame Via Pivot

Sequence Of Assembly

Detail- 1

Detail- 2

Bevelled Gear and Worm Gear Mounting on Frame

Channel and Pivot in Panel

1. Crank handle inserted to gear 2 Crank 3. Worm 4. 12 mm Shaft/ Rod 5. Bevel Gear 6. 8 mm dia pivot fitted in panel for support 7.12 x 40 mm Pivot Plate 8. Worm Gear 9. 2.5 mm spacer for adjusting height of worm gear with bevelled gear

1. Vertical Stopper L Angle 2. Pivot housed in Frame 3. Pivot inside Panel 12 x 40 x 2.5 mm 4. track for Ball Bearing 140 x 17 x 1.5 mm 5. Ball Bearing 5 x 11x 5 mm 6. Wooden Panel- 25 x 246 x 745

The main window frame constitutes of the top, bottom and side MS Hollow sections from TATA Steel catalogue. The stoppers come on sides and top. For the assembly following has to be kept in mind.

Key diagram

Details for the Vertical Louvred Opening

The top frame section is then welded to the vertical sections and screwed in the opening.

The horizontal stopper is then welded/ bolted in the top section and adjustments in the wooden panels are made accordingly as per height achieved, after calculating tolerance

The vertical Stoppers can be welded to the left and right sections once they are bolted to the opening and stay fixed.

The left and right section of the frame can be fitted alongside preparing for mechanism to check offsets.

The wooden panels are pivoted into the bottom and top sections by screws and held in position.

The bottom L Section is the base of the frame where the mechanism is installed. This can be installed first in the opening to set the mechanism.

Gear and Worm with Panel 1. Rectangular MS Hollow Section 122 x 61 mm 2. Plywood Panel 25 mm 3. Worm Gear 30 mm Circular Pitch 4. Allen Bolt 5. Top Pivot Plate 6. Lever Arm 2.5 x 210 mm 7. Nut and Screw 12 mm 8. Bottom Pivot Plate 9. L- Angle 75 x 122 mm 10. 40 mm dia Bevelled Gear 11. Crank Handle 20 mm dia 12. Crank Rod 6 mm Dia 13. 12mm Dia Worm Section_ Detail B

120

Illustration depicting sequence of assembly of Vertical Panelled Opening

121

Modelling Iteration-1

Iteration-2 Key Idea- To create M-Profiled members that could help carry the weight of the cantilevered Paper Strip to the edge via strings. Compressive Members/ Horizontal Paper Strips added at the bottom while vertical strips in profiled configuration connected at top via tension strings LearningsTop of module experiences tension forces and bottom remains in compression in the case of cantilevered strip. Internal bracing could be avoided if connections were stiff when material was brought in.

Key IdeaReduction of mass as one progresses upwards. Asymmetrical Support from two axes. Shifting of Axis Of Vertical Supports LearningsFailure in Self-Stability due to lack of compressive Members and excessive Reduction of Material and Support.

Iso View

Iteration-2

Side View

Front View

Junctions at which string is tied are weak

Key Idea- Reduction in Mass as one progresses upwards. Square Configuration of Four paper strips at the base for three intervals changes to triangular. Observation regarding weight unbalancing resulted in putting counter weight on other side of 500 mm paper strip. Learnings- Use of tension string only self- stabilizes the bearing but does not contribute to transfer of load. Use of proper geometry for a stable bearing is required.

Plan

With Counterweight

Side View

Without Counterweight

Detail Of Braced M Profiles

122

Plan

Side View

Front View

123

Modulating system Final Iteration

Bringing the spanning and Bearing Members together

Single Bay

The reversal of tension string to bottom and compressive members to top takes place in case of simply supported strip. The problemsRegarding Bearing ModuleWhile modulating, the bearing configuration proved to have insufficient strength and lack of material to carry the forces to bottom. Regarding Spanning ModuleThe tension strings follow the straight profile and need much strength at junction.

System to test loading

Junction A

Iso View 1

Plan

LearningsThe sizes of M profile should be varied to suit the natural curve that the tension string would have.

The M profiles modulate in size to form the curve of the beam which experiences tension forces at bottom.

Plan(or any picture)

Junction B

Iso View 2

The M profiles also vary in Plan as the end approaches, to achieve proportionate members. Subjected to Rotational Forces

Lack of Material and Support Sudden change in configuration results in a weak junction

Iteration to test connections

Vertical Member Articulated Elevation

Under Dead Load

End Junction

Details of Modules

124

Tension String at Bottom in case of Simply Supported Beam Tension string being Straight needs too much strength at end Connection

a. Tension Strings at bottom between A spanning module consisting of varying sizes of M profiles tied at bottom members to provide lateral stability. via cross tension strings/ tie rods and carrying tension forces via cable is developed. b. The main string carrying forces of The bearing Member becomes weak and makes the system experience torsional beam and lateral forces.

125

Space , Form and interaction

Accommodating Structure

Returning the Female Gaze

Legend 1 14.4 m Structural Cube 8 m Inner Structural Cube Shading Device Concrete Steel and Timber Frame

Iteration-1 A cube within a cube- extended to a bridge that makes up the arena for the Female Gaze

Iteration-1

The story of Housed Female SpectatorsThe idea emerges into development of an outer cube ha represents the world of women , of female spectator-ship around an inner exclusive domestic core-The female gaze remains housed yet potent and the male gaze from streets advocates towards the working women. However, they control the cube’s openings, which furthers breaks into a bridge and spaces that they claim.

An object of spectator-ship in the landscape of the market

Diagram_ 1 depicting Adoption of Structure into Conceptual Idea

ORIENTATION The cube’s are oriented 22.5 deg north to serve 2 purposes- Shortened Male Gaze from the Market Maximized North Light and Minimized East light. Diagram_ 3 Assembly of a Module

Legend 2 Tension Members Compression Members Secondary Members Anchoring Members

West receives maximum sun- 21 March 2020 3:30 pm

126

North and East remain Shaded

Diagram_ 2 14.4 m Outer Cube

127

System assembly (Structure)

System assembly (Bearing system)

STRUCTURE AND MATERIAL

COLUMN ASSEMBLY

Diagram_ 2 Full Height Of Bearing Member

Legend_ Material Information

Detail_A

150 X 150 ISMC AND TIMBER COMPOSITE I COLUMN

230 THK BRICK WALL

SPANNING MODULE 14.4 M

7 MM METAL JAALI

145 X55 FLITCH BEAM

SECONDARY SPANNING ISMB I BEAM

100 X 150 ISMB I SECTION

4 MM THK PERFORATED DECKING

50 X 100 ISMC SECTION

140 THK CONCRETE SLAB

10 MM REFLECTOR GLASS PANEL

Detail_B

128

a. Three 150 X 150 mm H- shaped posts are joined via compressive Composite members in triangular configuration to form the column. A CLT section of 50 X 150 mm is bolted between two ISMC Sections of 50 X150 to form the H-posts b. The compressive members are composed of 145 X 25 mm CLT members bolted on either side of 5-7 mm MS Plate

14 19 MM THK TILES

12 MM DANPALON POLYCARBONATE SHEET VERTICAL SHADING DEVICE

Diagram_ 1 Bearing Module Assembly for 14.4 m Cube

Key Diagram showing Triangular Bearing in Plan

c. The posts are joined to concrete columns below using knife plate connector bolted to base plate. 129

System Details (bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system)

Details of Bearing and Spanning Assembly

Assembly of spanning member

130

131

System Details (Spanning system)

Physical Model

Scale 1:10

Parts

Details of Spanning Member

Bearing and Spanning- Making

Structural System Of 14.4 m Cube

132

133

Context Plan

Floor Plans LEGEND: 1. Entrance Plaza 2. Passage 3. Reception 4. Waiting 5. Coffee and Seating 6. Director’s Cabin 7. Meeting Room 8. Staircase 9. Serving Hall 10. Kitchen 11. Corridor 12. Unisex Toilet 13. Mini Performance Area 14. Outdoor Seating 15. Exit Steps 16. Car Park

GROUND FLOOR LVL +450 MM

LEGEND:

LEGEND: 1. Hospital 2. Residence and Coaching 3. Open Land 4. Residences and Shops 5. Sawmill a. Entrance Plaza b. Car Park and 6 m Internal Road c. Outdoor Seating and Cafe d. Mini Theatre and Wall Painting e. Workshop and Exhibits

Design strategy:The centre sits right on the 12 m wide market road open for participants and spectators from the edge completely. The idea was to have the binary cube structure as the main object of spectatorship that is symptomatic of women’s housed and domestic roles. It sits at the junction of the street oriented at angle of 22.5 degrees , extending into the bridge which has the crèche spaces and the west wing that houses the workshops, toilets and community kitchen. cafe, outdoor seating open for loitering of women , also converging to a mini theatre and wall art area at the back.

134

1. Entrance Plaza 2. Pantry 3. Crèche Eating Zone 4. Lumen-tile Floor- High Motor Activity 5. Store 6. Play-pod Area 7. Staircase 8. Viewing Galleria 9. Toddler’s Room 10. Bridge 11. Workshop Area 12. Media Room 13. Crèche Toilet 14. Mini Performance Area 15. Outdoor Seating 16. Exit Steps 17. Car Park FIRST FLOOR LVL +5800 MM

LEGEND: 1. Entrance Plaza 2. Reading Hall 3. Lift 4. Open Terrace- Ping Pong 5. Crèche Cover 6. Bridge Below 7. Mini Performance Area 8. Outdoor Seating 9. Exit Steps 10. Car Park

SECOND FLOOR LVL +11200 MM

135

Sectional Perspective

The building section indicates the wide arena that the building opens up for women’s activities and the spaces that they control. Left- Unisex Toilets at two levels and Reading Hall a top Centre - Walking Bridge, Toddler’s Area, Galleria for Gazing

Key Plan 136

Right - Reception at Ground Floor, Crèche, Pantry and Pod at First Floor, lumen-tile Floor at lvl+ 5800 137

Wall section elevation

LEGEND FOR SECTION : 340 mm Height L Aluminium Fascia Plate 140 mm Thk CC Slab 14.4 m Spanning Module 75 x 200 ISMB I Section 100 x 125 ISMB I Section 145 x 55 Flitch Beam (Flitch Beam- 25 mm thk wood 5 mm MS Section Plate sandwiched 5 mm thk MS C Box Section 12 mm thk Danpolan Polycarbonate Sheet 35 x 50 Wooden Transom 30 x 120 MS L Angle 19mm Stone Flooring 40 mm cement screed + Waterproofing 140 mm thk Concrete Filling 4 mm thk Decking Sheet Reinforcement 8 m Spanning Module 50 x 100 ISMC Section 30 thk x 450 mm Wooden panel - Shading Device 230 mm thk Brick Wall 100 x 150 ISMB I Section 75 x 150 I Section Joists 150 x 150 Composite Steel Timber Post 150 x 175 ISMB I Post 210 thk Concrete Columns

Key Plan 138

139

Facade system

PD- A

PART DETAIL (PD) -A SPANNING MEMBER AND KITCHEN FLOOR JUNCTION PD- B

PD- C

PART DETAIL (PD) -B DETAIL OF FACADE ELEMENTS- POLYCARBONATE SHEET

LEGEND FOR PART SECTION : Aluminium fascia plate 5 mm

75 x 100 ISMC I beam Closing MS plate 145 x 50 MS box section 12 mm Polycarbonate sheet 50 x 100 ISMC channel 150 x 150 Steel Timber post 5 x 140 x 75 reverse l MS section 50 x 100 ISMC Channel

50 x 100 ISMC Channel powder-coated 8 mm pivot for louvre 30 thk wooden louvre- shading device MS I Section frame for shading device 230 thk Brick k sill ISMC 150 x 100 channel B Knife plate connector with base plate Anchored to rcc base

PART DETAIL (PD) -C DETAIL OF LOUVRE ON FACADE 140

141

Shading Device Details

Mechanism Of Operable Timber Louvres

Triangular Column

Detail ASection of the Frame and Gear System

BLOWN UP DETAIL

Triangular Column

PART PLAN OF SHADING DEVICE

Detail BPlan Of the Louvre with Gear LEGEND FOR PART DETAILS 150 X 150 Timber Steel H Post 145 x 55 Composite Member 50 x 100 C Channel in Elevation L Metal Frame for Louvred Panel

Key Plan

Rod and Gear System 65 X 122 MS Box Section 12 mm thk Polycarbonate Sheet 450 x 35 mm Timber Louvres 230 thk Brick Sill

Detail CAssembly of Lever Arm into Louvre 142

143

View of the Crèche from the Bridge

The building opens up the arena for Female Spectatorship, allowing them at the same time to control the visibility as well as hold autonomy over the spaces that they operate. The crèche becomes the unique idea of a space that allows women to work apart from their domestic roles outside, helping other women to do so by taking care of the kids. The autonomy and power of female authority , thus imbibes and is celebrated.

144

145

Vision For Women’s Authority

Epilogue When women are central stakeholders , they control the visibility of various parts of the centre via operable openings. The centre is free and open to both men and women , allowing them to enjoy a space that transcends gender boundaries, that allows gaze and gazing as per will.

MAAD foundation Studio With a unique idea to deal with issues from our own contexts as we are situated in different parts of the country owing to the pandemic, the studio brought forth the opportunity to amalgamate structure and program in architecture. With an approach that involves understanding the physical forces acting on a structural system through modelling exercises, the bottom–up process of arriving to the design after detailing at the various scales was effective in foreseeing and understanding issues of achieving strength and workability in a particular scale. The writing workshops and reviews conducted for us during the studio, helped me understand the nuances of a social issue of Gender and Gaze, and it’s solvability in Architecture when I couldn’t even think of it this way. Inspite of the constraints of communication and availability of resources, the conduct of the studio kept me thrusted to work and find out until achieved as desired. Cordial thanks to Sankalpa, Aviral and Neel for their guidance throughout.

-Gazal Anil Nanwani PAD20119

146

147

149

Shifting development paradigms towards in sprawling towns Manipal, Karnataka

Shravya DG

Manipal, Karnataka 13.3490° N, 74.7856° E

M A N I P A L, K A R N A T A K A

Observations

SCALE: 1:5,000

1:10000

• •

OBSERVATIONS: - Roads converge at almost right angles - Roads are a mix of grid and cul-de sac networks - Dispersed settlement pattern R -N A T AareKnot A closed built Buildings - Huge chunk of vegetation on the Southern side

Inferences SCALE: 1:1,000

SCALE: 1:2,500

INFO LAYERED: Built Mass Road networks Storm water drain Vegetation

• •

NG SCALES

• • •

Different road widths INFO LAYERED: Built masses relatively of small Built Mass, Roofare profiles size; Ratio of the unbuilt to built is Road networks Plot boundary more. Trees, Light community park Large built poles, masses towards the NW Settlements in the proximity of OBSERVATIONS: main road - Built masses are of different types Built are isoriented along - Builtmasses area in a plot more than 50% the - Building follow setbacks roads - Trees in the area are follows usually inside plots Storm water drain slope. - Built structures orient on NS axis Built masses formed in and around - Lots of empty plots the ridges landform. - Streets are of notthe shaded

• • • •

•

• •

READING SCALES

Deep overhangs, central courtyard, balconies are all suggesting that it is a warm and humid climate Terrace might be shaded throughout as it is on the eastern side; less heat gain in the lower floor

M A N I P A L, K A R N A T A K A SCALE: 1:500

• Road hierarchy can be speculated INFO LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: due to Builtvarying road width. Roof profiles, Roof finishes Single line plans of the first floor • Built masses mainly residential Site elementswell, tank, kennel, pavement Roof forms and overhangs Vegetationtrees, grassbe Large built masses could OBSERVATIONS: • industrial structures. - Almost half of the first floor is the terrace • Dispersed settlements and OBSERVATIONS: - Spaces are organised around the concentration around the main - Two access to the plot. central courtyard road might due to recent - Treesbe concentrated on the plot edge - The house has a square planform with • - Dense vegeation on the South side balconies jutting out • developments. Cross hipped roof be - Staircase is centrally located between the Storm -water drain might - The sloped roofs M AareNatIdifferent P A L,levels K A R N A T A Kclosed A spaces naturally occurred due to the - Building is on the NE side of the plot landforms. - Landscaping done on empty sides; INFERENCES:

1.2

Almost half the floor space is the terrace Spaces are organised around the central courtyard The house has a square platform with balconies jutting out Staircase is centrally located between the closed spaces

READING SCALES

Defined spaces: Bedrooms, attached toilets, library Some kind of bench around the courtyard Balconies to each room No columns are visible except for in balconies and courtyards. Deep overhangs Can see the position of the openings

• • • •

Can anticipate circulation in the floor Can anticipate the ventilation and natural lighting inside the house House seems to be a load-bearing structure Large openings and deep overhangs suggest the building might be situated in a warm climate region with heavy rainfall

- Deep overhangs, centralSCALE: balconies SCALE:courtyard, 1:2001:1,000 SCALE:SCALE: 1:100 1:500 SCALE: are all suggesting that it is a warm and humid climate • Closed and semi-open spaces. • Can anticipate the plumbing line INFO be LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: - Terrace might throughout shaded as•it is Deep overhangs. INFO LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: • Can anticipate electrical layout Built- Roof profiles, Roof finishes Single line plans of the first floor on the eastern side; less heat gain in the Personal spaceRoom layout Furniture layout; finishes Furniture layout • Openings on either side. • Well lit workspace Site elementswell, tank, kennel, pavement forms and overhangs lower floor FurnitureRoof layout Clearer openings Opening positions • Toilet fixtures aligned to one side • Can attain cross ventilation VegetationOpening detailswing Furniture frame Overhangs; Roof lines trees, grass • Clear segregation of dry and wet • Sufficient space for circulation is OBSERVATIONS: - Almost half of the first floor isavailable the terraceafter theOBSERVATIONS: area in toilet placement of OBSERVATIONS: OBSERVATIONS: OBSERVATIONS: - Spaces organised the Closed and semi-are open spaces.around - Can see the position of the - Defined spaces: Bedrooms, attached toilets, • Furniture in- the room placed against furniture central courtyard - Three part opening: window library - Two access to the plot. the walls. - Deep overhangs. - Trees concentrated oncourtyard the plot edge - The has a square planform with - Openings on house either sides. either side of a door - Some kind of bench around the • Access to the room, bathroom and Dense on the South side balconies jutting out - Toilet fixtures aligned to one side - Door opening outward to th - Balconies- to eachvegeation room - Cross hipped rooffor in - Staircase of is centrally located page no. 01balcony is depicted. - Clear segregation dry and wet areabetween the - No columns visible except balconies - Bed frame; Bedside unit fra The sloped roofs are at different levels in toilet closed spaces - Flooring : different in room and coutyards. - Building is on the NE side of the plot - Furniture placed against the walls - Deep overhangs - Landscaping done on empty sides; INFERENCES: INFERENCES: - Can see the position of the openings SCALE: 1:2,500 SCALE: 1:500 SCALE:in SCALE:SCALE: 1:200 1:1,000 SCALE: 1:100 SCALE: central 1:50courtyard, balconies - Can anticipate circulation walkway around it. AD20327 - Deep overhangs, INFERENCES: INFERENCES: Built-up area is less than 50% of the plot. are all suggesting that it is a warm and INFERENCES: - can anticipate the plumbing INFERENCES: - Large flooring • The map depicts the position of the line• Can anticipate circulation in themodules; mig Built masses are of different types • Plot boundary defines a sense of - AlotLAYERED: of trees of different species humid climate layout - Dense vegetation suggests that it could - Plot LAYERED: boundary defines a sense of ownership INFO INFO INFO LAYERED: - Can LAYERED: anticipate electrical - Can anticipate circulation in the floor or granite flooring LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: openings INFO space Built area INFO in a plot is more than 50% ownership Terrace might be throughout shaded as it is - CanRoof anticipate heights of the houses beMass, an urban Built Roofforest profiles Builtprofiles, Roof finishes Single the lineventilation plans of theand firstnatural floor - Well lite-layout; work space - Openings might be wooden - Can anticipate Personal spaceRoom layout Material details Furniture layout Furniture finishes • Three-part opening: windows • heat Large flooring modules; might be Building follow setbacks • a man Can anticipate heights of the INFERENCES: - Trees might have plantedpavement to achieve on theventilation eastern side; less gain in the - Defined vegetation patch suggests Site elementswell, been tank, kennel, Road networks Roof forms overhangs - Can attain cross - Bathroom flooring seems to lightinglayout inside the and house Furniture Opening positions Clearer openings Finishes flanking on either side of a door marble or granite flooring Trees in the area are usually inside houses - Canto anticipate vehicular movement lower floor green space, maybe a park privacy Plotmade boundary - House seems be a loadthe bearing structure Opening detailswing Overhangs;VegetationRoof lines trees, grass Furniture frame • privacy Door opening outward to the • Openings might be made of wood - Trees might be planted to achieve - Lack of tree in theto empty plots suggest - Cul de sacspoles, suggest that the roads plots been planted Trees, Light community park• are Trees might have OBSERVATIONS: OBSERVATIONS: or to reduce heat gain deadorient end on NS axis the soil type might not be very fertile Almost half of the first floor is the terrace balcony • Bedside storage could be Table eitherisamade of so Built structures achieve privacy OBSERVATIONS: OBSERVATIONS: - Drafting OBSERVATIONS: Can anticipate the human movement - Blocks concentrated nearto the main - Sloping roofs suggests that the place OBSERVATIONS: --Spaces are organised around the OBSERVATIONS: - Closed and semiopen spaces. Can see the position - Defined Bedrooms, attached toilets, • Bed frame; -Bedside unit frameof the openingsdrawer or a unit - Basic frame of the openings Lot of empty plots as compared • road Lack of tree inspaces: the empty plots inside the plot could be older settlements recieves heavy therainfall plot. central courtyard - Deep overhangs. masonry - Three part opening: on • Flooring: different in room andwindows flanking • Bathroom flooring- Stone seems to be tiles houses - Built masses are of different types suggestlibrary the soil- Two typeaccess mighttonot be - of Trees concentrated on the plot edge - Built area in a plot is more than 50% - The housesides. has a square planform with Openings on either - Inside portion is finished; Ex Some kind bench around the courtyard either side of a door bathroom • As compared to the chair, the work very fertile Cul de sac- Building ends are not well lit on the South side balconies follow setbacks - Toilet fixtures alignedjutting to oneout side masonry - Balconies -toDense each vegeation room - Door opening outward to the balcony desk seems quite- large; suggesting suggests thatroof the Streets are- Trees not shaded - Cross hipped - Staircaseof is dry centrally located in the area are usually inside•plotsSloping - Clear segregation and wet area between the Supports of the drafting tab - Noroofs columns visible except for in balconies - Bed frame; Bedside unit frame it could perhaps be a drafting table place receives heavy rainfall Houses have mostly sloping The sloped roofs are at different levels - Built structures orient roofs on NS axis closed spaces page no. 01 in toilet and coutyards. - Flooring : different in room and bathroom - Building is on the NE side of the plot of empty or tend to a more INFERENCES: specific work or a mix of- Lots sloping andplots flat roof - Furniture placed against the walls - Deep overhangs - Landscaping done on empty sides; INFERENCES: - Streets are not shaded - Bathroom walls might be fin - Can see the position of the openings SCALE: 1:500 SCALE: 1:20 SCALE: SCALE: 1:200 1:1,000 SCALE: SCALE: central 1:50courtyard, balconies INFERENCES: SCALE: walkway around1:100 it. - Deep overhangs, INFERENCES: - Can anticipate circulation in the space - Window frame suggests tha Built-up area is less than 50% of the plot. are all suggesting that it is a warm and INFERENCES: INFERENCES: • Drafting Table made of some kind • marble Drafting table might be made with • Two access to the plot. • The varying pathways help - can anticipate INFERENCES: - Large flooring modules; might be MONSOON 2020 AD20327 MONSOON 2020 the plumbing line -INFO Alotcirculation of trees different species humid climatelayout - Plot boundary - Dense vegetation suggests that it could • INFO INFO LAYERED: LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: -INFO Can anticipate electrical granite flooring -INFO Can the anticipate in the floor LAYERED: LAYERED: LAYERED: LAYERED: of wood, is INFO a or foldable module plywood; finishedINFO withLAYERED: veneer Trees concentrated on defines the plota sense edge of ownership speculate vehicular andofhuman - Can Roof anticipate the houses -layout; Terrace might be throughout shaded as it is beMass, an urban Builtprofiles, Roof of finishes Built Roofforest profiles Single line plans of the floor -Furniture Well lite work space -Material Openings might be wooden -Personal Can anticipate the ventilation andfirst natural spaceRoom layout finishes details Material layout • Grills • Railing anchored into thedetails wall • Furniture Dense vegetation on theheights Southside movement INFERENCES: on theventilation eastern side; less heat gain in the - Defined vegetation patch suggests a man Opening positions - Trees might have achieve Site elementswell,been tank,planted kennel, to pavement Roof forms and overhangs Road networks -Clearer Can attain cross -Finishes Bathroom flooring seems to be tiles lightinglayout inside the house Furniture openings Finishes: details • Beadings in the opening: external • Window frame and panel is made • Cross hipped roof; the sloped roofs • Trees might be planted on the - Can anticipate vehicular movement lower floor privacy made green space, maybe a park VegetationPlot boundary -Opening House seems toswing be a load the bearing structure detailJoinery Overhangs; Roof lines trees, grass Furniture frame and window frame of wood are at different privacy or to to achieve privacy - Lack levels of tree in the empty plots suggestplot edges to achieve -OBSERVATIONS: Trees might be planted - Cul de sacspoles, suggest that the roads Trees, Light community park are OBSERVATIONS: • Plaster thickness and skirting • of The frame must have been fixed or to reduce gain dead end thethe soilNE typeside might very fertile reduce • OBSERVATIONS: Building is on ofnot thebeplot heat gain - Almost half of heat the first floor is the terrace OBSERVATIONS: OBSERVATIONS: OBSERVATIONS: - Drafting Table is made of some kind wood - Can anticipate the human movement - Sloping roofs suggests that the place - Blocks concentrated near the main road • - Defined OBSERVATIONS: Spaces are organised around the OBSERVATIONS: Can see the- Basic position first and then the -finishing mustis a foldable Landscaping done on empty sides; • Services and and denser plantation - Closed semiopen spaces. frameofofthe the openings Drafting Table spaces: Bedrooms, attached toilets, - Can see the position of the openings • inside plot could be older recieves rainfall - Two access to the plot. - Built masses are settlements of different types centralthe courtyard Deep overhangs. library around - Three part opening: windows flanking on openings - Stone masonry have been done - Grills walkway it. heavy might- be concentrated on the - Trees concentrated on the plot edge - The house has a square planform with - Built area in a plot is more than 50% - Openings either is finished; Exterior in the opening: ex kindarea of bench around courtyard either side of a door • Basic frame- Inside of theportion openings • is exposed Can anticipate the- Beedings ventilation and • - Some Built-up is less thanthe 50% of the Southern end ofonthe plotsides. as it is out a vegeation on the South side jutting - Building follow setbacks - Toilet fixturesbalconies aligned to one side window frame - Balconies to- Dense each room - Door opening outward to the balcony masonry • Inside portion is finished; Exterior is natural lighting inside the house plot. dead-end in the- neighbourhood Cross hipped - Trees in the area are usually inside plots Staircase centrally located - Clear segregation of is dry and wet area between the - Plaster thickness - Bed frame; Bedside unit frame - Supports of the drafting table - No columns- visible exceptroof for in balconies • Aand lot coutyards. of trees various - Theofsloped roofsspecies are at different levels - Built structures orient on NS axis pageexposed no. 01 masonry in toilet closed spaces - Flooring : different in room and bathroom - Skirting - Building is on the NE side of the plot - Lots of empty plots - Furniture placed against the walls INFERENCES: - Deep overhangs - Deep overhangs Landscaping on empty sides; - Streets are not shaded INFERENCES: - Bathroom walls might be finished with tiles - Can see the position of the - Can see the- position of thedone openings INFERENCES: 150 151 SCALE: central 1:20 courtyard, balconies SCALE: 1:100 SCALE: 1:50 SCALE: 1: 10 walkway around it. - Deep overhangs, INFERENCES: - Window frame suggests that it is made of wood - Can anticipate circulation in the space

1:5000

1.2

READING SCALES

1:2500

ITECTURE DESIGN

walkway around it. SCALE: 1:5,000 SCALE: 1:2,500 - Built-up area is less than 50% of the plot. INFERENCES: Alot of trees suggests of different that species - Plot boundary defines a senseright of ownership • Roads converge at almost Dense -vegetation it INFO LAYERED: INFO LAYERED: - Can anticipate heights of the houses angles to the main road could be an urban forest Built Mass Built Mass, Roof profiles INFERENCES: - Trees might planted to achieve Roads are ahave mix been of grid and cul-de• Defined vegetation patch suggests Roadthe networks - Can anticipate vehicular movement privacy Road networks sac networks a man-made green space, a privacy Plot Storm drain - Trees might beboundary plantedmaybe to achieve - Lack of tree in thewater empty plots suggest Settlement pattern is quite park Trees, Light poles, community park Vegetation or to reduce heat gain the soil type might not be very fertile Can anticipate human movement - Sloping roofs suggests that the place dispersed • Cul de -sacs suggestthe that the roads inside theOBSERVATIONS: plot recieves have heavy rainfall between the OBSERVATIONS: Buildings space are dead-end - Built masses are of different types - Roads converge at almost right angles neighbouring building • Blocks concentrated near the main - Built area in a plot is more than 50% - Roads are a mix of grid and cul-de road could be older settlements A well-defined space of vegetation sac networks - Building follow setbacks • Dispersed settlement suggest on Northern side Trees in the area are usually inside plots -M Dispersed settlement pattern A N I P A L, K A R N A T A K A - Built structures orient on NS axis - Buildings are not closed sprawling Huge chunk of vegetation on thebuilt - Lots of empty plots - Huge chunk of vegetation on the Southern side - Streets are not shaded Southern side

1:100

SCALE: 1:10,000

INFERENCES: - Dense vegetation suggests that it could • INFO LAYERED: be an urban forest Built Mass - Defined vegetation patch suggests a man • Road networks made green space, maybe a park water - Cul de sacsStorm suggest thatdrain the roads are • dead end Contour Lines - Blocks concentrated near the main road could be older settlements OBSERVATIONS: • - Different road widths. - Built masses are relatively of small size. • - Ratio of the unbuilt to built is more. - Large built masses towards the NS side. • - Built masses are oriented along the roads. - Storm water drain follows the slope. - Settlement in the proximity of main road. SCALE: 1:5,000 - Built masses formed in and around the ridges of the landform. • INFO LAYERED: • Built Mass INFERENCES: • Road - Roadnetworks heirarchy due to varying road width. • Storm water drain - Built masses mainly residential . Vegetation - Large built masses might be industrial • structures. OBSERVATIONS: - Dispersed settlements might be due to • - Roads at almost right angles recentconverge developments. - Roads are a mix of might grid and Storm water drain be cul-de naturally • sac networks occured due to the landforms. • - Dispersed settlement pattern AKA • Buildings are not closed built s. - Huge chunk of vegetation on the Southern side . SCALE: 1:2,500

SHRAVYA DG

1:50

1.2

READING SCALES

•

1:200

1.2

•

1:500

Reading Scales

CALES

ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

SHRAVYA DG FOUNDATION STUDIO | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

1:10

1:1000

FOUNDATION STUDIO | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

SHRAVYA DG FOUNDATION STUDIO | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Manipal is a rapidly growing small town wedged between the Arabian sea and the Western Ghats. Growing towns must meet the demands of the public while ensuring the optimal use of resources. These demands could be (but not limited to) those regarding public transit, water, infrastructure improvements, and even community spaces. Unlike in the past, towns today have challenges associated with a massive influx of people while balancing scarce and

threatened natural resources. The rapid urbanisations and consistent increase in consumptions have put a great strain on already depleting resources. Resources like water that is a linchpin in human settlements are essential and need to be utilized efficiently. A close study of water management systems in Manipal raises concerns regarding water supply, water pollution, wastewater management, sewage disposal and water scarcity

BAJE DAM FILTRATION

How can architecture support efficient and sensitive utilization of resources in the development of growing settlements?

PRODUCTION:

27.25 MLD per day

OPEN WELLS WATER STORAGE AT TOWN Gl reservoir in Manipal

How can architecture help in mutually reinforcing the co-existence of both, the built and the ecosystem?

SUPPLY

INDIVIDUAL HOUSES

WATER SUPPLY

SOURCE

Swarna (non-perennial) river is the source. In summer, for four months there is no inflow in the river (Baje & Shiroor dams)

BOREWELLS

COLONY WATER TANKS Individual O.H.T s for each colony

OPTIONS

SYSTEM

Other than the municipality water source, individual houses can either have a borewell or an open well

The Treated water is sent to the GL service reservoir in Manipal. Water lines (underground DI and MS pipes) run along the public roads. Water is then sent to colony OHT and then to the houses.

EVAPORATION

HYDROLOGY

HYRDOLOGY RUN- OFF

DEGRADE

HYRDOLOGY

POLLUTION & SCARCITY

WARDS Water is distributed from colony OHT

INFILTRATION SCARCITY

Even with heavy rainfalls, the district faces water shortage. The wells dry up and the river bed dries up. Leading to shortage in water supply

Wards Water distributed from colony OHTs

POLLUTION

RAIN WATER

The highly permeability of the shallow laterite horizons means the ground water is highly vulnerable to contamination. For eg. Pits infiltrating, landfills contaminate ground water

The rain water if stored will suffice the growing demands of water supply. But more than 90% of the water is lost in surface run-off, evaporation and infiltration.The surface water is degraded

HYRDOLOGY WARDS Water is distributed from colony OHT DRAINAGE Surface run off merge with Indrani River and finally the Arabian Sea

WASTE

WARDS Water is distributed from colony OHT

MANAGEMENT

DRAINAGE Surface run off merge with Indrani River and finally the Arabian Sea NEIGHBOURHOOD

SOLID WASTE

Lack of proper waste management systems.

Drainage Surface run off merge with Indrani River and finally the Arabian Sea

SHRAVYA DG

| AD20327

Concerns affiliated to water

INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS

GRAY WATER

The gray water is disposed off in pits or directed to open drains.

The industries release effluents into the storm water drains and open drains. This polluted water joins Indrani river; ultimately making way into the Arabian Sea.

1.3 1.3: Reading, Questioning, Interpreting

FOUNDATION STUDIO | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

DRAINAGE Surface run off merge with Indrani River and finally the Arabian Sea

MONSOON 2020

NEIGHBOURHOOD

SHRAVYA DG

| AD20327 5811

833

4656

Over the 4 years, the Net Ground water availability has decreased by 5400 HAM. The water drafted for domestic is increasing where as the for the

NEIGHBOURHOOD

Neighbourhood SHRAVYA

152

| AD20327

Initial Study Area

irrigation of the same is decreasing SOURCE: Ground level water Booklet for Udupi district- (December 2008 and August 2012 edition)

908

GRAPH: Comparative data of ground water drafted for GROUND RESOURCE Domestic & Industrial and WATER Irrigation in the years 2004 Comparitive data of ground water drafted for Domestic & Industrialand and 2012 Irrigation in the years 2004 and 2012 Over the 4 years, the Net Ground water availabilty has decreased by 5400 HAM. The water drafted for domestic is increasing where as the for the irrigation of the same is decreasing

153

MARGORP

CONTEXT

ertneC -ocE naivA

CONTEXT Mannapalla Lake

Background :

SH 169

rthahalli

Udupi- Thi

Tiger Circle

Mannapalla Lake is located at the heart of the town. The lake is a man-made ecosystem. It was developed overtime on a clay quarry site. Around 1960, tile factories were established in the coastal areas nearby. The continual removal of soil from the lake region to prepare tiles resulted in the formation of this large pond

where rainwater would get collected. Later it took the shape of a lake. The name ‘Manipal’ is derived from ‘Mannu Palla’ anglicized to Manipal. The water body plays a vital role in recharging groundwater table in and around the town. The man-made islets in the Mannapalla lake have been attracting birds over the

past decade. These islets are covered with tropical and mangrove vegetation. They are a habitat for both migratory as well as non-migratory birds. Moreover, after the facelift project of the lake in 2013, the authorities planted numerous fruit-bearing trees among other vegetation for the same.

ytiunitnoc cilcyc eht serusne taht ytilicaf evitisnes yllatnemnorivne eb ot smia ertnec-ocE naivA desoporp ehT rof ertnec noitatilibaher dna eucser ,hcraeser ehT .ekal eht fo metsysoce dna secruoser larutan eht fo .srotisiv dna sreetnulov ,stsaisuhtne erutan ,sehcraeser gnitavitom elihw ssenerawa esiar ot dengised si sdrib a htiw erutcetihcra erolpxe dluow hcihw mlaer cilbup ni tnemnorivne tliub fo noitatsefinam lacitirc a si tcejorp ehT ot redro ni stnemelttes gniworg rof smgidarap tnempoleved gnittes yb msinabru epacsdnal htiw gningila no sucof .nwot gniworg ldipar a ni secr oser fo noita ilit evitisnes dna tneic e tropp s 0.5 km

1km

Lake

PROGRAM

dna ni tnemnorivne eht fo seicacirtni eseht erolpxe ot tes si tcejorp eht ,ekal allapannaM eht no sknab eht no teS Avian Eco- Centre taht snoitulos larutcetihcra ecudorp ot msinabru dna epacsdnal htiw ylevitaroballoc hcaorppa ot ,ekal eht dnuora eht ot etubirtnoc taht secaps ytinummoc nabru wen etaerc osla dna ,stnatibahni dna setis ot luftcepser era .yrotirret larutluc dna larutan rediw The proposed Avian Eco-centre aims to be environmentally sensitive facility that ensures the cyclic continuity

Design Program : of the natural resources and ecosystem of the lake. The research, rescue and rehabilitation centre for

KEY MAP

birds is designed to raise awareness while motivating researches, nature enthusiasts, volunteers and visitors. ITCwith NUaF The project is aEco-centre critical manifestation of built environment public realm whichSet would explore The proposed Avian aims The project is a criticalinmanifestation on the banksarchitecture onSN theOMannapalla focus on aligning with landscape urbanism setting development paradigms growing settlements to these to be an environmentally sensitive of theby built environment in the public forlake, the project is setintoorder explore s pport e cient and sensitive tili ation of reso rces in a rapidl growing town. facility that ensures the cyclic realm which would explore architecture intricacies of the environment in and

MJC School

continuity of the natural resources and with a focus on aligning with landscape around the lake, to approach Set on the banks on the Mannapalla lake, the project is set to explore these intricacies of the environment in and ecosystem of the lake. The research, urbanism by setting development collaboratively with landscape and around the lake, to approach collaboratively with landscape and urbanism to produce architectural solutions that rescue and rehabilitation centre for paradigms for growingBACKGROUND settlements in urbanism to produce architectural are respectful to sites and inhabitants, and also create new urban community spaces that contribute to the Mannapalla Lake is located at the heart of the town. The lake was developed over time on a clay quarry site. birds is designed to raise awareness order to support efficient and sensitive solutions that are respectful to sites The lake is a man-made ecosystem. Around 1960, tile factories were established in the coastals areas nearby. wider natural and cultural territory. The continual removal of soil from the lake region to prepare tiles resulted in the formation of this large pond where while motivating researches, utilization of resources rapidly inhabitants, and also water the shape of a lake. h The iso derived noitatilibaheRnature naivA ertneCrain ssin enaewould rawgetAcollected. Later it tookand crname aes‘Manipal’ eR yg lohcreate tfrom inr‘Mannu O Palla’ anglicized to Manipal. enthusiasts, volunteerseand visitors. growing town. new urban community spaces that rtneC e r t n e C The man made islets in the Mannapalla lake have been attracting birds over the past decade. These islets are covered with tropical and mangrove vegetation. contribute They are a habitat forto both migratory as wellnatural as non migratory birds. the wider and Moreover, after the face lift project of the lake in 2013, the authorities planted numerous fruit bearing trees among other vegetation for the same. cultural territory.

Planetarium

Life Sciences College

FUNCTIONS

MCPH

SAERA SREHTO

Ornithology Research :no itartsinimdA Centre

Areas :

kseD ofnI ec o nimd egarotS -

PUBLIC

AREAS

Nirmiti Kendra Church

:ertnec noitaterpretnI muesum llamS /yalpsiD ertaeht /moor gnineercS noitibihxE tnorfretaw depacsdnaL

PRIVATE (Eco-enthusiasts, Researchers)

• Research Labs • Lecture halls Display/PRIVATE Small museum (Eco-enthusiasts, Researchers) • Seminar/PUBLIC Discussion rooms Screening room/ theatre Research Labs • Library Interpretation centre: Exhibition Lecture halls - Display/ • Observation Deck Small museum Landscaped waterfront Seminar/ Discussion rooms - Screening • Equipment storage room/ theatre Library - Exhibition • Rehabilitation space Observation Deck Equipment storage Landscaped waterfront Rehabilitation space

Interpretation centre: • • • •

stelioT

CILBUP

Awareness Centre

)srehcraeseR ,stsaisuhtne-ocE( ETAVIRP Avian Rehabilitation sbaL hcraeseR Centre

sllah erutceL smoor noissucsiD /ranimeS yrarbiL kceD noitavresbO egarots tnempiuqE OTHERS ecaps noitatilibaheR

Administration: • • • •

Info Desk OTHERS Admin office Administration: Storage - Info Desk Toilets dmin o ce - Storage Toilets

Siddhivinayaka Temple

CONTEXT: Mannapalla Lake

154

0 5 10

Man made Islets

155

X and Y integer values (x: height; y: depth) X and Y integer values (x: thickness; y: depth)

Modifying Grasshopper Script

Introduction MPONENTS

Ball Bearings

12 Sliders for the outer edge rectangle

Figure (1) Scooping out the inner box Figure (2)

Algorthemic Modelling of the opening mechanism

Grouping frame and panel

Axis for rotation

Color coding

X and Y integer values (x: height; y: depth) X and Y integer values (x: thickness; y: depth)

Figure (1)

Moving the box to position

Slider for swing

Lock Nut

Swing direction y-axis

Figure (3): Making the inner frame; and the panel Figure (1): Making a box; scoop out another portion

Figure (4): Resultant Model

Figure (2): Resultant Frame

01. MAKING OF THE MAIN FRAME

02. MAKING OF THE PANEL AND ROTATING IT

Parametric Script: Digital modelling of the TOP HUNG Opening system

Same process as #1 Figure (3) Axis for rotation

Grouping frame and panel

3mm dia movable rivets

3 & 5mm thk plates

Same process as #1 Figure (3)

Color coding

Rivets

MS Plates

Figure (2): Resultant Frame

X and Y integer values (x: width; y: depth)

SCRIPTING

For the ball bearings; 4no.s • Size: 700X 500mm • Panel: MDF Panel • Opens outward • MS Frame The panel is supported at the top through brackets. The mechanism was developed using a system of levers and 5 links.

Inner dia 12mm; Outer dia 18mm

Moving the box to position

01. MAKING OF THE MAIN FRAME

The exercise was intended to develop and document an opening mechanism such that it works without direct application of force on the panel. The opening is a Top Hung system where the panel has a rotation along the longitudinal axis from the top end.

Figure (1): Making a box; scoop out another portion

Figure (1)

Color coding

09 Slider for swing

Shop Drawings

07 230

506

SECTION- Open

DETA

280

Inside

06 07

280 289

Scale- 1:10

500

Inside

500

1112

50 500 500

05 03

500

280

02 04

SECTION- Closed

Scale- 1:10

SECTIONAL ELEVATION

Scale- 1:10

SECTION- 4Closed 5

SECTION- Open 3mm dia rivetted Scale- 1:10 connection; movable

Scale- 1:10

Scale-

DETA

Scale-

joints

The exercise aims to develop he opening rotates along the mechanical movements ogitudinal axis from the top for the givenisopening. he panel supported at the top hrough brackets SIZE: 700X 500mm - Panel: MDF Panel - Fixed on the top - Opens outward - MS Frame

3mm thk MS plate; dia 8mm thk 3mm rivetted connection; movable joints

2.3 Movement 12. 09. 2020

PLAN

Scale- 1:10

PLAN

Open

Scale- 1:10

SHRAVYA DG

AD20327

700 810

3mm thk MS plate; 8mm thk

LEGEND 01. 02. 03. 04.

50X 80mm MS Section: Frame 12mm thk MDF Board 3mm thk MS bracing 5mm thk MS connector

05. 06. 07. 08.

200

Partially Open

200

OPEN POSITION

700 810

The opening rotates along the logitudinal axis from the top An STUDIO illustration depicting movement a TOP HUNG opening system DATION | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN The panel is supported at the of top ON 2020 | CEPT UNIVERSITY O P E N P O S I TION through brackets

156

SECTIONAL ELEVATION

outside

1112

1112 1112

OPEN POSITION

INTRODUCTION

Closed

Axis of rotation

289

2.3 MOVEMENT

he exercise aims to develop Initial iterations; concept mechanical movements formodels the ROTATION iven opening.ALONG THE LONGITUDINAL AXIS FROM ONE END IZE: 700X 500mm Panel: MDF Panel Movement CLOSE POSITION Fixed on the top Opens outward MS Frame

SHRAVYA DG

Lever Handle AD20327 3mm thk MS connector CLOSE POSITION 3mm thk MS Channel MS plate for bracing 5mm thk MS plate 50X 20 mm; 5mm thk D Bracket

500

07. 08. 09. 10. 11. 12.

500

NTRODUCTION

2.3 Movement

01. 50X 80mm MS Section: Frame 12. 09. 2020 02. 12mm thk MDF Board 03. 3mm thk MS bracing 04. 5mm thk MS connector 05. Plate connected with pivot fastener 06. Lever arm base plate

UNIVERSITY

Axis of rotation

| ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

500

LEGEND

500

07. Lever Handle 08. 3mm thk MS connector 09. 3mm thk MS Channel TATION ALONG THE LONGITUDINAL 10. MS plate for bracing ot FROM fastenerONE 11. 5mm thk MS plate S END 12. 50X 20 mm; 3mm thk D Bracket

500

3 MOVEMENT

rame

500

outside

Axis of rotation

CLOSE POSITION

Axis of rotation

Open

1112

One end fixed to the frame; one to the connector

280

50X 20mm; 2mm thk. 4 no.s

02. MAKING OF THE PANEL AND ROTATING IT

1112

Lever Handle

D- Brackets

Figure (4): Resultant Model

230

Figure (3): Making the inner frame; and the panel

Swing direction y-axis

Shop drawings

Locking

C Channel with slot for movement

Plate connected with pivot fastener 3mm thk MS connector Lever Handle 3mm dia 50X 20 mm; 5mm thk D Bracket Rivetted joints allow movement 3mm dia Rivetted joints allow movement

3 157 CL

700

12 24

200

DETAIL C:

Scalethe handle1:2 is laid in the slot to prevent the lever from coming up lever from coming up

Scale- 1:2

Scale- 1:10

C Channel with slot C Channel with slot for movement for movement

3 30

30 14

3mm thk MS plate 3mm thk MS plate welded to the frame welded to the frame

DETAIL C:

Scale- 1:2

200

3mm dia Rivetted joints allow movement

the handle is laid in Thetohandle is laid in the slot to the slot prevent the 8 from leverthe fromlever coming up coming up

14 50

3mm thk MS plate welded to the frame

PARTS & COMPONENTS LOCKING MECHANISM DETAIL C- Lever Handle (elevation) Scale- 1:2

Bracing the Board

Metal bracing systems is fixed to the board at either sides.

FOUNDATION 06 STUDIO | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN MONSOON 2020

3mm thk MS plate welded to the frame

3mm thk MS

CEPT UNIVERSITY

06 Simultaneously the frame

can be prepped by drilling holes for the rods

prevent

CFOUNDATION STUDIO | MONSOON ARCHITECTURE DESIGN 2020 | DETAIL CEPT UNIVERSITY MONSOON 2020

Scale- 1:2

lever from coming up

CEPT UNIVERSITY

Scale- 1:2

Rod

STEP 02: Bracing the Board

Metal bracing systems is fixed to the board at either sides. Simultaneously the frame can be prepared by drilling holes for the rods

Panel

MDF is held with D brackets attached to the rod. They are screwed to the board

Rod Panel Rod

inducer Themotion system is attached to the rods holding system is attached theThe The mechanism is then fastened toboards. the rods holding the boards. with lock nuts. Finally the remaining frame is The mechanism fitted Connecting to the is then fastened with lock nuts

motion inducer

Simultaneously the frame can be prepped by drilling holes for the rods

LEGEND

03 03

12. 09. 2020

the boards.

The mechanism is then Thelock mechanism SHRAVYA fastened nuts 01.with 12mm thkis then MDFDG Panel

2.3 Movement 12. 09. 2020

fastened with lock nuts AD20327

12mm dia rod Finally02. the remaining Finally the remaining frame 03. is fitted frame is fitted Fasteners

2.3 Movement

Connecting to the

Finally the remaining

The system frame is attached motion inducer is fitted to the rods holding The system is attached the boards. to the rods holding

Bracing the Board Metal bracing systems is fixed to the board at either sides.

STEP 03: toConnecting Motion Inducer Connecting the

Panel

Metal bracing systems is fixed to the board at either sides.

Lever Handle (elevation)

MECHANISM Mechanism

MDF is held with D brackets attached to the rod. They are screwed to the board

Panel

to the rod

A drawing depicting assembly of the system FOUNDATION STUDIO | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

DETAIL B- Bracing (elevation) 01

Parts Components the handle is& laid in the slot to prevent the

MDF is held with D brackets attached to the rod. They are screwed to the board

Bracing the Board

C Channel with slot for movement

STEP 01: Connecting MDF to the rod Rod

3mm thk MS Handle

5mm thk MS

Connecting MDF connector to the rod

Panel

Lever Handle (elevation)

110

Locking Locking Mechanism mechanism

03 05

3mm thk MS Handle

Rod

04D brackets MDF is held with Lever arm attached to the rod. They are screwed to the Connecting MDF 01 board

3mm dia Rivetted joints allow movement

Connecting MDF to the rod

Scale- 1:2

B- Bracing (elevation) DETAILDETAIL B- Bracing (elevation) Lever Handle Scale1:2 (elevation)

3mm thk MS Lever arm

2150 0

DETAIL C- Lever Handle (elevation) DETAIL C- Lever Handle (elevation) Scale- 1:2

5mm thk MS connector

3mm thk MS plate; 8mm thk

110

the handle is laid in the handle is laid in the slot to prevent the the slot to prevent the MS Handle lever from coming up lever from coming up

100

230

100

3mm dia 3mm dia Rivetted joints Rivetted joints allow movement allow movement

50 LockingLocking mechanism mechanism

3mm dia rivetted connection; movable joints 25

200

Lever ; 5mm thk MS plate

810

Scale- 1:2

3mm 3mm thk MS thk MS Handle Handle

LOCKING MECHANISM DETAIL A- Handle Lever (plan)(elevation) MECHANISM DETAIL Lever the handle is laid in the slot to prevent the PLANC:LOCKING

Scale- 1:2

100

500 50

ASSEMBLY

Lever Mechanism SS System pinned with movable rivets

500

280

289

230

03 A- Lever (plan) DETAIL

Inside

700

3mm thk MS thk MS 3mm Lever arm Lever arm

Scale- 1:10

Scale- 1:10Scale- 1:10

MS Handle

SECTION- Open

Scale- 1:10 0

Assembly ASSEMBLY

5mm thk MS thk MS 5mm connector connector

3mm thk MS 3mm thk MS plate; 8mmplate; thk 8mm thk

12mm dia Rod; Brush finished

9 25

PLAN PLAN

Scale-Scale1:2 1:2

SECTION- Closed

MS Handle MS Handle

DETAIL A- Lever (plan)(plan) DETAIL A- Lever

3mm dia rivetted 3mm dia rivetted connection;connection; movable movable joints joints

810

700

230

500

500 15

12mm inner dia SS Ball bearing+ Lock nut (SS) Bracing Members (Detail B)

Lever ; 5mm thk MS plate

ASSEMBLY

SECTIONOpen Open SECTIONScale- 1:10 Scale- 1:10

Lever ; 5mm thk Lever ; 5mm thk MS plate MS plate

110

with movable rivets

Lever Mechanism SS System pinned SS System with movable rivetspinned with movable rivets

outside

280

289

80X 50mm; 5mmthk MS Section

SECTIONAL ELEVATION 50

SECTIONClosed Closed SECTIONScale- 1:10 Scale- 1:10

Scale- 1:10Scale- 1:10

Scale- 1:10

280

500

Shop Drawings SECTIONAL ELEVATION SECTIONAL ELEVATION 50

2 280

280

1 50

500

Modifying

06 06

04. 50X 20mm D bracket 05. 5mm thk MS plate DG 06. 5mmSHRAVYA thk MS SHRAVYA DGBracing system

2.3 Movement

AD20327

12. 09. 2020

AD20327

MECHANISM

11 Screws

fastners of various types

Ball Bearings

Inner dia 12mm; Outer dia 18mm

Lock Nut

For the ball bearings; 4no.s

04 30

05 5

C-Channel

400mm long; 4 no.s

MS Plates

3 & 5mm thk plates

Rivets

3mm dia movable rivets

a) Linear Force on the lever a. LINEAR FORCE ON LEVER

a. LINEAR FORCE ON LEVER

b) Up b.and Down movement UP and DOWN movement b. UP and DOWN movement

10 APPLIED FORCE APPLIED FORCE applied linearinput input is into rotatory output. TheThe applied linear istranslated translated into rotatory output. 09Levers and Methods used: links used: Levers and links The applied Methods linear input is translated WhenThis forceisisachieved applied at point A, it is carried out to point into rotatoryWhen output. force is applied at the point A,whixh it is carried out to point B and C, translating it to rods, in turn rotate through levers and links. B and C, translating theoutward. rods, whixh in turn rotate resulting the panelsittoto open

resulting the panels to open outward.

a) Force is applied at point A in the XY plane b) It is carried out to point B and C, translating it on to the rods in the XZ plane. c) Which in turn rotate resulting the panels to open outward.

Rods

12mm dia rod; 550mm long

158

D- Brackets

50X 20mm; 2mm thk. 4 no.s

Lever Handle

One end fixed to the frame; one to the connector

06 List of the parts and components

Illustration depicting the opening mechanism FOUNDATION STUDIO | ARCHITECTURE DESIGN

MECHANISM

Input (linear)MECHANISM force Translatory Motion Input (linear) force Output (Rotatory) Motion

Translatory Motion Output (Rotatory) Motion 2.3 Movement 12. 09. 2020

SHRAVYA 159 DG

AD20327

Modelling

Vertical Cantilever Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea

Observation

TASK: A single strip of paper (50 cm tall) is to be made stand with the use of other strips of papers, threads and pins.

• •

Upon loading, the area where the intermediate supports are sparsely spaced buckled Top end swayed a bit

ATTEMPT: The paper is supported from two sides with the help of threads. Paper size: 21X 1X 500mm Base: 150X 200mm Observation • •

The members swivelled and moved. The support itself buckled. The paper stood but the system failed to take any load. Elevation

Plan

Elevation

View

Buckling and Swaying

Plan

Iteration-2 Key Idea TASK: Two strips of paper is to be made stand with the use of other strips of papers, threads and pins. ATTEMPT: The strips are interconnected with supports and these supports are connected with thread which grounds the system. The members are distributed non- uniformly Paper size: 21X 1X 500mm Spacing: 40mm apart Base: 200X 150mm 160

View

System under difference loads and forces

161

Modelling

Horizontal Cantilever Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea

TASK: Two strips of paper is to be made stand horizontally (supported at one end) with the use of other strips of papers, threads and pins.

ATTEMPT: The strips are interconnected with supports and these supports are connected with thread which grounds the system. The members are distributed non- uniformly Paper size: 21X 1X 500mm Spacing: 40mm apart BASE: 100X 300mm

ATTEMPT: After the observations in previous iteration, the orientation of the members were changed and the thread was connected to the base

Elevation

Top view

Observation • •

It was observed that the members bent inward. The end could not take any load. Elevation

Elevation

Bending

View

162

System under difference loads

Elevation

View

163

Modulating system Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea

Putting the previous experiments into a system, the first module or structural system derived. It was imitated directly onto a different type of system. Previously the spanning was cantilever condition whereas now it is a simply supported system. Hence it failed.

Tweaking the spanning system to cater to the current conditions, the second system was derived

Top View

View

Elevation

View

Close up of intermediate members connecting to the beams

Thread end condition

Top View

164

Elevation Elevation

Elevation

165

Space material and interaction

Concept CONCEPT SPATIAL DERIVATION

SPATIAL DERIVATION

View

ITERATION 01

Top view

View

Planes on theon site Planes site

Accentuating view Views Accentuating

Planar formPlanar derivedform fromderieved the topography, from movement and lake topography , movement the site,

Fragmenting the planes in order to accentuate the Planes interconnected planes Fragmenting in order to accentuate Planarwith formperpendicular derieved from view of the lake i.e, bridges views of the lake the site, topography and lake

and lake

Connectivity Connectivity

ITERATION 02

FORM DERIVATION DERIVATION FORM

View

Block detail

Massing

RaisingRaising Grounds Grounds

DefiningDeﬁning roof form roof form

Staggering Roof planes Staggering roof planes

The highly eco sensitive site is on the banks of a The highly eco sensitive site lake. Raising the plinth to reduce footprint

Heavy rains and harsh sun calls for sloping roof Heavy rains and harsh sun calls for with deep overhangs

To help in ventilation and natural light for the To help in ventilation and natural interior spaces

is on the banks of a river.

sloping roofs with deep overhangs

light for the work spaces

ITERATION 03

166

167

Accommodating Structure Structural System

ENCLOSURE SYSTEM Enclosure System Exploded View: Enclosure Details

BUILDING SKIN WALL SYSTEM 250mm system of block masonry + CLT cladding

FENESTRATION Top Hung Windows as per details

FIXED LOUVRE 200 X 40mm CLT ﬁxed vertical louvres

MASONRY 150mm thk Laterite Block masonry

INSULATION EP Insulation between cladding and masonry

SUPPORT 30X 30X 3 mm L-Section for holding panel cladding

SUPPORT

C-Channels at 500mm c/c PANEL CLADDING 30mm thk Laminated timber cladding

168

WALL SYSTEM

169

System Assembly BEARING SYSTEM

SPANNING SYSTEM

Assembly Diagram Bearing Member

Spanning Member Assembly Diagram

01 COMPRESSION

TENSION

LINE DIAGRAM

AXONOMETRIC VIEW Components 01 & 02

AXONOMETRIC VIEW Component Assembly

ELEVATION

AXONOMETRIC VIEW

Prepping intermediate members

03 08

01 05

Fixing struts to the member

03 04

TYPE A

Typical Condition (plan)

Anchoring Cable to the component

A & B 05

01 04 03

AXONOMETRIC VIEW

Showing Column Assembly

01.01. 125125 X 45mm Cross Laminated Timber X 45mm Cross Laminated (Curvedtimber beam) (curved beam) 02.02. 50 X intermediate CLT members 5025mm X 25mm intermediate CLT members 03.03. 25 X CLTCLT struts 2525mm X25mm struts 04.04. MSMS Plate; 5mm thickthick Plate; 5mm

250 X 110mm CLT Corner Lap Joint

LEGEND

01. 250 X 75mm Cross Laminated Timber 01. 250 X 75mm Cross Laminated timber 02. 60 X 30mm intermediate CLT members 02. 60 X 30mm intermediate CLT members 03. MS Plates; 5mm thick 03. MS Plates; 5mm thick 04. MS Bolts 05. Self tapping Dowels

170

04. MS bolts 05. Self tapping Dowels

LEGEND LEGEND

Prefabricated MS Bracket

TYPE B

Corner Condition (plan)

05. MS prefabricated ange to connect the to the strut cable to the strut 06.06. Clevis andand yokeyoke connectors Clevis connectors 07.07. 5mm dia Steel cable 5mm dia Steel cable 08.08. MSMS Bolts Bolts 09. Self Tapping Dowels 09. Self tapping Dowels

AXONOMETRIC VIEW

Spanning System

171

System assembly

Physical Model

SYSTEM JOINERY Details

Structural system (Part Model)

Column Details

Prefabricated hanger plate ( Detail 02 )

250 X 75mm CLT vertical members

200 X 45mm CLT peripheral beam

Cable end plate

owel ﬁ ing the beam to the column

03 02 01 DETAIL 01 DETAIL 01 Column- BeamColumnend condition Beam end condition

Plate fabricated to hold primary beam

STAGES (01) Spanning base (2) Introduction of struts (3) Cables

MS Bolts

DETAIL 02 Hanger flange to hold the beam

DETAIL 02

Hanger Flange to hold the beam

CLT Column 5mm thick MS plate fabricated to connect to base

Close Up

Double Galvanized Base Plate

Bearing Pad

Anchor bolt to connect base plate to the concrete pier

Concrete foundation

DETAIL 03 Column base condition

172

Elevation

DETAIL 03

Column to the Base connection

View: Close up of one of the bay

173

Physical Model Scale- 1:10

(a) Column intermediate supports

(b) Cable End condition

VIEW Structural bay

CLOSE UP VIEWS

174

175

Context Plan Design strategy:The proposed eco centre sits on the northern banks of the lake. The left wing is dedicated to the interpretation centre which houses exhibition space, museum and a multi functional screening room that opens up to a deck with the backdrop of the lake.

The right wing is dedicated to the rehab facilities. The rescue shelter is a double height space with a small tank and few trees for the rescued birds. The upper floor is dedicated to the research centre. It houses laboratory, library, Board rooms, Manager cabins, pantry and toilets.

Ground Floor Plan

LEGEND 01. 02. 03. 04. 05. 06. 07.

Avian Eco Centre Observation Deck Existing Walking track Road/ approach Parking Children’s Playground Man made Islet

First Floor Plan

176

177

Building Section BUILDING SECTION Section showing context

Open court

Admin

Museum

Foyer Rehab Utilities

Exhibition

Landscaped Court

Screening room

Extendable space

Rehabilitation

Rescue Shelter

LEGEND: 01. 02. 03. 04. 05. 06.

Administration Rehab centre Rescue Shelter Laboratory Manager’s cabin Pantry

Proposed Building Exsiting Track Man Made Islet 0 1 2

178

179

PART SECTION Wall Section Typical Wall Condition

PART SECTION Details B

EXTERNAL WALL CONDITIONS EXTERNAL WALL CONDITIONS

460

1542

50X 25mm Wooden Handrail

460

PLAN

8mm thk Tempered Clear glass

a. at fenestration level b. at masonry level

12mm thk plaster

Silicone Cushioning

150mm thk laterite block masonry

6mm thk U Channel Inside

420X 330mm Mangalore Tiles

M6 Anchor Bolt

250

115mm thick Composite Slab of light weight concrete and proﬁled decking sheet

column

50 X 50mm battens for laying tiles

150

The below drawings are of the typical The below drawings are of SW wall. SW wall of the structure

600

75X 40mm CLT joists outside

500

Primary Spanning system as per detail

1230

L- angle to hold the panel

PLAN

Scale- 1:10

Scale- 1:5

500

Detail A: Slab Edge Condition (verandah)

800

Laminated timber panel cladding

250

Fixed Window

Detail B: Masonry System

50mm thk Indian Patent Stone ooring

115

Laminated timber cladding and Laterite masonry with insulation in between

2300

3635

EP insulation

Column

Top hung window

C- channel; 5mm thk

15mm thk mortar

L- angle; 5mm thk

Composite Slab Light weight concrete

Holding strap (rod)

50mm thk IPS Flooring

12mm thk plaster

125

115

750

Wooden Skirting

Floor Joist screwed to the slab 30

SECTION

ELEVATION

Typical Wall Condition

150 250

Typical Wall Condition

SECTION

PLAN

Scale- 1:10

Detail C: Edge condition of Slab

Open court

Admin

Museum

Detail D: Slab connection to Floor Joists

Foyer Rehab Utilities

Exhibition

Landscaped Court

Screening room

Extendable space

Rehabilitation

Rescue Shelter

180

181

Details

TYPICAL CONDITION

Fenestration system Fenestration

PART SECTION Fenestration system Typical Wall Condition

When Open 550

400

50 X50mm purlin

Mangalore tiles

1650 550

When Closed

150mm wide Gutter with 100mm dia downsprout at the end

5mm thk Bracket to hold the gutter

ELEVATION

Additional Strap to avoid widening of gutter during heavy downpour

Window

MS Cleat

SECTIONAL VIEW

Detail E: Roof Gutter

Window Unit

380

700

ILLUSTRATION

75x 25mm Frame Silicone cushioning

12mm thk clear tempered glass 125X 50mm Main Frame

SECTION

DETAIL F: Ventilator

VIEW

1500 50 25

Ventilator

25 50

PLAN

LEGEND: 01. 50X 80mm MS Section: FRAME 02. 50 X50mm thk Frame MS frame; wood 03. 04. 05. 06. 07. 08. 09. 10. 11. 12.

182

Fixed Ventilator

01. 50X 80mm MS Section: FRAME

02.MS 50bracing X50mm thk Frame MS frame; wood 3mm thk ﬁnish powder coating 5mm thk MS connector 03. 3mm thk bracing Plate connected withMS pivot fastener 04. 5mm thk MS connector Lever arm base plate 05. Plate connected with pivot fastener Lever Handle 06. Lever arm base plate 3mm thk connector 07.MS Lever Handle 3mm thk Channel 08.MS 3mm thk MS connector 09.for 3mm thk MS Channel MS plate bracing 10.clear MS plate 8mm thk glassfor bracing 8mm thk clear glass 50X 2011. mm; 3mm thk D Bracket 12. 50X 20 mm; 3mm thk D Bracket

08 07

FENESTRATION

Components (one module)

50X 50mm purlins Mangalore tiles

Rain Gutter

SECTION

Typical Roof Condition

183

Sectional Perspective Part Section: Through left wing of the building Open court

Admin

Museum

Foyer Rehab Utilities

Exhibition

Landscaped Court

Screening room

Extendable space

184

Rehabilitation

Rescue Shelter

185

Interior Renders

Exterior Render

RENDER Overlooking the Lake from the bridge

View of the lake from the verandah

Interior view of the multi functional screening room 186

RENDER Exterior Render in Context

View of the eco centre from the lake 187

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio Poetics of Construction is an extremely intense and rigorous studio designed to understand and amalgamate materials, construction, structures and architectural language through models and experiments. The two-fold studio started with critical analysis of our immediate context while simultaneously experimenting with the articulation of loads and forces. The process through which the studio progressed was contradictory to that of a conventional one i.e., usually designing a building and then detailing it. Rather, we started with the details that led to the derivation of an architectural language. The studio gave me a whole new perspective on the architectural design process while emphasising on the quintessential of detailing. The whole process of working and re-working on experiments not only reinforced and clarified my understanding of structural behaviours but also pushed me to think and work beyond my limits and comfort zone. We all entered the semester unprepared, unaware and unsure about how the online studio would occur. Despite having some communication issues and lack of resources or materials, we learnt to connect through various new platforms which in turn let us take a peek into various projects spread throughout the country. Even in the chaos, it turned out to be an instructive and comprehensive studio.

- Shravya DG PAD20327

188

189

191

Symbiosis Through Architecture Illustrated through a School and an animal shelter

Abhay Sreekant

Bangalore 12.9716° N, 77.5946° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • •

There are few patches of open space and the rest is filled with built space along with the road network. There are various types of roads • Type1 -The road is long and continuous and it is continuing out of the frame. • Type2 - Roads connecting two other types 1 roads. • Type3 - Roads connecting two other types 2 roads or ending abruptly.

•

There is variation in the density of the grains. The built space is almost equal to the open space. There is a variation of road widths within a road. The grains are denser with narrow roads as well as broader roads but the more scattered grains are only on broader roads. There are one or more built structures in the open spaces.

•

Vegetation is aligned along the road edge. Many buildings take the shape of the road that is abutting the site. The road widths can be differentiated more clearly. The grains size and profile are more defined. The size of grains and its density varies within a street. Some units are abutting two roads occasionally,but usually, there are two rows of units between two roads.

•

Most of the houses have a roof layout where there Are two or more elements on the roof. The space between the building and plot-line abutting The road is more when compared to the sides of the Building.

•

1:5000

•

• • • •

1:2500

•

• • • •

1:1000

•

• • • • •

192

• • • •

• •

• • • •

• •

The open spaces comprise parks, playgrounds, and bus stand. The type1 - primary roads, type2 secondary roads, type3&4 - tertiary roads. The parks are abutting one or more primary roads. The northeast is the highest point and the southwest is the lowest point.

The places with more scattered grains are the planned area of the neighbourhood. The built structures in open spaces are government buildings such as the ward office, Drinking water filtration, and dispensary, Govt.. vegetable stores, the help centres which are locally known as Bangalore one.

The smaller units are older houses that did not build their units to the maximum allowable area in the plot. Where as the newer settlements have used up the allowable floor area to their limit. The units which are abutting two roads are the Buildings that are built on two adjacent sites owned By the same person.

The elements on the roof layout are staircase leading To the roof along with the water tank that is present on the roof. The setbacks are 12% in the front while 8% in the rear this reduces the gap between two buildings.

1:200

•

• • • • • •

1:100

Inferences

• • • • • •

1:50

Observations

• • • • •

•

Position of beams is visible. There are cut-outs present in the house. There are gaps between slabs and walls. The doors and windows are of different sizes. The rear open space is covered by porous elements. Parapets have half which is thick and other half which is porous.

•

Opening inside the house (on the internal wall) Can observe the relationship of the furniture to the Openings. There is a surface in the bathroom extending into the partition element. There is a separate stair for accessing the room. The room has a private staircase.

• •

There are two types of flooring. There is a window with two shutters There are very thin windows formed due to the wall offset. There is a washbasin on a counter that extends into the shower cubicle There are various plumbing fixtures in the bathroom.

•

• • •

• • • •

1:10

1:10000

•

There are some parts of the wall that are at an offset from the building line. Interior is divided into quarters, in which 3 are having Smaller spaces within it and the access to these three Quadrants is from the fourth.

• • •

There are handles present on either side of the door. The door has various layers with various thickness. The wall has various layers with various thickness.

•

The wall lines are offset at instances to accommodate Skylights at various parts of the house The three quarters with smaller spaces inside them are bedrooms with attached bathrooms. The fourth quarter consists of stairs and gathering space within the house, which branch out into the bedrooms.

One of the cut-outs present is the Elevator shaft Whereas the other is the doubleheight dining space. The gaps between slabs and walls are skylights. The open spaces are covered with a combination of ms grill and concrete pergola.

The bed is parallel to the openings The Wardrobes are at three different places in the room. The Counter extends into the shower cubicle. One external wall of the bathroom is at an offset from the wall line. There is only one external window for the whole room.

The flooring that is subdivided is ceramic tiles and the other is granite flooring. The thin slit due to the wall offset has an ms grill and is covered with glass the two shutters of the window has a metal mesh in one and glass in the other which is the ventilator of the bathroom. Counter which extends through the glass partition into the shower cubical. The joint between tile and jamb is a butt joint on one side whereas the tile is inserted into the jamb on the other side.

193

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : An ecosystem can be defined as a group of living organisms that live and interact with each other in a specific environment. One such ecosystem is the interrelation between the people and animals of the neighbourhood. Few people have a close association with these domestic animals for their livelihood, or because they have adopted them as pets. Due to increased costs of living, taking care of animals has become difficult, and people end up abandoning them. These stray animals have adapted to live in the human habitat, but the degree to which it supports them is questionable. The urban spaces are restricted in the diversity of vegetation, and this negatively impacts the living habitat of native animals. Similarly, fragmentation of tree cover of an urban environment disrupts the living habitat of arboreal animals (birds, squirrels, monkeys, snakes, etc.), thus reducing their number. Garbage is dumped in empty sites of the neighbourhood. Which, becomes

Noise mapping of the neighbourhood

a source of nutrients that the stray needs. As cows and other animals pick through piles of garbage, hunting for leftovers, as a result they also consume plastic. As expected, the biggest plastic pollutant digested by cows is plastic bags, which affect their health drastically. Urban noise affects animals in various ways. For instance, dogs are limited in their vision, which is similar to the red-green colour-blind condition of a human being, with a reduction in the distance of vision and the ability to differentiate between shades of grey. Due to this, the dogs rely on a sense of smell and their hearing ability for survival. There are situations where dogs have opted to attack people in their immediate surroundings as a response to stimuli of loud noise. At this point, there is a question that will arise - Why worry about stray animals? Humans are regarded as the humane species; they are viewed as species having benevolence. The sole reason that humans have humanity itself is

enough to consider the well-being of animals. However, According to Cyborg Manifesto by Donna Haraway, there is a very thin line between humans and animals, the line between which is becoming blurred and virtually non-existent, considering the world of cyborgs where there is no gender, origin, Oedipal complex, nature, culture, language, hierarchy, none of these exist and matter. The animals are referred to as the companion species for the cyborg - the buddy, the one to break bread with, the company, the guest. This ideology breaks the narcissistic approach of human beings in the society, regarding them as the superior species to the rest. Animals also have abilities such as language, tool use, social behaviour, and record of mental events. So, when we consider animals and humans in this hypothetical scenario, these two entities are almost equal. Thus, all animals whether they are pets, domesticated, or stray, are equally important. How can architecture enhance the co-existence of animals in human habitat?

Vegetation mapping of the neighbourhood

Movement mapping of animals in the neighbourhood

194

195

Graphics representing interaction between humans and animal along with the program of the space

Design Program : This project intends to create a humane relationship between animals and people by integrating a school and an animal shelter. There are various examples of co-existence prevailing between man and animal such as the relationship between the Hadza community and the honey guide bird, the langoor and the forest dwellers, Maldharis of Gir forest, Veery thrush birds predicting hurricanes in Delaware to name a few examples symbolising the interdependency. However, most of these examples

196

Exploded view of the architectural intervention depicting its relation and interaction with the context.

Design Position: are in the context of a forest and the interdependence in the urban context is diminished to mere benefit of humans.

Thus, the animal shelter can provide a place for the stray and other animals of the neighbourhood while a school which is a centre for learning, development and growth of children, who are the future of the neighbourhood, can attempt to sensitise the people to animals and one

another, by teaching values of dignity of labour, co-existence, communication, etc.: through animals. This approach of designing schools challenges and questions the utilitarian approach of education system dominant in India, that is side-lining the subjects such as philosophy that teaches skills essential for survival and establishing a symbiotic relation between animals and people of the neighbourhood.

To provide a refuge for the animals of the neighbourhood and the animal lovers. Focusing on creating a habitat with smooth transition between human and animal centric design using a school and a animals shelter. Thus,challenging the conventional human centric approach to a design problem.

Design Strategy:

Architectural Intervention:

Systematically determining the extent of interaction between the animals at various instances within the project. Providing freedom of movement yet maintaining spaces for the animals for various scenarios and needs.

School - classrooms,library,children play area, canteen Animal Shelter - cow shed, dog and cat kennels, training and play area for animals,veterinary clinic.

197

Modifying

Parts Legend 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

Introduction

MS Frame - 60x40x5 mm MS C channel 40x60x5mm Operable mdf panel-450x400x18mm fixed mdf panel - 500x350x9 mm Main support frame 460x20x5mm Wheel and track system as per detail MS track - 60x40x5mm U clamps - 30x57x5mm Aluminium cover plate - 4mm thick Gear pulley with 5mm pitch 150mm dia and handle for input force Double pulley system as per detail Gear pulley with 5mm pitch 50mm dia With tension control clamp. Gear pulley with 5mm pitch 50mm dia With triangular clamp as per detail Timing belt 15mm wide,pitch - 5mm Timing belt clamp as per detail

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a horizontal sliding window

This horizontal sliding window functions by the help of a series of pulleys where the input rotatory force is transferred to generate a lateral movement. Exploded Isometric view showing the different parts.

Mechanism

Assembly Sequence

Make the frame by using the MS box section then place the C channel with the Guide on the ms frame. Fix the main support frame and wheel systems bottom section on the operable panel. Place the ms track on the operable panel and fixed panels then place then on the c channel and fix the operable panel with the top half of the wheel system and the fixed panel to the c channel. Fix the ms tack and the clamps to the ms frame then fix the aluminium rear cover von the u clamps. now fix all the gear pulleys in their respective positions fix the interior timing belt with the belt clamp then tighten the screw underneath to reach the appropriate height then tighten the screw in the tension control clamp to achieve the appropriate tension fix the interior aluminium cover Fix the timing belt in the exterior.

Basic drawings of the horizontal sliding window depicting its working

198

Rotatory input force converted to horizontal movement

Exploded isometric view showing sequence of assembly

199

Modifying Parametric modelling

Outer Frame

Input form Rhino

Rail

POINT The input of the point is by setting a point on rhino which will be used as the origin.

Input of Variables Using number sliders the following variables have been assigned. By inputting the minimum and the maximum values creating a range in which we can explore options. To add variable inputs with constraints we can use the value list command where we can restrict the input to certain values. This has been used for MDF thicknesses

Symbol

Variables

Value

Total length of opening

1200

Total height of opening

600

Width of the frame in section

Height of the frame in section

Thickness of the outer panels

6,9,12

Middle panel thickness

18, 25, 32

A rectangle is created on the XY plane using the AxB value of the opening. The plane is rotated by 900 to shift it from x-y plane to x-z plane. Resultant geometry is used as a rail in the sweep command. SECTION A rectangle is created on the XY plane using the C and D value of frame cross-section. The plane is rotated by 900 to shift it from x-y plane to x-z plane. The line is set on rhino along which the plane of the geometry is shifted to the y-z plane. The resultant geometry is used as the section in sweep command. SWEEP1: the frame is generated from the resultant geometries produced in step 1 and 2

Material and Movement Material

By connecting the extrusions to geometry and create material to material of the custom preview command, one can -

Fixed outer panel and operable middle panel Application of math equation.

Height of the outer panels = m = B (Dx2)

- (dx2))/2 g = y - coordinate for displaced origin of middle panel = ((C/2)-(F/2)) The above equation is achieved using the math commands available in grasshopper.

MOVEMENT

To demonstrate and visualize the various positions of the operable panel(middle panel). The extrusion of the middle panel can be connected to the geometry of the move command. Using the construct domain, remap numbers, number slider (0 to 1) and X unit commands the variable value with direction can be determined.

Shift of origin and extrusion

The origins of the outer panels must be shifted from (0,0,0) to (0.D.0) and (D,C,D) by using deconstruct vector XYZ and math commands. The same method is used to shift the origin to (D,g, D) for the middle panels. These displaced points can be used to generate surfaces which can be extruded to form a three dimensional panel. 200

201

Modifying Shop Drawings MS C channel- 60x40x5mm

Shop Drawings MS Track - 60x40x5mm

MS frame - 60x40x5mm

3 - Operable mdf panel - 450x400x18

4 - Fixed mdf panel -

8 - U clamps - 30x57x5mm

6 - Wheel system

10 - Gear pulley with 5mm pitch 150mm dia and handle for input force

5 - Timing belt clamp

5mm thick ms plate as a guide for the operable panel

202

203

Modifying Shop Drawings

Shop Drawings

Gear pulley with 5mm pitch 50mm dia and triangular clamp

Gear pulley with 5mm pitch 50mm dia and tension control clamp 6

1 2

Double Pulley System Detail

9 1 2

5 4 6

7 1 8

5 12

Legend

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1. 2.

Main frame 5mm thick U clamp Aluminium panel Pulley clamp as per detail Double pulley system as per detail Clamp connecting c channel and main frame. 7. 10mm slit in the c channel 8. C channel 9. 56mm dia ball bearing 10. 32 teeth pulley with 5mm pitch. 11. Shaft 12. Screws to fix the clamp to ball bearing of the double pulley system

204

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

5mm thick - MS box section Screw to adjust tension in the timing belt Clamping mechanism as per detail Gear pulley with 32 teeth, 5mm pitch Timing belt with 5mm pitch Midpoint of the MS box section in elevation Clamping mechanism as per detail Timing belt with 5mm pitch.

205

Modelling Iteration- 1 - vertical

Iteration-1 - horizontal

Key Idea - An attempt to establish a stable base using horizontal member and a square plan. Repeating these horizontal members at regular intervals by connecting them to the vertical members with the help mechanical joints.

Key Idea - Providing a system to introduce thread to balance the tension forces and tried to stabilise lateral movement. with thread Inference the thread did not balance sideways movement and thus was unstable.

Inference - the self load is high on the top causing bending and the horizontal members must be closer near the bottom and farther on top.

Mechanical joint of horizontal and vertical members

Top View

Front view

Side view

Iteration-2 - vertical

Iteration-2 - horizontal

Key Idea - Using a base with 3 horizontal members connecting in the centre with 120 degrees between them. to reduce the number of members required .

Key Idea - Providing cross bracing on the top of the horizontal member and then thread connecting v shaped elements to achieve the catenary curve and balance the tension forces.

Inference the vertical members are weak and require additional reinforcement.

Pin joint of horizontal members

206

Side view

Inference Stable structure additional tension members required with the cross bracing to reduce lateral movement.

Front view

Side view

Cross bracing and v- element detail

Top view

Side view

207

Modulating system Final Model - 1:10

Front elevation

Side elevation

Spanning member

Perspective view

208

Rear elevation

The Above images shows the various end conditions in the structural system

Tension cable detail - spanning member

209

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

Legend

10m spanning member 5m spanning member 2.5m spanning member Bearing member

Structural Enclosure

3 4 5 6

Legend

1. Concrete filling in the metal decking sheet along with insulation. 2. 4mm thick Corrugated metal decking sheet 75mm deep. 3. 250x250mm wood and steel composite vertical bearing member. 4. 5m wood and steel composite spanning member.

210

5. 2.5m wood and steel composite spanning member. 6. 2.25mx1m window with wooden framing 7. 250mm insulated wall with 45mm brick veneer on either side. 8. 12mm thick metal plate fixing to cap stone 9. Sliding door. 10. 2.25x2.75m window with metal framing 11.Net with metal framing. 12.Aluminium louvres.

211

System assembly (spanning system)

System assembly Legend: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Prefabricated spacer using 4mm thick MS plate 40x150mm timber section 12x150mm MS-plate Circular metal spacer 4mm ms plates welded to ms pipe(40mm dia) 6mm thick tension cable 4mm thick MS plate bracket 4mm ms plate bracket and bolting clevis and turn-buckle detail Bolts

1 2

Detail at Y 3

4 5 6 5

8 6 8

Detail at X

9 8 6

212

213

System assembly

Details

End conditions

Legend: 1. 50x250mm timber members of the predesigned column. 2. 40x150mm timber member of pre-designed 2.5m spanning system 3. 12x150 mm ms plate 4. 8mm thick ms plate bracket 5. 8mm thick u MS plate 6. bolt

214

7. pre-designed 5/10m spanning system 8. 8mm thick ms plate bracket. 9. 4mm thick ms plate spacer 10.40x250mm timber section 11. 12mm MS plate 12. 4mm plate bracket 13. Galvanized base plate 14. Anchor bolt 15. Cap stone 16. 4mm ms plate bracket and bolting clevis and turn-buckle detail

17. 40mm dia ms pipe 18. 4mm MS plate for tensile cable anchor 19. 4mm MS plates welded to the 40mm dia MS pipe

Legend:

7. pre-designed 5/10m spanning system 8. 8mm thick ms plate bracket

1. 50x250mm timber members of the predesigned column. 2. 40x150mm timber member of pre-designed 2.5m spanning system 3. 12x150 mm ms plate 4. 8mm thick ms plate bracket 5. 8mm thick u MS plate 6. bolt

215

Context Plan

Floor Plan Ground floor Plan

4 3

5 6 11

9 11

12 10

First floor Plan Design strategy:-

LEGEND:

The blocks are placed in east west orientation though the site is longer in the north - south axis.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

There are windows provided only on the north and south facade.

Large shaded area next to built space to provide shading in summer and indirect sunlight in winter. the shaded openings are walled with nets to tap the prevailing wind from south west and north east regions that can cool the interior space up to 33%. the blocks are placed close to the existing vegetation to make use of the shade.

Canteen Kitchen Dog - kennel area dog training and children play area VET, hospital Women wash-room Men wash-room cat kennel area. library cow shed library seating area and cat play area cat play area Classroom staffroom

13 13

216

217

Sectional perspective Section XX

Section YY

Section ZZ

LEGEND:

218

219

Typical Wall section

Wall elevation

Wall and shading device detail

Exploded isometric view showing sliding door and wall construction detail.

Louvre fixing detail

LEGEND:

1. 20mm Micro topping layer. 2. Insulation 3. Metal decking sheet 4. Steel Reinforcement 5. Louvres 6. 100mm Sill 7. 45mm brick veneer 8. 12mm wall board 10. PU Foam

220

LEGEND: 12. Ventilation window 13. Sliding door 14. Sliding door track 15. 12mm base plate 16. Cap stone

2. Insulated Concrete slab on metal decking sheet. 3. Ventilator window 4. 4mm thick MS Lath framing 5. Timber sliding door 6. 12mm wall board 7.Corrugated metal tie. 8.45mm thick brick veneer

11. Louvres 12. Framing for louvres.

10. Window

221

External view showing the landscape area on the site in relation to the building

Internal view of library seating and cat play area

Internal view of the staff room

Internal view of children play area and the dog training area.

222

223

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The studio lead by Prof. Sankalpa aimed to provide a space as an outcome of various factors such as the context, materiality, detailing, and a structural system derived through experimentation. The course has helped me enhance my knowledge not only in detailing and understanding the forces but also the right way to provide an architectural response to the context. Most of The assignments seemed impossible at the start and were very challenging. However, with introduced us to various tools and skills to combat several situations during the program helped us eventually accomplish the same. I would want to take this opportunity to thank Prof. Sankalpa, Neel, and Aviral for their support and guidance through this daunting course.

-Abhay Sreekant -PAD20007

224

225

227

Design for Social Remediation: -Response of Architecture to Community’s Social Issues

Tushar Rajkumar

Imphal, Manipur 24.8170° N, 93.9368° E

228

Inferences

• • •

Contour Lines Rivers Treasury and Secondary Roads

• • • •

Neighbourhood Out Lines Swell and Ridge lines Slope Land use

• • •

Difference in Topographic Levels Types of road, Hierarchy of Roads Built forms against topography (Section)

• •

Figure Ground Diagram Internal Roads

• • •

Difference in Topographic Levels Types of road, Hierarchy of Roads Built forms against topography (Section)

• • • • •

Building Use Activity Map Open to built ratio vehicular accessibility pedestrian accessibility

• • • • • • • •

Internal roads to Buildings Plot Lines Building Forms Division in Plot Rectangular Plot similar in size Similar orientation ( East to West) Encroachment to roads Less Sight to open spaces

• •

Type of building can be anticipated Buildings Violating the regulations can be mapped Drainage system at neighbourhood level can be resolved.

• • • • • •

Boundary walls Tree lines Roof Types Roof Profile Dead end roads Trees are planted at the edge of road. Balance between Built and Unbuilt Not all buildings has access

• •

• • • •

Planting plant Hard-scape plan Grading plan Site Zoning

• • •

Site Plan Landscape Plan. Hint of house layout. Trees are planted around the building and near the window Type of Built from inside the plot. Landscape elements Types of trees

• • • • • • •

Layout Plan Structural Layout Room Layout Type of window fenestrations Private and semi-private spaces Hint of room functions Door opening directions

• • • • •

Circulation Description of rooms Sciography Air circulation Building energy analysis

• • • • • •

Interior Layout plan Detail furniture layout Column & wall Type of doors Steps count Balcony

• • •

Services layout plan Lighting layout plan Interior energy analysis

• • • • • •

Furniture layout plan Floor tiles Hint of surface finishes Brick laying layout Types of indoor plants Window shading

• •

Material plan Construction plan

• • • • •

Joinery details. Form of window frame Grill to window fame detail Fixture details Presence and orientation of grill

• •

Hinge details Window frame to wall connection

1:100

1:200

Observations

1:500

• • • •

1:50

•

Community activity map Interaction nodes

1:10

1:1000

1:2500

1:5000

1:10000

Reading Scales

229

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response

Architecture

is something that happens in the backdrop of people’s lives. They live in it, go around it, surrounded by it and arouse sentiments. It is like the backdrop of a stage play, where the artists act in a certain set up, which adds and enriches to the context of the storyline. each individual of a society, though not directly, but certainly plants ideas to each individual’s subconscious mind. Manipur, the jewel of India, was once a princely state with a long 2000 years of glorious history. It was merged to India in 1949 and attained statehood in

230

1972. It had rich traditional arts & culture, resources, even had the scope for export. There was social cohesiveness among the people. However, this was transformed rapidly by socio-economic political issues, modernisation, economic stagnancy, unemployment, corruption and inequality. Besides, Manipur is racked by insurgency, substance abuse, arms dealings and brutal demands from the insurgents. It reminds the ‘Broken Window Theory’ of criminology that visible signs of crime, anti social

behaviour, and civil disorder create an urban environment that encourages further crime and disorder, including serious crimes. Imphal, the capital of Manipur, an urban agglomeration with a population of 2.8lakhs (as per 2011census), 28 sq km, density of 10,025 person per sq km, 90.80%literacy rate has witnessed the turmoil. The people of the city had suffered from several wars with the Burmese, ‘Seven Years Devastation’ (1819-1825), Anglo-Manipur War (1891) and the Battle of Imphal (WW II), this has taken a toll at the urban landscape.

KEY STATEMENT: To remedy social problems require meeting of minds of the cross-section of the community, that means,

It almost wiped out the people and identity of the place. People are trying to cope up and built, though the process has been chaotic and long. The only significant architecture identity left are the ruins of the KanglaFort, but due to occupation of the Assam Rifles, it was further defaced (undergoing restoration recently ). Imphal also witnessed the burning of state library (2005), protests against Indian army by twelve naked women (2004), the great June Uprising (killing of

18 civilians on 14th June,2001by armed forces). The fear psychosis among the community from armed forces and militant groups linger, and the list goes on. The question of safety and security to life is at stake. To protect and check social problems the community formed social groups, support systems, and nominate leaders for positive change as the assistance from the authorities is procrastinated. Meira Paibi(women torch bearers) a women’s civil rights group work on social

issues, besides clubs, community and social associations. Representatives and leaders fight in democratic way, and NGOs also play a vital role outside political process.

231

Modifying Rotation along the transverse axis from the centre The input force is a lever turned from left to right, which induces the centre shaft to rotate Gear 1. It is then connected via timer belt to Gear 2 and Gear 3. Which are connected to the panels (which is our out put force) which is then rotated at only 90 degree. To control the panel from further turning, stoppers are fixed to the frame.

Gear 3

Gear 2

2 Timer Belt

3 4

Gear 1

5 Timer Belt 6

APPLIED CALCULATIONS FOR ONE PANEL: Weight of panel assumed (2.5’x8’x1”) : 16kg, Speed: 1m/s, Force required: 16N, Gear 1 no. teeth: 36 (Tin), Gear 2 no. teeth 18 (Tout). Gear ratio: 2.

Achieved torque output = Gear ratio x Torque in= 2 x 16 = 32 Nm Thus, gaining mechanical advantage and the same force applied to move one panel can move two at a time.

Movement

Mechanism

0 8

Grasshopper Script

Section at A-A’

Working Drawings

100 MM

Plan at ‘B’

Plan at ‘C’

LEGENDS: 1. 100x75x2 mm MS hollow section frame 2. Double Gear 2, DIA 30 mm, 18 teeth 3. Timer belt between Gear 2 & 3 4. Ball-baring cage 5. MS panel holder 6. 700x500x25 mm panel 7. 10x10mm MS hollow section 8. 14mm DIA shaft 9. Gear 3, DIA 30 mm, 18 teeth 10.Timer Belt Gear 1 & 3 11. Gear 1, DIA 60mm, 36 teeth

Section at D-D’ 232

50 100

200 MM

233

Parts

Modifying Shop Drawings

11 Gear 1, DIA 60mm, no. of teeth 36

1175 57

296

2 Gear2, DIA 30mm, no.of teeth 18

9 Gear3, DIA 30mm, no. of teeth 18

500

226 3 Timer Belt, yielding between 2 & 9

700

870

720

10 Timer Belt 1, tying between 11 & 2

5 4 nos. MS panel holder, function to hold panel at centre and link to gears and ball baring

MDF Panel, thickness 25mm, 2nos 505

scale1:5@ A3

14 mm DIA shaft, with lever for input force

MS frame inside elevation scale 1:5 @ A3

505

6 2 nos. MDF panel, 700x500x25 mm

Panel holder in MS, 4nos scale1:5@ A3

7 4 nos. MS 10x10mm sections, functions as stopper to prevent the panel from rotation more then 90 degree

4 5 nos. ball-baring cage, fixed to the frame, functions to reduce friction in panel rotation.

Assembly

1175 505

505

100

2 mm DIA pre drilled

3 mm DIA pre drilled

STEP 1 Installation of MS frame @ site from shop

759

MS frame plan at B scale1:5@ A3

1175 505

505

174

100

STEP 2 Installation of stoppers (7) & ball baring (4) to the frame to the per drilled locations, using screws

1024 29 mm DIA cut out

MS frame plan at C scale1:5@ A3

234

3 mm DIA pre drilled

2 mm DIA pre drilled

12 mm DIA cut out

14mm DIA MS shaft scale1:5@ A3

STEP 4 Installation of gears (11) to the shaft, gears (2) & (9) to the holders (5)

STEP 5 Installation of removable MS plates to the frame for maintenance

235

Modelling

Horizontal

Vertical

Iteration-1 To stabilise a paper strip to span horizontally of (1x21 mm) of length 500 mm, same strip size of 1x21x75mm were used. Triangulation of this small strips were used attached on top of the 500mm strip ( which is on the tension side as it is a cantilever). Articulation of strings were used to loop up the triangles together.

Iteration-1 Key Idea: To stabilise a paper strip vertically of (1 x 21 mm) of height 500 mm, same paper strip size of 1x21x75 mm were use. These smaller paper strip were joined mechanically to each other to form two columns of rhombus staged each other vertically. These columns were oriented in T formation with the 500 mm strip sandwiched between the two columns. To further support each of the rhombus units, articulation of strings were used connecting it at the centre.

Top View

Isometric View

Iteration-2

On the second iteration the 500mm strip is orientated so as to 21mm width is on the z axis. Two similar strips of 500mm were connected to the main strip, but in the form of arches. Strings were attached to this arches so as to function as tension wire.

Side View

Diagram from top

Elevation

Loading from top 236

Force application from sides

Isometric View

Rotational Force application

Loading and failure

Top view

Iso metric `view 237

Modulating system

Using the spanning and bearing system developed, a structural system was designed for a footprint of 10 sqm and a G+1 building of maximum height 8M. With the restriction of spanning on one sheets of 200x150x 2mm with all its mechanical joints cut and placed. The joinery systems was still restricted to pin and mechanical joins. In this stage connection and enclosure of between the spans and bearings were thought of. The main challenge was in the spanning member.

Detail at spanning

Front elevation

The take away from this experiment is the spanning system can be stabilised if instead of trying to span with a straight cross section, two inverted arches bending in opposite directions can span with much ease. In the barring system, although it is much stable due to articulation of orientation, the connections may fail with the introduction of materials like bamboo.

Side elevation

238

Joinery at Bearing system

Joinery at Spanning

Part corner condition 239

Space material and interaction Iteration-1 To understand site context, approach, enclosure, material, and shaded, a model at the scale of 1:500 was made. Here various opportunities were explored and this method was very In this exercise, a pavilion was proposed and various other functions were attempted. It helped to narrow down various options to one option which brought the structural exploration and the program together.

Iteration-2 TECTONICS : A well designed tectonics which can change its form according to changes to the requirements Functions of the building:

High risk zone

Field and performance area

Massing

Multipurpose hall

Urban agriculture as landscape design

Intersection nodes

Tea stall/ Toilets

The hindsight of the project aims to achieve : Ethical standards & social equity

Contextual & aesthetic impact

Environmental quality &

Sense of belonging within the community

Site photograph Connecting different communities that is located at rupture nodes, existing intersection nodes, which can be easily

Meeting of minds

the site is located at a high risk zone which has a potential of an intervention, however is left barren as it is due to its slope and soil conditions.

240

241

Context plan

Ground floor plan

13 16

important role that the women of Manipur play in their community and their attempts in eradicating social issues.

7 6

4 3

The massing of the buildings is the balance between the male and female forms. Where the male ( the rectangular structure ) stands guard and farm yet having a sense of openness to it, while the female ( the curvilinear form ) ramps around it brings a harmonious balance

12 10

physical boundary, the main entry will probably from the footpath/jogging track, passing through the dominating and landmark bamboo structure (male form), with the curved ( female form) ramped earth wall intersecting through it. Then suddenly introducing to a series of board-walks and ramps which leads to the open seating which overlooks the Imphal river. 1. Resource Centre 8. TT Hall 2. Janitor Room 9. Board Games 3. Pump & Battery Room 10. Stage 4. Kitchen 11. Multipurpose Field 5. Seating 12. Parking 6. Hers Toilet 13. Open seat out 7. His Toilet 14. Children’s play 15. Step Urban Farming

First-floor plan

Moving up the steps which revile the bamboo structure eventually, creates interest and interaction nodes. This is achieved due to its curvilinear form of the steps and also due to its large tread, which makes the experience of climbing almost effortless. The bamboo structure houses: an infrastructure and a large hall. This is hall does not have any preconceived functions, however is left to the people of the community to decide what it can be according to the needs of the time. This can be achieved with the articulation of removable, foldable partition walls which can be assembled instantaneously by the people. The site context is an amalgamation of dense urban grains with un-accessible dense vegetation along the river banks, with network links dividing the two. The ill-effects of this type of urbanization have given rise to dark allies and corner conditions which don’t allow any eyes on the street. These allies become the rupture zones, which invites various social issues. This rupture continues to 242

the river banks. On the other hand, the river banks hold great opportunity to reverse the ill effects, however, it is not so as it is un-accessible and looked at it as a place of high risk, further increasing the rupture nodes.

1. Gathering zone 3. Long Hall 4. Viewing deck 5. Viewing deck/ multipurpose area

Thus, the proposed intervention is located on the banks of the Imphal river, which connects both physically and 243

Accommodating Structure

244

Enclosure Systems

245

Structural frame model - 1:10 Bambusa vulgaris with dia 10 to 200 mm was cultivated and used for this 1:10 scale model. The steel anchors were lesser cut and joint with adhesive and wood pins. The bending of bamboo was done with of the arch was drawn and nailed to wood planks that would hold the

bamboos in place. Then the bamboos were heated at desired areas and force was applied manually while still in the curve is achieved. Once it has been achieved, it was wiped with cold water then the framework helped to keep it in place. It was left for 2 to3 days to retain its form.

The foundation was of 9” Neils hammered to woodblocks. Bamboos of epoxy adhesive. All joints are pin joints, which are further strength was achieved with the articulation of ropes.

Detail at Roof Rafter

Detail at Roof Rafter and anchor plates

Detail at lintel beam and column

Detail at Floor beam spanning

246

Detail at anchor plates and lintel beam

Detail at column lap joint

Detail at horizontal lap joint

Detail at corner junction

247

System assembly - bearing system

248

System details - bearing system

249

System assembly - spanning system

250

System details - spanning system

251

Part elevation

Part section

Scale 1:50 @ A3

252

Scale 1:50 @ A3

253

Part section - corner condition

Application of mechanism

The opening mechanism is used at the main doors of the hall, which opens up with one input force and with the help of mechanical advantage opens up these large panels made from wood and opaque screens. 254

1. Lever system 2. Gears 3. Timer Belt 4. Ball Bearing Box

255

Sectional perspective

256

257

External View

“Relationship between form, building, architecture, design are all connected through the social realm... Design will be the glue that holds the society together”, Alfredo Brillembourg. Architecture & design may not solve social issues. It may, however, lay down the stepping stones: provide the correct environment and platform with the spirit of positive change. Which will invite people to come together and solve their common social problems, to remedy the broken society.

258

259

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The foundation studio of Master in Architecture is an eye opener as a subject for intense study. It has taught us to think, analyse and find the method to design with pragmatic approach to the issue in hand. The study from micro to macro was a different approach, which I personally have not done before. It has been a learning process and delighted that the studio focuses in developing one’s own structural system, enhance in-depth thinking. This has been done systematically in precision approach through experiments of physical model as well as structural analysis of software. It would have been much benefited had the studio conducted at the institute rather than online; face to face discussion and sharing of views and opinions with the studio head and among the colleagues is a must for this studio. However, in the prevailing pandemic it is hard to expect. ` The grilling during in the studio has laid the foundation, and shows the road of the remaining semesters. It is hard to forget the endeavour, concern and hard work of the studio head Sankalpa, Aviral, Neel, Yatin bhai, Chagan and Chirag bhai; my sincere appreciation and gratitude to all, and my colleagues for discussion though physically miles apart and we have not met so far.

- Tushar Rajkumar PAD20379

260

261

263

Agro-Urbanity re-imaging city as a productive Landscape.

Arbina Mustafa Mistry

Ahmedabad,Gujarat N 23.0°14.7” , E 72°34’3.86”

1:500

Reading Scales

• • • •

Clear segregation of built and unbuilt. Blocks are organised in various geometrical configurations. Triangular, rectangular, curvilinear, radial form of organization coming together at one point which is touching one open space. Primary road leads to most of the blocks. Streets are organising the blocks in various ways.

•

The position and size of built form are arranged in different orientation. Unbuilt is more than the built. Connection of primary road to built form. Organization of built forms - There are built forms that has open space inside while some have open space outside. Section shows the building heights follows some pattern with open space.

•

Division of individual building plots. Presence of green in the neighbourhood. Articulation- setback of the building from the road edges. Housing units (group of buildings) and individual units.

•

Difference between the private open space and public open space. Shared boundary wall of neighbouring building. Building is recessed back from the margin. Presence of greens - most of the trees are outside the plot. Proximity of green with the buildings. Hierarchy of roads - primary and secondary.

Proximity between buildings- built masses are quite close. • View from the most of building is green. • A sense of path ways around the built unit. • Clear demarcation of front and side of built units. • Hint of approach start emerges. • No connection with the other units.

•

1:5000

•

• • • •

1:2500

• •

1:1000

•

• •

• • • • •

264

•

• •

• • •

Structural Coherence - elements of repetition and similarity, enclosure and orientation of the built. Natural open space seems to have impacted the development of network and built blocks based on the alignment. Curvilinear form - constantly changing views. Axial form - A perspective that terminates somewhere, one sees the beginning and the end. Morphology - difference between individual residential and housing. Hierarchy of roads in relation to the built form. The repetitiveness of linear blocks are arranged according to the geographic orientation. The space between the building blocks gives a sense of the presence of road.

Main street is diagonal so, it remains shaded most of the time. Presence of road gives a sense of entry to the plot. A sense of ownership with the demarcation of plots. Shared open space of the housing units.

1:200

•

• • • • •

•

Unit is orientated towards the entrance of the plot. Entrance is directly to living room. Corridor is at centre that leads to most of the spaces. Size of bedroom - one is bigger than the other. Common wall between two units.

•

• • •

• • • •

1:100

Inferences

• • • •

Demarcation of spaces Kitchen is connected to the living space. Storage space of bedrooms and kitchen. The sofa act a partition between the living room and kitchen

• • • • • • •

1:50

Observations

1:10

1:10000

• • •

Entry and exit point of site. Unpaved on the sides of the road. Parking spaces parallel to compound wall. Clear demarcation of service core and the unit. Number of units on each floor. Entrance of each individual unit. One side of the unit is open to the surrounding while other are in proximity to other building.

• • • •

• • • • • • •

The entrance of the unit has two main doors. Wall and lift shaft are demarcated with the difference of material. Swing orientation of the doors. Opening of the lift.

•

Joinery detail. Rotation of door. Brick pattern. Demarcation of material used for door frame. Thickness of material. Wall finishes (plaster) and skirting line. Articulation - Design of door.

•

• • • •

Units share a very narrow lobby space. Orientation of building is at an angle to the direction of wind that gives proper enhanced ventilation South east unit- Glare free daylight is mostly easily available due to north light North west - orientation in direction to the wind while for one other unit the wind gets blocked because of the neighbouring building. Privacy - Any member using lobby is able to peek inside living room of any unit. Sense of spaces- Living room, bedroom, wash area and bathroom. Differentiate between master bed room and children room. Differentiate between the living room and the kitchen. Children bedroom has less ventilation and light compared to the other room. Width of stairway is less. Narrow access space in the external corridor. Building has Load bearing structure. Movement space inside the house. Light from the window of kitchen falls directly to the platform of the kitchen. Possibility of dining space in the living room. Space between kitchen platform and storage is only for movement. The kind of mechanism used for the lift. The concrete shaft especially used for the lift Refrigerator is aligned with the storage space of the kitchen. Mechanism of Door handle. Square vitrified tiles which are commonly used in apartments.

Brick pattern shows that the wall is partition wall. The front door is of metal for extra security. Wooden frame is made of plywood. Wooden finish of main door. Barrel hinge is used for main metal door.

265

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context

By the number after the development of River-front.

Problem Statement : The city of Ahmedabad was founded on the banks of river Sabarmati in 1411 AD. Sabarmati was used in many different ways as a source of drinking water, as a ground for giving speeches, washing and drying clothes, recreational space, Sunday market and for growing of vegetables and fruits on the river bed (as seasonal). Agriculture not only served themselves but for the community as well. Hence, for the marginalized group, it became as a source of income. For

such reasons, Sabarmati remained a lifeline for centuries. Yet overtime due to lack of maintenance the river was abused and the city turned its back to river. SRFD project started in 2002 converted the river into city level recreational space. With the development of the river the city came back to life and the buildings started facing the river again. The project also includes relocation of many activities like traditional

Sunday market, Dhobi Ghat, Slum redevelopment. But most importantly it did not address the relocation of farming as land cannot be allocated to individual person. The agriculture lands were converted into sports club and are transformed into recreational zone. Under such premise, it is necessary to give back the community its belonging. It is necessary for the development to be barrier free so that it can enhance the life of the marginalized as well.

Servant

Watchman

Agriculture

Driver Ironer Nanny (Crèche) Selling of Organic

Tailor Cook Other

Um-employed/ Daily Wages Shift in the number of people involved in Agriculture

Design Program The project aims to take one step in solving one of the most critical challenges of our generation. I.e. Agriculture. Global population is not only getting bigger but denser. The project explores to find a solution by combining architecture and agriculture, as a new way to occupy space that acknowledges farmers as a part of our society. By bringing back agriculture into the cities, it will not only connect

Selection of study Area Paldi in Context Map of Ahmedabad, Gujarat.

farmers but also motivates city dwellers that are losing touch to the food production. The project will depict the future of urban agriculture allowing to grow more food using less land and resources. The project maximizes the use of sunlight and natural ventilation and integrates three different types of farming. The project also consists of small production market, where the produce will be available for purchase

by local residents. It will depict an ecocity through tectonics, in which all the activity reflects ecological process and represent a dedication to sustainability and participation of the marginalized community.

Intent of Architectural Intervention • • • • • •

Agriculture lands in 2000

266

Land fill by the Development in 2010

Recreational space in 2020

• •

Accept farmers as a part of our society. Generates local economic participation for the marginalized. Allows repair of damaged eco system. No agriculture run off. Year round crop production. No crop loss from severe weather condition. Eliminates the use of pesticides. 90% less use of water

• • •

Supplies fresh produce for the local community. Motivates city dwellers that are losing touch to food production. One Indoor acre can produce as much as 10acre of outdoor farmland.

Outdoor

Indoor

267

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism movement

The following illustration (right) depicts a bi-fold window. It consists of a MS box section & MDF panel. The main idea is to make the window panel work, without direct application of force on the panel. The window works using two mechanical movement which occur simultaneously - pivot and sliding.

On rotating Lever Arm, winder with the help of Gear, will pull the MDF Panel which is the open position of window. Similarly, on rotating the Lever Arm anti clock wise, the MDF panel will close with the help of counter weight. (Blue steel cable shows the connection of top panel while red steel cable shows the connection of bottom panel) Since the top and the bottom of panel are connected with different cable, there is equal force distribution of push and pull at the top and the bottom of MDF Panel which makes the opening mechanism runs smoothly.

LEGEND:

1. Lever Arm 2. Chain 3. Gear 4. Pulley 5. Bearing Wheel 6. Steel Cable (blue) 8. L Section frame

9. Double Pulley 10. Steel cable 11. Counter weight 12. Hinge 13. MDF Panel 14. Winder 15. MS pipe 16. Fixed Plate

Grasshopper Scripting

Parametric scripting to model Bi - Fold horizontal opening

268

A drawing depicting mechanism of Bi- Fold Horizontal Opening

269

Modifying Shop Drawings

Assembly of mechanism

LEGEND:

Sequence of mechanism

1. MS Frame 2. MDF Panel 3. Lever Arm 4. Gear 5. Chain 6. Winder 7. Pulley 8. Double Pulley

9. Bearing Wheel 10. Fixed Plate 11. MS Pipe (8mm) 12. Gear Makhi Fitting 13. Guiding Rail 14. Hinges 15. Steel Cable 16. Counter weight

List of Parts Step 1 Assembling MS Frame

Step 2 Joining MDF Panels

Step 3 Fixing of Basic mechanism

LEGEND:

Step 4 Fixing of Mechanism for MDF Panels

270

Step 5 Fixing of steel braided cable and counter weight

1. MS Frame 2. MDF Panels 3. Hinges 4. Pulley 5. Double pulley 6. Lever arm 7. Gear 8. Bearing Wheels 9.Counter Weight 10. Steel braided Cable

271

Modelling (Vertical) Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Side View:

Key Idea To support the 500mm strip vertically, The main idea was to support in both the direction in order to achieve stability. The top structure was made smaller in order to transfer the force to the bottom structure. The transfer of load was successful but failed to move further as there were unnecessary support at the bottom, fixed to the vertical strip.

Key Idea Further moving with the same idea, variations were made in order to achieve stability. Vertically, a module was developed which was repeated with the variation in sizes. The structure failed to achieve its stability in lateral and rotational force as it was adding unnecessary load, instead of supporting the strip.

Isometric View:

Top view

Close up Junction

Examining it with different forces to understand behaviour:

Dead Load

272

Side View:

Examining it with different forces to understand behaviour:

Lateral Force

Rotational Force

Lateral Force

Rotational Force

273

Modelling (Vertical) Iteration-3

Iteration-4

Side View:

Key Idea Further taking the key idea to support in both the direction, the vertical space was supported by a horizontal member making the strip vertically stable. The idea was to transfer the load in both the direction by horizontal and vertical supports. Since, both the support was meeting at single point of the strip, it added to the load to the strip, resulted into buckling when lateral force is applied.

Key Idea- As the earlier Iteration failed because the supported strips was adding load, this particular iteration is made in order to minimize the load. The strip was made free from the horizontal and vertical support which helped in achieving lateral and rotational force.

Isometric View:

Top view

Close up Junction

Examining it with different forces to understand behaviour:

Dead Load

274

Side View:

Lateral Force

Rotational Force

Dead Load

Lateral Force

Rotational Force

275

Modelling (Horizontal ) Iteration-1

Side View:

Key Idea- In order, to support the strip horizontally, the idea began by supporting the strip in all the direction. The horizontal strip was further supported by cables as well as the supporting members. The structure failed as cables did-not provide take any tension load and supporting members had in-necessary load from its sides.

Iteration-3

Side View:

Key Idea- In this iteration, horizontal strip was supported in two direction as ‘L’ Shaped. The supporting members are placed at equal intervals which helped to achieve lateral load but failed to take any tension load.

Close up Junction

Isometric View:

Top view

Isometric View:

Top view

Close up Junction

Iteration-2

Close up Junction

Iteration-4 Side View:

Key Idea-The structure was made to achieve its stability from three sides with tension cables. The structure failed as the supporting member was not placed correctly and had unnecessary addition of tension cables resulting into rotational behaviour of the strip.

Top View:

Bottom View:

Key Idea- As the earlier iteration failed, it was further modified and tension cable were introduced in both the direction in order to stop the rotational force. The examining of different force was further done when the end of the members was connected with the bearing system.

Isometric View:

Top view

276

Close up Junction

Top view

Close up Junction

277

Modulating system

Spanning and bearing

Side view:

Bearing System starts deforming after loading.

Views of the model (Isometric, Plan and side)

Key Idea- In the earlier modulating system, the spanning member failed because of inverse behaviour. In the scale of 1:10 model, tension cables were introduced in ‘L’ shaped and the end of the member was connected to the bearing member. The spanning system was further examined with UDL and point load in left, centre and right. On examining, tension cable helped to stop the rotation of the spanning member on left and the right side, also had equal distribution of load (UDL) as the studs were placed at equal intervals.

Examining it with different forces to understand behaviour:

Top View:

Point load (at centre)

Uniformly Distributed Load

Point Load (on left)

Point Load (on centre)

Details: Left: Staircase detail. Bottom Left: Spanning detail. Bottom Right: Corner Junction of spanning and bearing.

Spanning system is not taking load but it has inverse potential 278

Point Load (on right )

279

Final Iteration (Structure model) List of parts:

Isometric View

Studs with Joinery Tension Cable Anchors

Bearing Members Plate used in Studs.

Top View

‘L’ Plate used in Joints

Top view Spanning detail

‘L’ Plate used in Joints

Corner Condition detail

280

Side Elevation Detail

(Model Scale 1:10)

281

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure Bearing and spanning The bearing system was then made slender as staggering starts deforming in order to carry its load 30 times. Spanning member with a length of 10mt along with the bearing member was incorporated in the following ways: Two bearing members were introduced in order to achieve stability in both the direction. 1. Bearing member is connected directly with main spanning system and the tension cable in vertical direction is connected to the centre point of one of that member. The sizes of the member were decided according to the force acting on the member. 2. Bearing member is inclined and made perpendicular which is connected to the tension member in the horizontal direction of spanning member helping to stop the rotation and achieve stability in the direction. The sizes of the member were decided according to the force acting on the member. (Sizes mentioned in

system detail)

Materials Selected for the structural system:

Glue-Lam Wood (as spanning and bearing Members)

Steel (Mechanical Connectors)

282

283

System assembly (bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system)

Two Bearing Members are used. Assembly sequence for each of them is shown separately

Assembly of spanning member

Sequence: 1. Selection of two Glue-Lam Pieces of wood (Sizes as specified) 2. Subtracting wood from profile. 3. A plate and stud is used to connect wooden members. 4. Connecting tension cables along the centre line according to the force acting on members and supporting the joints with L shaped Plates. 5. Completion of assembly. Application of weather. Coating for longevity. 6. Assembling of two bearing member.

Sequence: 1. Selection of two Glue-Lam Pieces of wood (Sizes as specified) 2. Connection of studs with tension cables in horizontal and vertical direction. 3. Application of weather. Coating for longer-term.

284

285

System assembly (spanning system)

Structure Isometric

Corner conditions (Joinery Detail )

2mm (1000X2000mm) Decking Sheet with 75 mm slab.

‘L’ Section at the periphery (on top of connecting member of bearing system)

Wooden Joist running in Longer direction on spanning

Bearing and spanning member along with connecting member.

Specifications: 1. Glue-Lam Wood - 150 X100mm 2. 4mm Steel Plate - 100 X 100mm 3. Vertical Stud - 65 X 100mm 4. 10mm Dia bolts 5. Tension Plate 100mm X 110mm 6. ‘L’ Steel Plate 100mm X 100mm 286

7. Horizontal Stud 50mm X 100mm 8. Glue-Lam Wood 200mm X 170mm 9. Glue-Lam Wood 300mm X 170mm 10. Connection member 135 X 250mm 11.‘L’ Steel Plate 100mm X 100mm 12. Glue-Lam Wood 260mm X 160mm 287

Context Plan

Design Strategy

Agriculture was the source of income for the marginalized

The idea is too bring back agriculture into the cities and to grow more food using less land and resources

Development took over lands, such that they started serving higher class people

The block is divided in three modules for produce and a service core in the centre for the supply of nutrients

Design strategy To connect back with the urban space and the marginalized community, the site was selected in order to merge with the landscape of the area. The ground floor creates a small production loop for surrounding community to purchase the produce. (Refer building Section). The market consists of vertical hydroponics system which will be used by the people directly. The system will motivate the people at an urban scale to bring closer to food production. Structure of Project integrates intensive Agriculture produce in three modules mainly east, south and west enabling cohabitation of several farming system. It is further articulated by

288

creating variation in the building height and difference between production modules in order to optimize sunlight exposure. The edges of the modules are used to grow the produce naturally with a variety of possible climatic conditions for soil-less farming. The Structure also has closed environments which are used to grow produce in LED Hydroponics System. The Central unit is made of Steel and concrete while the Agriculture modules are made of the spanning and bearing system developed previously. The central mass mainly consists of Service unit allowing to convert the

natural water into nutrient supply. The Pedestrian bridge is used as a ‘connecting member’ through which the nutrient supply services are passed to agriculture modules. Thus the Complex as a whole aims to grow produce by the marginalized community at an urban scale that welcomes them as a part of the society.

The modules are then arranged with a variation in height in order to optimise the sunlight from all the direction.

Giving the agriculture space back to the cities that acknowledges farmers as a part of their society.

289

Floor Plans

Building perspective Section

Fifth floor Plan

Ninth floor Plan 3.

2. 5.

LEGEND:

1. Natural intense farming 2. LED Hydroponics farming Floor Plan (Thirteenth Floor) system 3.Typical Vertical hydroponics Natural intense farming 4.1.2.Research Labs Led Hydroponics System Vertical Hydroponics System 5.3.4.Services Research Labs 5. Services - Water & Nutrient supply

Thirteenth floor Plan

290

14m

2m 0

291

Typical wall Section of Centre Unit (Service Core)

292

Typical Corner Section and Elevation (Agriculture Module )

293

Perspective Section (Part)

‘U’ Shape section to hold Facade Jaali

Nutrient Supply

LED Hydroponics System

Natural intense farming

Sponges (Soil less)

Connecting member for bearing System

Facade Jaali

‘L’ Angle to give reinforcement from sidewards

294

295

A vertical Hydroponics on the Ground floor open for the public.

296

297

External view showing horizontalality of Agriculture tower

298

299

External view showing verticality of two modules of Agriculture tower and the connection with central unit.

300

External view of Agriculture tower.

301

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The 16-week foundation journey started with details of the form. Every week, a new exercise was introduced which kept me wondering about the outcome. The Studio has a very unique approach starting from minor detail to a major one. The best part of the studio is ‘experimentation with the models’. It started with stabilizing the strip and exploring its form in every possible way, each structural member was designed in detail and then the whole building design was stitched together. The language of architecture is strongly depicted in the details of the building and hence grounded to reality. I’m extremely grateful to Prof. Sankalpa and the teaching assistants for bringing the best out of me and my peers who always supported me throughout an online semester.

- Arbina Mustafa Mistry PAD20061

302

303

305

Railway Station - Lifeline of Mumbai Case of Borivali station, Mumbai

Shivani Sampat

Mumbai, Dahisar-Borivali 19.229658°N 72.856590°E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • • •

Road networking is in a curvilinear loop. Contrasting difference shows the segregation of built and unbuilt spaces. Two main roads from south to north and east to west show The major division of built spaces. Dotted line shows the waterbody on the west. Towards the north are the wet lands (spread along the manori creek).

•

Forms of the building are majority in rectangular and square Many of the roads are curvilinear. Ratio of the built and open spaces is equal, no major cluster of building. Distance between the two building is well defined. Showing connectivity between the Arterial to Distributor road, there are two main arterial roads connecting the east and west (SV road) and highway.

•

Division of land into individual plots is seen. Lots of trees are seen around the built spaces. Random rectangular patterns, single building in one plot, No 2-3 identical buildings.

•

• • • • •

1:5000

•

• • • •

1:2500

•

• • • •

• • •

•

• •

1:1000

•

• • • • • •

Building foot print and privately owned compound or building complex demarcation. Connectivity of roads from secondary road to the primary Roads (local) and access to the plot. Every building is covered with strips of good foliage of trees (environmentally healthy surroundings). Small pockets of open spaces are seen in the individual building. 5. Height of the building goes up to G+ 7 averages.

•

• • • • • •

306

Curvilinear loop and intersection of spaces provides good connectivity of spaces. Equal division of built and inbuilt spaces (Built is densely populated). Development along the banks have restricted the flow of the river and polluting it. Open spaces towards the north are the wet lands hence the construction has been restricted in that area.

Curvilinear roads provide better turning radius for the vehicles. Two buildings are not very close to each other, hence the view of the individual building looking outside is not obstructed. Lesser settlement around the main road, say restriction in Development due to railways. Railways gives good connectivity to the main city in the south, and less land prices as compared to the city. Individual development as per the need of the hour and not a complex. (Thus it lacks the benefits of the complex development) Deeper the road connections (interiors) from the main tertiary road lesser are the developed areas. Equally green areas as built, creating a balance and a healthy environment. Lots of green attract different species of birds in the vicinity.

The consideration of the climate factor has been compromised and only the setbacks are considered, leaving rest of the area for occupancy (shows need towards consumption of Max. FSI). Building access are in the interior. Equally covered green areas. Distanced from each other giving proper breathing space. The shared space between building encourages social gathering. 7. 1. Building foot print and privately owned compound or Building complex demarcation.

1:200

•

• • •

• •

Position of columns and beams is visible. Elevation-al features of the building is revealed. A double elevation design with recessed windows is observed.

• •

1:100

Inferences

• • •

1BHK Plan Furniture placement Window openings and Doors

• • •

1:50

Observations

• • • • •

1:10

1:10000

•

Building roof plan (white) Plot boundary. Greens (vegetation) Services around the building. (Parking, IC chambers, cabin, UGT and OHT) Highly populated with coconut and gulmohar trees.

• • • • •

Difference in the tiles size of the bedroom and the toilet. Sizing, positioning and the proportion of the bedroom furniture is seen. We can see the relativity of the furniture with respect to the Utility of the space. The side table is very close to the wardrobe.

•

Bedroom window and overhang details Includes all the RCC column and the Brick wall details along with internal and exterior plaster finishes. Skirting Window framing Furniture details are also seen.

•

• •

North on the top, max. Of the windows are facing westwards, says it has a proper orientation with respect to climate. Parking and the STP in the front open space is taking away the activity area. Varied line thickness’s show level difference in each apartment and the water tank. Trees have good foliage giving shaded spaces, in the building. Well planned with major opening on the west and dead walls on south. Passage space in front of the flats is very less, barely acts as the cut-off area. Compact planning of the core providing only one lift. Entry to the flat is in the centre ruining the utility of the interiors. Decorative elevation, boxing with integrate overhang’s. Boxing and long overhang’s give good insulation in the indoors and protection from rains. Proper division of the interiors, and the furniture placement shows the utility and circulation of each space. Furniture placement as per the utility of the rooms and relation to the room sizes is appropriate. Two windows (one big and one small window) are provided in the bedroom and living room giving good cross ventilation of the interior.

The lines on the overhang show intricacy in the overhang detail. The side table is to close to the wardrobe, hence only sliding door can be provided, restricting the choice of option. Open-able panel of the wardrobe is difficult to open near the side table, making it inconvenient to operate.

The sectional elevation of the overhang extended 400mm below says that the overhang is in a curve and not a straight projection. The projection is quite wide, providing better protection for the rain and shade to the interiors. Two panels indicate that it is a two track sliding window.

307

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : Mumbai locals evokes a sense of mixed emotions, be it people from different states or parts of the world. To aptly justify it, the Darwin’s theory of survival of the fittest portrays the life routine at local stations perfectly, over-crowded platforms, Over Crowded death trap and a fast paced life. , A line, fastest route

time and in what the difference actually consisted, I could not define; but it definitely alarmed me. Over the time people have a certain mindset which has developed to cope with their surroundings so as to not overwhelm them and thus people as a community become resistant to what others would call suffocating, they don’t want to adapt to the new changes. They are ready to jump into the already jam packed running

How can something be both “Unable to live” and “to live with” at the same

Faster Route

Connectivity

Mira - Road

Main Junctio

bh lla Va ar ad rd Ro Sa tel Pa

Life Line

Over crowded

Borivali

Chanda varkar Road Andheri

arter R

Main c

Full of surprises

Road

Market

Railwa y statio

Safe

oad

SV R

oad

Death Trap(Accidents Prone)

Reliable

trains or even cross the railway tracks and put their lives at risk rather than actually wait for the next train or take a sky-walk thus saving them a couple of minutes so that they will not be personally inconvenienced. In the race between time and life, people are actually choosing time, so can design even compete with such a massive level of socio-psychological conditioning.

Dadar

Vibrant

SV R

Celebrated

oad

Cultural

Churchgate

Context Map

View outside the Railway station (Over crowding due to unorganized spaces)

The view outside the railway station is very chaotic since the movement of people is non-directional. It is necessary to study the movement of the people to organise the space to make it less crowded and segregated to improve the productivity of the space , reduce the

Line for the share Auto

308

Line for the Bus

Line on the platform

Site context map scale 1:500

309

Who are These people?

Total No. Of people getting down from the Train in and out of local in the peak time is BTW 8000-12000 people on the platforms in both directions. (Assuming on an average approximately 1800 people travel in one train and considering there are 8 platforms)

7.5%

0.5%

30%

60%

Secondary transport preferred by the people getting down from the local on peak hours Footpath Platform

Railway track 10.00M

Platform 6.00M

Ticket counter 10.00M 2M

Footpath Road 7.50M

Road 7.50M

Commercial Block

Design Program : How can change this

design mind-set

trigger a of people?

Design definitely affects people’s mind. From walking haywire to straight line using barricades or identifying desire paths or relaxation of the mind using colours to imitate instinctual triggers to ease an individual’s anxiety. This is Neuro-Architecture. Neuro-architecture at a glance is

a discipline of Architecture that studies how the physical environment surrounding us can be used and modified to moderate an individual’s thoughts and consequently, his behaviour (in making the appropriate decisions) thus improving the appeal of the space. Why do we want to do that? The aim is to create spaces that focus on the psychological well-being of

a person’s mind to consequently & subjectively improve the architecture of the person’s surroundings. Throughout this entire process, the discipline seeks to construct buildings & Spaces that enhance productivity & efficiency, reduce stress & anxiety thus ensuring an improvement in the quality of life of those associated with the concerned built structure.

Architectural Interventions : •

Movement of people after getting down from locals in peak hours

310

Arrival Zones (Station and the surrounding meets)

•

Service Area

•

Communication Zones

•

Platform

• • • • • • • • •

Main Entrance Drop off/Pick up points Parking Shopping areas For passengers For Service attendants (Staff) For working of the train Sky-walk access Subway

•

Waiting Area

• • • • • • • • • • •

Bus stops, Rickshaw stand Private vehicular access Pedestrian access footpath Tickets sale (machine) Information desks Traffic information Common Toilets Waiting areas Staircase/Ramps Lifts Escalators Artist Expression (painting) 311

Modifying Introduction Vertical sliding Window (Mechanically operated) To develop details based on mechanical movement. To identify materials suitable for inducing mechanical movement. MechanismThe rotation of the pinion gear is then converted into the linear motion to move the panels vertically. Initially the panels are interlinked together with the help of the track and the roller(mechanism applied on the 1st panel ensures the same motion on the other panel eventually). In order to ensure that the load of the second panel is not transferred to the 1st panel while moving in the upward direction, pinion gear has been attached to the second panel, that rolls on the rack that is fixed to the window frame in the centre hence the load is transferred to the pinion and the rack. The two pinions are connected with a connecting plate to limit the height of the rack unto the frame size. Guide rollers have been attached to the other side of the panel to ensure the smooth motion and reduce friction.

Mechanism 1 2 3 4 7

5 6

LEGENDS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

colour) Pinion gear (100mm dia) attached to the window frame Rack gear Handle with rubber grip Coupling rod Pinion attached to the panel 2 Rack attached to the panel 1

2 3 4 5

8 6

A drawing depicting mechanism of vertical sliding window

LEGENDS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

38X75 mm Aluminium box section grey colour)

6. 7. 8. 9.

Coupling rod (metal plate 3mm thk) colour) C-section 3mm thk

Shop Drawings

colour)

A’

LEGENDS:

colour) Pinion gear (100mm dia Rack gear

Movement

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

5 6 7 8 9 7

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a vertical sliding window

B’

38X75 mm Aluminium box section grey colour)

colour) Pinion gear (100mm dia) Rack gear Guide roller Coupling rod (metal plate 3mm thk)

colour) 9. C-section 3mm thk 10. colour) 11. Fascia Patti on four side (2mm metal plate) 12. Handle with rubber grip

9 10

Grasshopper Scripting

A Elevational Section

Section AA’ 1 2 12 5 9 4 3

Section BB’ Parametric scripting to model vertical sliding window

312

Shop drawings of vertical sliding window (scale 1:5)

313

Modifying Shop Drawings

Sequence of mechanism

5 3 1 6

Aluminium box section (window Frame)

5 3 6

8 4 5

Step 1

Step 3 A1

Fix the Panel 1 to the top box section horizontal box section

Step 2

Fix the C-section to the side box section

Side Elevation

Step 4

Front Elevation

Fix the pinion gear to the C-section

Step 5

Fix the Rack gear to the side box section Panel 2

Panel 3

Step 6 A2

Attach the panel 2 to the panel 1

Step 4 12

Fix the pinion gear to the C-section

Step 6 A3

Attach the panel 3 to the panel 2

5 4 Exploded view depicting Sequence to arrange different parts of the vertical sliding window Panel 1

Assembly

Shop drawings of Vertical Sliding Window (scale 1:5 and details at 1:2) Following are the detail drawings with dimensions for the clear understanding of different parts for the assembly. Above Section is divided in 3 parts, explaining the 3 panels and the section below explains the parts attached to it with closer details including elevations, plan and sections.

LEGENDS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Wooden panel 18mm thk(polished wood frame Fascia patty 2mm thk metal plate Slider 15mm dia Cut-out to insert the roller/Rack gear Guiding track for the slider Boxing to hide the roller

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

A1 Coupling rod (metal plate 3mm thk) Roller guide Roller Pinion gear Rack gear C-Section

Header track assembly Header stud

Parts 12

5 5

3 6 5 13

4 4 14 17 15

16 3 5

A4 Side Elevation

Plan

Front Elevation

3 5 11 1

Front Elevation

Shop drawings of the different parts of Vertical Sliding Window (scale 1:2) 314

4 4

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

Coupling rod (metal plate 3mm thk) Roller guide Roller Pinion gear Rack gear C-Section Spacer bolt cap Screw Spacer bolt

Exploded view depicting Assembly of different parts of the vertical sliding window 315

Modelling Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Vertical Spanning Member Key Idea-concept drawing below explains the approach for the vertical spanning member. Experiments have been worked out using file card paper 1 mm thk thread and MDF of 3mm thk.

Horizontal Spanning Member Key Idea-The same concept as the vertical spanning member has been applied in the horizontal direction for the horizontal Spanning system. Following are some of the later alterations which are done based on the learning from the physical models based on the stability of the structure.

Horizontal spanning Member

The top member which supported on the thread is replaced by MDF(steel channel) to stiffen the member.

Step 1 Started with a pyramid

Step 2 Studied the hidden geometry

Step 3 Two pyramids inverted, to further multiply

Step 4 Minimum geometry, to achieve stability

Horizontal spanning Member When the force is applied on the top, it is subject to sagging, hence a positive curve has been achieved and supported with the cable in-order to avoid the default sagging.

Iteration-3

Combination of Vertical and Horizontal Spanning Member Key Idea-To modulate a structural system to address issues of form and size of member and accommodation of large and small volumes while repeating the system. This is a one way spanning. Image 1 and 2 Experiment shows the top plan with integrated model of the spanning and bearing system which failed in tension due to the large sizes of the horizontal Spanning member it could not take the load, due hence the same has been revised in the final model.

Top Elevation (Combination of Vertical and Horizontal Spanning Member)

Typical Junction detail

Front Elevation (Combination of Vertical and Horizontal Spanning Member)

Step 5 Increased spacing between the two triangles. (Floating effect)

316

317

Modulating system

Details

Iteration-4 This is the final Model with the revised horizontal and vertical spanning member.

Staircase Block50mm thk cranked beam is Supported on the cables that Are concentrating to one point At multiple locations on the Horizontal spanning member.

Corner Junction Detail Horizontal and Vertical Member

Front Elevation(in perspective)

Typical vertical member centre junction detail

View from Horizontal member centre junction

Typical Tread Detail 318

Top Plan (in perspective)

Staircase in Front Elevation with the structure

Typical vertical member centre junction detail

Two triangular junction Detail 319

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

Iteration-1

Concept

The outer area to the Roof is covered with a sandwich trapezoidal section

The aim is to create spaces that focus on the well-being of the people inside to improve the outside. Construct buildings that enhance productivity, reduce stress and ensure the Quality of life of those associated with the built. Since the railway stations are very crowded, proper segregation and organization of the spaces is necessary for the better utility of the space. Following explains the development of the Concept and space planning.

The middle area is covered either with sandwich sections and one with glass elements made of and laminated glass above the courtyard. Horizontal Spanning system. 50X75mm C channel running horizontal, at the distance of 875mm c/c. 50X75mm C channel running

LEGEND 1.

14 3. 4. Iteration-1(Existing)

Iteration-2 (Station building raised above the ground)

7 8

8. 9. 10. 11.

12.

Escalators and lifts for easy access and also handicap friendly.

Wider and interactive Staircases for easy access And connectivity

Ticketing and Booking counter Common toilets

1 5

Waiting area (Activity Zone)

Waiting area (Activity Zone) 3

13.

11 4

14. 15. 16.

The outer area to the Roof is covered with a sandwich trapezoidal section The middle area is covered either with sandwich sections and one with glass elements made of and laminated glass above the courtyard. Horizontal Spanning system. 50X75mm C channel running horizontal, at the distance of 875mm c/c. 50X75mm C channel running horizontal, at the column junction. 100mm hollow steel bar, in the cross pattern With the tension cables on all four sides(part of the vertical spanning system) 25mm thk ceramic tile (Porcelain stoneware tiles marble Ariostea) 25 mm thk scree-ding 50mm thk insulation Decking sheet of 960X750mm Vertical spanning member (column) 250mm thk, connected with metal plates 12mm thk(to get the required shape) Connected with a bar in the centre Two 50X100mm box UPVC fins connected with the 6mm thk metal plate. Metal plate connections to connect two box fins and the metal at the triangular junction (Ref joinery detail ) Triangular junctions (part of the vertical spanning) Interlocking triangle pattern Connecting bar between the two triangular junctions

Exploded view of the structural system

Materials

Ceramic Tile Flooring

Steel C-Channels

Steel bars

UPVC fins Box Section

Cables

Sandwich trapezoidal section

Decking sheet

Steel I-Sections

Segregated pick-up And Drop-off Area for public transport 320

Bus Drop off Rickshaw drop off Taxi drop off

Bus Pick Up Rickshaw Pick Up Taxi Pick Up

Key view of the structure planed 321

System assembly (bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system

Assembly of Spanning member

Assembly of Bearing member B

8 7 2

10 9 1

3 9

A B

Detail A

LEGENDS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Steel Box section 40X40mm. 10mm thk Cable U-section joinery Dome connections in required angles Angle plate 2mm thk Nut and bolt

1 9 4

1 1

9 2 2

LEGENDS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Detail B Isometric details of the corner junction

50X75mm C channel 125X200 mm I-section 100mm hollow steel bar Bolts 50X75mm C channel running horizontal, at the column junction. 10 mm dia Tension cables on all four sides

50X100mm box UPVC fins connected with the 6mm thk metal plate. 8. Metal plate connections to connect two box fins and the metal at the triangular junction (Ref joinery detail ) 9. 6mm plate welded to the I-section 10. Junction connector (using metal plate) 11. Metal Connecting bar (75mm dia)between the two triangular junctions.

5 4

Isometric details of the Vertical spanning joinery Detail A (Corner Junction)

8 7 4

10 3

3 6

3 3

Detail B

6 1

1 4

1 7 8

Detail C

Detail D

Detail C

Detail D

Sectional details of the typical junctions 322

323

Context Plan

Sectional Perspective 12 2

8 7 10

Waiting Area

Sky-walk Booking office Ticketing Area

Sky-light

3 1

Ground Floor Plan 16 18

17 Staircase Block

Auto lane Pathway Platform Taxi lane

Ramp 1:12 Bus Lane Landscape Area

First Floor Plan

Floor plan (scale 1:200) 324

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Bus lane Taxi Lane Auto lane Escalator Lifts Staircase block Platform Waiting area Ticketing and booking office

15. Service area (gents and ladies Common toilets) 16. Sky-walk 4.5m wide 17. Continuation to other sky-walk 18. Central Passage

Key plan 325

Wall section elevation 14

4 1

4 3 10

6 11 5 6 12

9 Wall section B 14

LEGEND: 1.

8 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Metal plate connections to connect two box fins and the metal at the triangular junction (Ref joinery detail ) 50X100mm box UPVC fins connected with the 6mm thk metal plate. Vertical Bearing member 75mm dia metal rod 20mm thk tile with 20mm thk screed 60mm thk decking sheet with 50mm insulation Fascia patty Horizontal spanning system

9. Vertical bearing system 10. MS railing 50mm thk box section on the top of the railing (handle) 11. 10mm dia Cable 12. MS railing 50mm thk box section at the bottom 13. MS C-Channel 14. MS I-Section

B Wall section AA’ 326

327

Staircase Detail 1 B 3 7 2 4

9 9 5

5 A

6 9

Detail A

LEGEND:

11 1

13 14

Part Section : Staircase

1. 2. 3.

C- channel Horizontal spanning member MS ring 200mm dia (connecting the cables) with additional diagonal supports 4. 10mm dia Cable(As supports for the staircase cranked beam) 5. 100mm thk cranked beam 6. 150mm riser 7. 300mm wide tread chequered plate with metal plate on four sides 8. Metal plate in U-shape(connecting the MS ring to the c channel 9. Mid landing 10. 250X250mm steel column 11. Steel box section 50X125mm 12. screen over snorkel end to keep out debris 13. 14.

Detail B 4 5

6 7

Part Plan : Staircase 328

329

Exterior view (in context to the surrounding)

330

331

View from the waiting Area

332

333

View of the Ticketing Area

334

335

View from the Platform

336

337

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio Design is never complete, there is always a scope for improvisation, More you spend time Time is limitless once you get on with the design, This sixteen weeks of rigorous studio it worth at the end. Entire studio program is structured in a way that makes you focus on the different parts and stages of design individually, hence giving the scope to develop and have a deep understanding of things from micro to macro level and later integrating the whole into a complete set of design, with proper guidance and push from the mentors and also most importantly by the Display board (Miro Board MAAD 2020). Design is amazing because it does not have a definite answer, hence many times what you need is a change of angle which is the specialty of the display board, it presents you work of all your colleague’s giving you different perspective of thoughts and approach followed by the 24 minds working on it which helps you shape and emulate your thoughts better. On the display board you will see how one question has multiple answers, some that are relate to yours while some completely out of the box that inspire you, help you The studio challenged the covid situation, it was studio that locked you down in your apartment more than COVID did, which actually saved you from the boredom and made my time productive.

- Shivani Sampat PAD20324

338

339

341

Mangrove Forest Community Centre Conjunction of Community and Ecology

Aayushi Tapiawala

Mumbai, Maharashtra 19°10’23.6”N 72°49’50.5”E

1:500 •

•

3 types of built masses Road hierarchy Topography – Contour lines The built masses are oriented in one direction A natural feature towards the left portion

•

1:5000

•

1:2500

• •

1:1000

•

342

• • • •

• •

The unbuilt mass is more than built mass The roads have dead ends Water body The open spaces in the built mass explain the change of orientation Group of similar built masses explain the similarity in function of the masses

•

Dense vegetation along the road The built masses in the bottom portion are very close to each other along with open pockets in between Plot boundaries A balance of built and unbuilt spaces within each plot

•

Open space to the left of the built mass Each built block is further divided Smaller built blocks suggest a change of function

•

• •

The scale of the built mass suggests the change of function maybe institutional or commercial. A huge natural feature towards the left, seems to be a water body since there is a gradual slope (section) connected with a narrow water stream The main road seems to impact the orientation of the built masses

The orientation of masses is according to the roads Group of similar built masses suggest individual society language

The roads are shaded through the dense vegetation. A visual plot boundary can be mapped according to the vegetation The portion of the plot boundary where there is absence of plantation can be assumed as entry on the plot

The open space seems to be a recreation area like a garden or a park The division of blocks suggests change of height The small built blocks seem to be for services like the meter room, pump room, security etc..

•

Structural system Wall thickness Window openings Door openings in the unit Floor to floor height (number of steps) Overhang projections

• • •

Furniture layout Function of each room Overhang projections

•

• • • •

Tile layout Wall and column placement Materials of wall and column Type of wall (interior and exterior) as per the thickness

•

• • •

Window finish Number of sliding channels Materials of the components of the window

•

1:200

• • • •

•

1:100

Inferences

• •

Walls depicting the movement on the floor plan 4 circulation cores Small built mass is not on the level floor level as the bigger built mass Projections to the building

1:50

Observations

•

1:10

1:10000

Reading Scales

• • • • •

• •

•

Individual residential units can be identified Through the built mass is connected, there is a clear division in four parts suggesting the presence of wings of the building The smaller built mass can be assumed to be the UGT due to the presence of manhole and a room, which can be the pump room The projection gives the sense of window openings to the units The presence of columns and beams suggest a frame structure The openings give a sense of ventilation through the unit The circulation in the unit can be understood

Function of the room can be identified by furniture layout Narrow spaces between the furniture suggest a congested circulation path

Material difference between the column and wall can be identified The size of the tile can be determined as 600mm x 600mm by which the room size can be concluded

As the window finish is not similar to the wall finish, it suggests maybe the presence of stone (granite) finish 3 panel sliding window due to the presence of 3 channels

343

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : Mumbai is a reclaimed land with water on all sides with numerous creeks. Malad creek is one of the creeks inhabiting estuary mangroves. The urbanization of the area has impacted the width of the creek and growth of the mangroves. According to the journal: Impact of urbanization on creeks of Mumbai, India: a geo-spatial assessment approach, the spatial coverage of mangroves around Malad creek has significantly

depleted from 13.44 sq.km in 1972 to 9.7 sq.km in 2016. The land under the mangrove coverage have been sold to private owners for future development. The Development Plan of 2034 depicts a coastal road passing through these mudflats. Thus, in future years a massive destruction of mangroves will be observed. The Koliwada community, the oldest inhabitants of Mumbai, largely depend

on fishing for a living. The industrial effluents and solid waste are disposed in the creeks and mangrove has increased the fish mortality and loss of mangrove. This has vastly impacted the livelihood of the Kolis. However, apart from the Kolis, there has been a lack of interaction between the human and the mangroves leading to negligible attention in preservation.

Mangrove Area Developed in 2018 Developed in 2003 Developed in 2000 Developed in 1995 Mapping of Developed areas on Mangrove cover

Mangrove cover for development Proposed Coastal Road

Context Map showing Malad Creek

Malad Creek and Mangrove spread

344

Commercial + Residential Blocks

Type of Roads

Proposed Coastal Road passing through Mangrove cover

345

Mangroves are an integral part of Mumbai’s coastline protecting the city from all worst from the sea. However, the need of mangroves is not identified by the urban population. In order to achieve more land for development, mangroves are destroyed by either dumping garbage, pouring chemicals and spilling oil leading to choking of the flora. This also leads to a zone of foul smell and invites shady activities and thus the city has neglected the importance of saving and cherishing this coastal ecological belt.

CITY

GARBAGE DUMPING

CITY

GARBAGE DUMPING

Comparison of an ideal situation to current situation of the city Relation of City to Mangroves

Design Program : In the process of conserving mangrove wetlands by multiple NGOs and government officials has created a boundary between the city and the ecology. The demographic pressure has exerted stress on the coastal edges decreasing the number of mangroves in order to reclaim land. The depleting mangrove forests have a raised a concern for the fisher community, the Kolis, whose livelihood primarily depends on the produce from these

forests. The project highlights the Koliwada community who are the primary stakeholders in an attempt to conserve and reclaim the Mangrove forests. The proposal focuses on restructuring the idea of a community centre by capturing the essence and needs of the Kolis converging into their daily interaction with the coastal ecology. The fragmentation of marine research and aquaculture along with an outreach

centre aims to aid the Kolis with socioeconomic opportunities. The architectural form and construction will emboss the culture and tradition of the community adapting to the tectonics of the mangrove wetland with an introduction to sustainable landuse practice. The strategic location of intervention along the ecological edge creates unique engineering opportunities to optimize the growth of mangroves.

Architectural Interventions : Utility Centre for Fishing Outlet for fish and fish products Marine Research Lab Aquaculture Lab Community Cultural Area Outreach Centre Mangrove Trail Dining

A negligence from the urban population towards the mangroves

346

347

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism

A vertical sliding movement of the panel has been achieved with use of gears fitted in the frame. The assembly is used to move one panel or more panels if increased in the number horizontally. The motion is transferred from a rotational motion to linear motion with the input force at the handle with a locking system of ratchet and pawl and output motion on the rack fitted to the window panel. The assembly is fitted on both the sides of the panel for easy movement.

An isometric movement drawing of components of a Vertical Sliding Window

Movement

Detail at A

Detail at B

Detail at C

Shop Drawings

Detail at D

LEGEND:

1. 5MM THICK 90X90MM MS BOX SECTION 2. 5MM THICK 90X90MM MS L SECTION 3. 6MM THICK MDF PANEL 4. LEFT WORM GEAR 5. RIGHT WORM GEAR 6. BEVEL GEAR (30 TEETH) 7. 14MM DIA BALL BEARING PLATE 8. BEVEL GEAR (26 TEETH) 9. BEVEL GEAR (35 TEETH) 10. 8MM DIA BALL BEARING PLATE 11. RACK 12. SPUR GEAR 13. WORM WHEEL 14. RATCHET AND PAWL 15. HANDLE

An isometric movement drawing of a Vertical Sliding Window

Grasshopper Script Elevational Section viewing the Mechanism

Section

Left Worm Gear - Anti-clockwise Plan through centre of Spur Gear

Plan through centre of Worm Wheel Parametric scripting to model of a Vertical Sliding Window

348

Shop drawings of a Vertical Sliding Window

Right Worm Gear - Clockwise

349

Modifying Assembly Drawings STEP 1: Rack are attached on the Panel desired to be set in motion on both the sides STEP 2: MS L Section frames are attached to the panels for creating a frame to lay the mechanism STEP 3: Bevel Gear is attached to the shaft. Ball Bearing is placed on the shaft as per the shop drawing STEP 4: Worm Wheel is attached to the Bevel Gear along with the shaft STEP 5: Spur Gear and the Bevel Gear is attached on the shaft

Step 1 - Rack to Panel Assembly

Step 2 - Frame to Panel Assembly

STEP 6: Worm Gears, Ball Bearings, Handle, Ratchet and Pawl are attached along the shaft LEGEND:

Step 3 - Vertical Assembly

Step 4 - Gear Part Assembly

Step 6 : Assembly of the minor parts assembled. 1. The combination of the handle, ratchet gear - pawl, worm gear, ball bearing with 4mm radius is connected on the lower MS Frame 2. The combination of Worm Wheel and the 35 teeth bevel gear will sit on the worm gear as per the previous steps. The shaft of the worm wheel will pass through the opening on the MS frame

Step 5 - Horizontal Assembly

3. Another 30 teeth bevel gear will be attached to the combination of the 30 teeth bevel gear along with the shaft and 7mm radius ball bearing pass through the opening on the MS Frame. This assembly will connect the Worm Wheel - Bevel Gear to the Spur Gear on the top of the Panel to be set in motion 4 - The combination of the Spur gear will pass through the opening on the vertical MS Frame such that it interlocks to the 30 teeth bevel gear and also interlocks to the rack on the panel that has to be set in motion.

350

351

Modelling Vertical Spanning Iteration-1

Horizontal Spanning Iteration-1

Key Idea - To balance 1 50cm paper strip using horizontal hexagonal modules which reduce in shape after every 2 levels in order to reduce the impact of movement and to reduce the weight on the structure

Key Idea - To balance 1 50cm paper strip using the tie strings connected to alternate small and big triangular modules. Observation - In the cantilever condition the strip which was in lower portion acted as a compression member and deformed the structure

Observation - Pin joint allowed movement of the members of the hexagonal module which further deformed the shape of the structure.

Iteration-2

Front View

Side Elevation

Back View

Key Idea - To balance 2 50cm paper strips using repetitions of modules. The modules were balanced through the 50cm strips and tensions strings

Top View

Iteration-2 Key Idea - To balance 2 50cm paper strips using geometry of triangles to transfer the load and use of tension strings to work against the force of gravity

Observation - A minimal movement was observed with a combination of strip and threads which pulled each other to come back to its position

Observation - The differing strength of the tie strings allowed the movement of the members in horizontal direction.

Side View Front View

Iteration-3 Key Idea - To balance 3 50cm paper strips using geometry of triangles at intervals to transfer the load. Observation - The lower strip acted as a compression member and thus had no role in balancing the structure. However, the upper 2 strips managed to stand in position.

Top View

352

Side View

Isometric View

Side View

Top View

Front View

353

Modulating system Iteration-1

Iteration-3

Key Idea - The geometry from the bearing system was used to form the enclosure for a rectangular form. Spanning member prevented the sides from deforming towards the interior of the rectangular form

Key Idea - The idea of façade was shifted to making volumetric columns using the previous geometry. The triangular modules were connected to each other using tie strings in the spanning member

Observation - Since no volume was given to the bearing system, the load of spanning system was not balanced

Observation - The system was balanced to maintain its geometry.

Interior View

Top View

Front View

Corner Detail

Front View

Iteration-2 Key Idea - The direction of L-shape members was changed to achieve stability. The spanning member was made slender to reduce the load on the bearing system. Observation - The system was more balanced than the previous iteration but lacked in balancing the shape after a period of time.

Side View

354

3d Model Front Elevation

3d Model Side Elevation

355

Structural Physical Model The experimentation through modelling led to an understanding of forces through which a structural system developed to construct spaces. The vertical and the horizontal spanning members are connected using the peripheral members which acts as a beam. The bearing members is altered to achieve an efficient corner condition.

Spanning Member Parts

Bearing Members assembled

Front View of Structural Model

The idea of using triangular modules for spanning from modelling experimentations aided in designing the spanning members such as to achieve a curve through the tensions members. Connecting beams are introduced to achieve further stability between the spanning members.

Isometric View of structural system

356

Detail of Bearing to Spanning Member

Detail of Spanning Member

357

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

View from west (mangrove stretch)

Plan

Natural Ecosystem - Mangroves

View from North

Site - Interlink between ecosystems

1. Creating an Axis

2. Mass along the axis

3. Buffer Zones for Spill over

4. Axis extending as decks

358

LEGEND: 1. Single ply Membrane over insulation lapped with vapour control layer 2. 2 layers of 85mm rigid insulation 3. Vapour control layer over 18mm ply deck 4. 100mm x 50mm Timber Purlin 5. 120mm x 40mm Timber Connecting Beams 6. Spanning Member 7. Peripheral Beams 8. Bearing Member 9. 70mm thick Floor 10. 150mm x 100mm Timber Rafter Rafters 11. 150mm x 75mm Timber Connecting Member Connecting Members 12. 70mm x 100mm Timber Post

Man-Made Ecosystem - City

The idea was to create a interlink between the urban population and the coastal ecology i.e. mangroves through Kolis who also closely interact with these two ecosystems.

The structural system achieved from the model experimentations is merged with the design. The enclosure system of the module has been achieved with an idea of transparent, translucent and opaque as per the internal function demand Shading Device / Fenestration 1. Openable single hung 12mm glass window with vertical sliding movement with a timber frame of 100mm 2. Fixed Window of 12mm glass with a timber frame of 100mm Translucent enclosure 75mm thick timber screen with 20mm thick timber members placed 80mm c/c Opaque Enclosure 1. 80mm thick Timber Panel 2. 80mm thick Coconut Pith Insulation Board 3. 40mm thick plywood sheet with lime layer Roof Roof is a composite assembly of vaporization layers and timber post layer to create cavity in order to achieve insulation. The roof is projected out and is balanced by angular post to act as a shading device for the structure

Enclosure Systems

The design revolves around an axis. Masses are placed along the axis which would act as setup for urban- koli interaction. The axis further spreads into fragments as decks connecting the koli-mangrove and also creating an opportunity for the urban population to explore the area as a mangrove trail park. The land below the decks is left empty for expanding the mangrove spread and creating an opportunity for the kolis to breed prawn, small fish and crab. Shading Device / Fenestration

Translucent Timber Screen

Opaque Timber and Lime Enclosure

359

System assembly Assembly of bearing member

Assembly of spanning member LEGEND:

1. 100MM X 80MM TIMBER MEMBERS 2. 150MM X 150MM PRIMARY TIMBER POST 3. 5MM THICK MS PLATE 4. 5MM THICK MS PLATE 5. 5MM THICK ANGULAR T-REX CONNECTOR 6. 6MM HEXAGONAL BOLTS 7. 75MM X 90MM TIMBER POST 8. 75MM X 150MM TIMBER MEMBER 9. 5MM THICK T-REX CONNECTOR

(e) Timber members of 100mm x 40mm are connected using an MS cap. Cable connectors are attached to the MS Cap (f) Timber member of 100mm x 50mm is connected to the horizontal member which is further bolted to the modules created in (a) (g) The triangular assembly is bolted using 5mm thick MS Plate and the triangular modules are connected to each other through 4mm dia tension cables (h) using the Cross Bracing cable connectors the triangular modules are further prevented from movement. LEGEND:

1. 100MM X 40MM TIMBER MEMBER 2. 5MM THICK MS CAP 3. CABLE CONNECTOR 4. 100MM X 40MM TIMBER MEMBER 5. 5MM THICK MS CONNECTOR 6. 100MM X 50MM PRIMARY TIMBER MEMBER 7. 5MM THICK MS PLATE 8. 4MM DIA TENSION CABLE 9. CROSS CABLE CONNECTOR

(a) 100mm x 80mm timber members are connected to the primary 150mm x 150mm timber post at regular intervals (b) Timber members are bolted using 5mm thick MS plates to the primary timber post using 5mm thick MS Plate with 6mm MS Hexagonal Bolts (c) 75mm x 150mm horizontal timber member and 75mm x 90mm vertical timber members are connected using T-Rex connectors to create a frame. (d) Primary post and the frame are bolted together using 6mm MS Hexagonal bolts connected on the previously installed MS Plates and T-Rex connectors. 360

361

System Assembly

System Assembly Details

LEGEND: 1. Spanning Member 2. Connecting Beams 3. Bearing Member 4. Peripheral Beams 5. Corner Bearing Member

Detail at A - Column, Beam and Peripheral Beam connection

Detail at B - Spanning Member and Connecting Beam Connection Isometric View of the Assembled Structural System

LEGEND: 1. 5mm thick MS Stiffener 2. Bearing Member 3. 200mm X 150mm Timber Peripheral Beam 4. Cable Connector 5. 100mm X 50mm Timber Member 6. 4mm dia Tie Rod 7. 120mm X 40mm Timber Connecting Beam 8. 5mm thick MS Connector 9. Cross Cable Connector 10. 5mm thick MS Plate 11. Corner Bearing Member 12. 200mm X 75mm Timber Peripheral Beam 13. 5mm thick MS End Connector Detail at C - Corner Junction

Elevation of the Assembled Structural System

362

Detail at D - Peripheral Beam and Connecting Beam Connection

Key Plan

363

Context Plan

Floor Plans Ground Floor Plan

9 8 6

5 3

LEGEND: 1. Outreach Centre 2. Net Weaving room 3. Workshop 1 4. Workshop 2 5. Multi-purpose Communal Area 6. Dining

5m 0

7. Kitchen 8. Fish Outlet

15m 10m

10. Aquaculture Lab 11. Marine Research Lab 12. Fish Products Outlet

First Floor Plan

Design strategy:The site sits a strategic location, connecting the divided Coastal ecosystem and Man-made ecosystem. The design will not only be a blooming opportunity for the Koliwada community to explore and stretch the economic strengths but also to slowly develop the peripheral wetland areas where the growth of mangroves have been rapidly decreasing. 364

14 15

LEGEND: 13. Community Library 14. Open Gathering Area 15. Lounge

5m 0

15m 10m

365

Sectional perspective

Sectional Perspective A - along the axis

Sectional Perspective A The section explores through Outreach Centre, Dining area and Fish Outlet showcasing the various volumes achieved through the structural system as per the function and crowd the space holds. The volume decreases as it moves towards the mangrove area and opens up to deck to further experience through the mangrove plantations Sectional Perspective B The section cuts through the Fish Outlet area which is suppose to hold maximum urban floating population. The space is grander in volume to facilitate the ventilation with the help of windows on the panels. The single hung vertical windows on the bottom allow the crowd spill over in the lawn connecting to it Sectional Perspective B - through the Fish Outlet

366

5m 3m

A B

5m 3m

367

Wall section elevation

Corner Edge Condition

LEGEND: 1. Single Ply Membrane over insulation lapped with vapour control layer 2. 2 layers of 85mm rigid insulation 3. Vapour control layer over 18mm ply deck 4. 100mm X 50mm Timber Purlin 5. 150mm X 100mm Timber Rafters 6. 150mm X 75mm Timber Connecting Members 7. 75mm thick Timber Screen 8. 70mm X 100mm Timber Post 9. Bearing Member 10. Peripheral Beam 11. 5mm thick MS stiffener 12. Spanning Member 13. Corner Bearing Member 14. Single Hung Vertical Sliding Window

368

369

View from the central gathering space

370

371

View from the Deck

372

373

View of the Fish Outlet

374

375

View of the proposed design interlinking City and Mangroves

376

377

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The studio was framed where we had to explore our neighbourhood with a new lens to raise concerns and generate solutions for that. It also attempted an innovative approach which focused on generating minute details and culminating it into a programmatic solution. Intensive model making gave me a new perspective in understanding the materials, its properties, and the forces acting upon it to create a prototype to form a structural system. The studio made me learn a new approach towards exploring architectural problems and understanding the articulation of forces through details. In a predicament of the current scenario of pandemic where the world is working from home, our studio of 16 weeks was conducted online as well. The journey of the semester through online learning was tough with new challenges of communication. However, guidance from Prof. Sankalpa and aid from teaching assistants Neel and Aviral motivated to keep going and explore to express my ideas boldly.

-Aayushi Tapiawala PAD20005

378

379

381

In formalising Architecture A Response to an Urban village, Case of koliwada, Panvel.

Siddhesh Ashish Satere

Panvel, Navi Mumbai, Maharashtra. 18.9835° N, 73.1126° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • • • •

Observations

Inferences

A Entry / exit of the individual houses is visible Various building elements like projections, overhangs, staircase and more are visible. Narrow shared spaces can be observed. New built forms developed along the roads. Number of rooms within a particular layout can be seen.

•

• • •

• • • • •

A primary network of roads cutting through the existing topography A secondary and tertiary network of roads further dividing it into smaller sectors. Well distinguished built and unbuilt spaces. A water body is observed amidst the built and a water channel on the periphery Dominant presence of built area in the neighbourhood

• • •

Huge offsets to the primary road network suggests a scope for expansion. Well fit water bodies represents its origin along the natural topographic curves . Periodically created open spaces amongst the built areas suggests a balance.

1:200

1:10000

• • • • • • •

• •

• • •

• •

1:2500

•

• • • •

1:1000

•

• • • • • • •

382

Plot division can be seen. Presence of dense vegetation along the road network. Distinct road connectivity for plots is evident. Visible plot encroachment by the built form. Number of built masses within the plot.

Formation of small pockets in between the built Forms. Built forms at a close proximity from one another. Types of vegetation A big rectangular open space within the neighbourhood. Structural overhangs demarcated in doted lines are visible. Varying roof profiles can be identified.

•

• •

• • • • • •

The size of the built form is directly proportional to the size of adjacent road . The few taller buildings visible in the skyline suggests recent planned development. Land limitations can be sensed through the reducing gaps in-between the built masses and an emphasis on vertical growth. Road networks with irregular ends suggesting Shortages of space buffer necessary for

1:100

•

Well distinguished grain pattern. Built masses aligned along the secondary and tertiary network of roads through out the neighbourhood. Building heights varying from G,G+1 to G+6 Evident formal and informal grain clusters. The ratio of the built to unbuilt.

• • • •

•

Furniture sizes and proportions can be noticed. Opening of door and windows. Variations in the internal and external wall thickness. Presence of a projection for every structure

•

• • •

grid Formations.

Varying ownership from a single owner to multiple owners is evident from the number of built masses within the plot Varying typology of built masses along the roads with respect to its sizes. Irregular road reach uniformly throughout the plots indicates the presence of informal development.

Varying roof profiles suggests existence of varying built typologies in the neighbourhood. Light and ventilation issues arising due to closely placed built forms. Use of the small pockets between the built forms for parking or as community gathering spaces. Existing orientation obstructing the views of the built forms. Well shaded road and pedestrian walkways . Closely placed adjacent built forms.

1:50

• •

• • • • • • • •

1:10

1:5000

•

Structural grid is visible (Columns and Beams) Wall arrangement follows a grid pattern. Various building services elements like the IC chamber, gully trap and open drains are visible. Window and Door shutter openings can be noticed. Tree foliage within the plot can be seen. Open, Semi-open and closed spaces can be Distinguished

• • • • •

A Different flooring pattern is observed in the internal and external spaces. Square Flooring pattern is observed. Composite construction system ( Metal & RCC) is observed. Individual materials well connected with each other. Varying Material pallets for interior and exterior use. Number of certain elements ( Shutters, deck ledger) Can be seen.

•

Interlocking of two different materials( eg.glass and wood) are seen. Hinge and lock details are visible. Overlapping of the stone frame over the door frame. Overlapping of the multiple layers of materials in a door. Linear joineries are seen

• •

•

The existing buffers between the built forms could be for providing pedestrian network for the inner plots Violation of the local regulations is speculated due to the closely positioned unorganized built forms. Lack of privacy (sound & visual) due to the window orientation of the adjoining structures. Presence of individual housing modules . mass housing ones Similar structural character of the built forms can be observed. The drainage connections can be speculated to connect further into a larger system. Questionable hygiene in the area due to open drains. Usability of some narrow spaces in between the plots can be questioned due to the drainage network.

Furniture layout and arrangement suggests smaller sized houses to land limitations and its high value. Projections work as climate responsive elements as well as a extra usable space. External wall thickness can be climate responsive. Internal wall thickness can be space efficient. Community interaction could be good due to the presence of attached semi-open spaces. Material and construction system difference suggests. That the balcony could be an extension to the existing structure. Varying material use could be because of the different nature of the space and costing.

Function appropriate joineries. Material pieces interlocking together to form a mechanism. The micro level gaps in the joineries could be left to help the material adapt to the changes due to climate. Use of a particular material could be to satisfy some requirement. For eg: Glass might be used to achieve transparency) 383

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : In formalising Architecture

Urban villages are about sits upon 15% of the overall city

A Response to an urban village Urban village is a phenomenon rampant across the country. It develops organically on its own, without any external interference. When a city grows in scale, a peculiar settlement of rural settlement with a culture & economy-based identity starts adapting & eventually transforming into urban. Poor infrastructural condition, rural character in terms of roads, water supply, connectivity, etc.. results in its land value remaining comparatively lower than the surrounding urban

radius. Especially in satellite developments for major cities as they are taking up urbanisation to accommodate migration. A city like Panvel is designed along one of the 300 yrs. Old trade route and its urban area has expanded significantly in the last two decades. As a result of rapid expansion, the rural villages are continuously swallowed by urban development & the resultant are these “urban village” which are very different to the orderly & are unplanned,

informal and high dense clusters of apartment building trying to adapt to the construction material and typology designed to go with the planned development. Often such settlement is compared to the slums since it’s self-build, self –governing and it has as informal manner of urbanism. Being individually developed, this villages have roots in their local vernacular nature, forming unique historic urban development within city.

Context without design

Secondary roads

Primary roads

Area of study

Urban Villages

Urbanization

Area of Intervention

Context

Community based economy and social activities

384

Split of community based economy due to rapid urbanisation

Economy based on small service and business and diminishing social activities

The social & economic sustainability of such villages are however worrying. Over the past 20 years urban village in Panvel have grown to become a bad example of living conditions, being frequently described as dirty, chaotic & unorganized. In a lot of cases we can see illegal addition to maximise the building area, cantilevered extensions defying the Municipal & building codes of the region. An increase in land fills for catering to the activities within the urban villages, ageing or poorly maintained drainage, sanitation & solid waste infrastructures; over extraction of ground water leading to subsidence; & a lack of flood risk management activities not only increases the risk of flooding but also ensures that flood impacts are worst for the urban villagers

Educational levels with in urban village .2015 -2020 ( for panvel koliwada) Degree

High school

350

Religious school

Upper secondary

Lower secondary

Primary school

No Education

300

250

100

200

150

200

100

250

300

350

Agriculture / Fisheries Manufacture Construction Financial & Small scale Small scale Businesses Properties services Forestry &Industry Socio-Economic and Statistic.

1980-2000

2000-2020

385

Conditions in village .

Urban Conditions

Urban -village

Identification of an issue with a possibility of architectural response

Clarity in establishing responsibility for aspects of urban villages is crucial. We can start to approach urban villages as a possible opportunity to urban development. A typological analysis of the vernacular fabric of

these urban villages can help come up with solutions more related to the reality and capable to satisfy the needs of the urban villages in accordance with their life style and culture. More specifically, the attention should be shifted on

topographical, geographical, socioeconomical, cultural, architectural factors in order to break the haphazard layouts of the urban villages.

Design Program : This project could explore the possibility of a demonstration of a built form as a social and economic hub within the local K koli community in the context of the urban village, which in turn would explore architecture within the realm of urbanism. Primarily, it can be a contemporary take on the core economic activity of the local community and its practice which revolves around a market space and combining this traditional working market program with contemporary

features and helps establish a strong community connection to the region. It can preserve both the essence of this typology and create a modern sustainable icon for the local community. While most spaces within a fish market are traditionally closed for the public, due to health risks posed by the machinery and processes, this project can provide a strong connection to it’s deeper roles in the community, allowing the public’ indirect participation in the structure’s program. Unlike the existing interventions, this built form

would be locally contextualized within social, economic, and environmental parameters that showcase the use of material, technology of construction breaking the chain development happening around. In this intervention, underlying patterns and villages, as living entities and their growth potential, recognizing their tendency to gradually transform over time while retaining continuity with their past.

Architectural Interventions :

Question Can architecture start a dialogue addressing the reinvigoration of socio-economic conditions within the urban village.??

386

• • • • • • • •

Fish auction space Wet and Dry markets Export department Community kitchen and canteen Community activity centre. R&D and quality control labs workshops

Economic

Social -economic Social Knowledge shearing

387

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism

The entire mechanism can be broken down into 2 parts. The top level section consisting of a track and wheel system on which the panel is hanged. The majority weight of the window panels is and distributed throughout this frame. The bottom houses a rack ,gear and shifting lever system taking care of the movement of the panels. The bottom track is relieved from most of the load thereby avoiding any kind of drag and ensuring smooth movement. LEGENDS: 1. Top Frame - MS E channel 40X90X5 mm 2. Bottom frame - A. MS T channel 60X80X5 mm B. MS C channel 55X90x5 mm 3. Left frame - MS box section 40X90X5 mm 4. Right frame- MS box section 40X90X5 mm 5. Top Hung Roller 25X20X100mm

6. Shifting lever (2 pulley with pistons system) 30X80x40mm 7. 2 Timing belt 1200 mm length 8. Pulley and pinion gear system 30X80x40mm 9. C channel with rack 25X20 mm 10. MDF panel 700X600X18 mm thick 11.Handwheel with rotating handle 10X100mm dia A drawing depicting mechanism of SLIDING ALONG HORIZONTAL AXIS

Movement

Sequence of Transfer.

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a SLIDING ALONG HORIZONTAL AXIS

Grasshopper Script

The rectangle of 1200mm x 600mm was created on a XZ plane. Multiple offsets of the rectangle were used to create

lofted surfaces .these lofted surfaces were then extruded and moved to its location to create a E Move slider was added to the

Parametric scripting to model SLIDING ALONG HORIZONTAL AXIS

388

script to create the moving effect for the panels. Custom preview component was used to add colour ,material transparency and shine using the sliders section track of 30mm x50mm

LEGENDS:

1.MDF panel 700X600X18 mm thick 2. Top Frame - MS E channel 40X90X5 mm 3. Roller wheel 25 mm dia 4. C shape channel 25X20 mm 5. Timing belt 15mm 6. Teeth Pulley 30 mm dia 7. Pinion gear 40mm dia (15mm thk) 8. SS Rack 600 mm length (6mm thk) 9. SS Piston 15mm dia 9. C channel with rack 25X20 mm 10. Hand-wheel with rotating handle 10X200mm dia 11. frame - MS box section 40X90X5 mm Shop drawings of SLIDING ALONG HORIZONTAL AXIS

389

Modelling Iteration-1 -Vertical

Iteration-1-Horizontal cantilever

Key Idea- folding the paper strip at two different angles at both ends and connect it to another paper strip to create an exoskeleton structure with paper strips as bracing to avoid movement of angular joints. creating an exoskeleton cylinder to support the vertical strip(20mmx 500mm)

Key Idea- folding the paper strip at two different angles at both ends and connect it to another paper strip to create a descending modular system with thread tied to the joints supporting the cantilever. Observations- The the junction between base connecting to the structure was unstable orientation of main strip did not support the structure bend under load.

Observations- The structure was balanced but could not withstand the load due to two dimensional nature of the system.

Isometric view

Closeup junction

Step 1- folding the paper strip at 15 degrees

Side view

Top view

Front view

Side view

Front view

Closeup junction -fold & thread.

Closeup junction -structure & Base.

Step 2- Connecting two paper strips at the folded angle.

Step 3- Connecting two module at the same folded joint.

390

Top view

Isometric view

391

Modelling Iteration-2 -Vertical

Iteration-2-Horizontal cantilever

Key Idea-Observations from the first iterations lead to change the angle of the fold creating a 3 dimensional exoskeleton cylinder and cross bracing the joints further strengthening the paper strip structure . The exoskeleton structure in compression under load and cross bracing in tension to keep the joints in place.

Key Idea- Observations from the first iterations leads to dividing the structure and base junction into an cross section adding to the strength (top members in tension and supporting compression from below). changing the orientation of the main strip adding to the strength of horizontal cantilever converting the strips to a two joint system for compression load and thread for tension load.

Isometric view

Closeup junction

Side view

Top view

Closeup junction

Top view

Load Testing.

Lateral force test 392

Rotational force test

Dead load test

Load Testing. 393

Modulating system Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea- Following the idea of exo structure for the Bearing and spanning system. this exercise takes it further in development of an systems further and their mechanical joints in between both systems and also exploring the details of enclosure for the system such as roofing ,flooring and staircase with in the system. And density of the system as shading device to reduce solar gain on the build mass.

Key Idea-Exploring the idea for exo spanning system. with an single spanning member running on the top and sub divided in three parts with an vertical supports at both sides adding to the depth of the system (compression) and 2 running tension cables connected to the both ends . Adding a secondary system to create a stable spanning system.

Stage-1 -Side view

Front view

Side view

Exploring system for staircase.

System without loading Stage-2 -Isometric view

3d view for the combined bearing and spanning system

System express bending in centre and failing pin joint connection of components of spanning system. Isometric view

Top view 394

Detail view

Isometric corner view

Closeup junction

Stage-3 - Isometric view

By applying double layer bearing and adding 2 tension members and connection in between two spanning creates more strength in the given system where it connects only from top and bottom 395

Structural Model -Single Bay (1:10)

composite Spanning system

From the previous development of the experiment to articulate force making a 1.10 scale model understanding compression and tension members with the small scale similar material and experimenting with joineries and details and size for the selected material.

Side view composite spanning system composite bearing system

Detail showing main support joinery for spanning system.

Top view

Front view Composite MS & solid bamboo joinery for spanning system.

composite bearing system Front view

Side view Bearing System

Detail showing bearing system and base joinery.

the main spanning along with bundle of 6 solid bamboos with MS and hollow bamboo as a compression member and cables as tension member.

Top view spanning system

Bearing System to base single and multiple joints creating an exoskeleton .

joinery bearing system and spanning system resting on it with to tongue and groove joint

Top view 396

side view spanning system

Top view Single bay including spanning & bearing system. 397

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

Conceptual (Experimental) Models

Exploded Axonometric:

A. Bearing member @5000mm from c/c A.1 Cross laminated timber and steel composite bearing system (Linear) A.2 Secondary structure of Hollow bamboo and steel supporting the projections (Diagonal) B. Spanning member @5000mm from c/c C. 12mm thk Kota stone flooring over the Decking sheet floor D. Decking sheet flooring system with a sheet(3000 x 2800mm) at base and 8mm steel bars 300mm c/c and a concrete slab(100mm) E. (200x600)mm solid bamboo steel secondary Joist @2500 c/c F. Secondary Beam to support the joist 2800 c/c G. Sliding glazing system to be divided into or two equal parts sliding at both ends H. Exterior wall made of precast wattle which could be plastered with could be eventually plastered with chicken mesh inside out I. RCC column and Beam (230x750mm) as a system for the central core of the building J. Tensile shading device (12mm thk PTFE coated fibreglass cloth) to mitigate heat gain K. Primary beam to help connect the spanning and bearing system L. External beam to support the shading system beyond the inner beam

Orientation of build form: The orientation of build form is in two parts long length ground structure running north -south with north light roof truss .covered with solar panels

to max solar gain . the main central blocks orientated east -west with max surface facing north west -North east and block stepping

LEGEND:

down towards north west. the building has a projections from all sides as a shading device. the length is determine as per sun path.

Materials

Site is situated on the river bank next to an urban village, Panvel Koliwada.

Maximized usage of the site forBuildings oriented in the direction Mass chunk divided into four fishing and community activitiesof the wind and minimize heat buildings for ease of movement in an unorganized way gain of people

concept_2.jpg

Provision of spaces for Central placement of the service encouragement of cultural and core to cover 22.5m travel distance community activities

398

Voids created in the built form on Long span structural system east and west façades to reduce used to provide large column heat gain within the building and less spaces create balconies.

399

Structure diagram. Structure diagram building

Adaptation of spanning & bearing system to the program.

Structure diagram building

LEGENDS: • • • • • • • • •

Bearing Member Bearing Exoskeleton Tie member between Bearing Member Spanning Member Tie member between Spanning Member Joist Member to support Composite slab Rcc core Composite slab

Structure diagram for the office block.

400

401

System assembly (bearing system)

Column to column connection

Assembly of bearing member

Bearing member

Detail for connection between RCC base footing and timber steel post.

Detail for connection between timber steel post and Bamboo post .

LEGENDS: A. Timber-bamboo column connection B. Timber-steel composite connection C. Bamboo connection (Double ended stud bolts) D. Timber resting on a RCC bed

LEGENDS: Material use: A. Cross shaped MS section (75x75x10)mm B. Hollow bamboo (dia75mm) C. Timber post (100x75mm) D. Ms plate (10mm, 15mm) E. Double ended stud bolts F. Partly threaded bolts (dia15mm)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Timber Post (100x75)mm Double ended stud bolts Tongue & groove joint (15mm) Base plate (15mm) Washer & Tread Concrete footing (500x350mm) Double ended Stud bolts Base plate with 4 sided angled tongue & groove joint (15mm) Washer &Tread

LEGENDS: A. Cross shaped MS section (75x75)mm bolted with timber posts forming a column on the ground level. B. Hollow Bamboo (dia75mm) used to create an exoskeleton to support the column and shading device. C. Timber Post (100x75)mm D. Ms plate (10mm) is used to form the tongue and groove joint between columns. 1. Timber post (100x75mm) 2. Double ended stud bolts 3. Tongue & groove joint (15mm) 4. Base plate (15mm) 5. Washer & Tread 6. Concrete footing (500x350mm)

Key plan 402

403

System assembly (spanning system)

Spanning Member & Modules

Stage wise assembly of spanning system.

Spanning Members components LEGENDS:

Set of 6 Solid bamboos connecting together with ms pate with threaded pin and concealed nut connections to form the primary spanning member

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Ms plate(10mm) with threaded extensions Solid Bamboo (55mmthk) with con cealed nut Ms plates (10mm) forming a groove Ms plate(10mm) with threaded extensions (secondary) Galvanized steel wires MS cross section 75x75mm forming a central com pression joinery with Steel plate (15mm thk) welded to L-sections at both ends M S plate 15mm connecting both ends of joinery.

Primary spanning Member Bamboo acting as compression members and cables as tension members

Plan

Pyramidal compression joinery at alternate MS plate joints

Elevation

Compression members

LEGENDS: 1. 2.

Tension members

3. 4. 5. 6.

Secondary Beam detail. Section A-A’

7. 8.

LEGENDS: 1. Ms plate(10mm) with threaded Extensions 2. Solid Bamboo (55mmthk) with con 3. Ms plates (10mm) forming a groove 4. Galvanized steel wires 5. Steel plate (15mm thk) welded to L-sections at both ends 6. MS cross section 75x75mm forming a central com pression joinery.

404

Ms plate(10mm) with threaded extensions Steel & solid bamboo composite joist. Secondary tie beam between two spanning units (180mmx1800mm) 2XSolid Bamboo Joist 1800mm c/c with T -MS section. Solid Bamboo (55mmthk) with con MS cross section 75x75mm forming a central com pression joinery. MS cross section 75x75mm forming a central com pression joinery with Steel plate (15mm thk) welded to L-sections at both ends. 100 mm thk concrete slab with 8 mm steel mesh 300mm c\c on 4mm thk Decking sheet. Galvanized steel wires

Cable wires are in tension while the remaining in compression.

A’

Key plan 405

System assembly Isometric corner condition

Spanning & Bearing system connection

Key plan

Spanning member is connected to bearing member by tongue and grove MS joinery.

Steel cables are stretched between two bearing members as a tension component for spanning system

Top bearing member is fixed to bottom bearing with a supporting member base plate for spanning member to rest on.

Force diagram.

1. 2.

3. 4.

Spanning member @5000mm c/c Hollow bamboo and MS composite bearing member 15 mm ms plate with 4 sided angled tongue & groove joint (15mm) corner joinery. Timber and MS composite bearing member.

LEGENDS:

Detail at A

LEGENDS: 1.

Detail showing connection between bearing member and spanning member . 406

Mechanical Horizontal sliding heavy panelled wooden opening. 2. Kota stone 16mm. 3. Solid bamboo spanning member 4. Galvanized steel cable 5. Cross shaped MS section (75x75) mm bolted with timber posts forming a column on the ground level 6. Timber and MS composite Internal tie beam 7. 8mm steel bars mesh at 300mm c/c 8. 4mm thk Decking sheet 9. Hollow bamboo and MS composite bearing member 10. Timber and MS composite external tie beam 11. Base plate with 4 sided angled tongue & groove joint (15mm) 12. Timber and MS composite bearing member

Detail at A

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Corner junction joinery

15.

Mechanical Horizontal sliding heavy panelled wooden opening Railing 150mm thick concrete slab 8mm reinforcement steel bars 300 mm c/c 4mm decking sheet Joist Solid Bamboo T ms section Precast wattle and doub wall with chicken mesh inside for mud plaster Spanning member @5000mm c/c Hollow bamboo and MS composite bearing member 15 mm ms plate with 4 sided angled tongue & groove joint (15mm) corner joinery. Timber and MS composite Internal tie beam Timber and MS composite bearing member Secondary Beam to support the joist 2800 c/c

407

Context Plan

Ground floor Plan

First floor Plan Site plan with context:It is a densely populated area on the bank of Kalundre river in panvel. Majority population of the area belongs to Kolis (fishermen’s community). Forming an urban 408

village and the built form acting as a social economic infrastructure. With a demonstration of addressing the issues faced with the context

LEGEND: GROUND FLOOR

LEGEND: FIRST FLOOR

1. Gents Toilet 2. Ladies Toilet 3. Fish auction area 4. Washing area 5. Cold storage 6. Waiting 7. Records 8. Admin

1. Community Hall 2. Stage 3. Pantry 4. Changing Room 5. Staff room 6. Service Lobby 7. Service Lift 8. Lift

9. Lift 10. Service Lift 11. Loading/Unloading 12. Parking Area 12. Shops

9. Canteen 10. Kitchen 11. Semi Open dining 12. Ladies Toilet 13.Gents Toilet 14. North light Roofing 15. Balcony

409

Section Key plan - A

Second floor Plan

Third floor Plan

Section at A Design . Fishermen hub and activity centre. Revitalizing urban village through socio-economic infrastructure, Koliwada, Panvel This project could explore the possibility of a demonstration of a built form as a social and economic hub within the local Koli community in the context of the urban village, Which in turn would explore architecture within the realm of urbanism. Primarily, it can be a contemporary take on the core economic activity of the local community and its practice which

410

revolves around a market space and combining this traditional working Market program with contemporary features and helps establish a strong community Connection to the region. It can preserve both the essence of this typology and create a modern sustainable icon for the local community. market are traditionally closed for the public, due to health risks posed by the machinery and processes, this project can provide a strong connection to it’s deeper roles in the community, allowing

the public’ indirect participation in the structure’s program. Unlike the existing interventions, this built form Would be locally contextualized within social, economic, and environmental parameters that showcase the use of material, technology of construction breaking the chain development happening around. It can not only symbolize but also compliment the local community and its rich cultural heritage while also ensuring its sustenance in the coming future .

LEGEND:

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Pantry Service Lobby Service Lift Lift Balcony Ladies Toilet Gents Toilet

11. Changing Room

Typical floor Plan (4 to6)

12. Staff room

411

Wall section elevation

Mechanism for two ways Horizontal sliding Part Elevation

Part section

Type of sliding

Size 1. 1400mm x 2400 mm 2. 2800mm x 2400 mm

Key plan LEGENDA. Corner East -West B.Corner North C. North face D. South face

Ground floor Plan

Detail at A

The proportion of glass and wood is according to the orientation of the window to reduce solar heat gain .

Detail at F The detail showing the shifting lever to create a movement of both the panel.

LEGEND:

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

412

16mm Kota stone flooring finish 150mm thick concrete slab 4mm decking sheet 20mm screed Exterior wall made of prefabricated wattle with wire mesh and mud plaster Sliding glazing system to be divided into or two equal parts sliding at both ends Tensile shading device (12mm thk PTFE coated fibreglass cloth) to mitigate heat gain Secondary structure of Hollow bamboo and MS joinery (200x600)mm solid bamboo steel secondary

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Joist @2500 c/c Secondary Beam to support the joist 2800 c/c Spanning member @5000mm from c/c Cross laminated timber and MS composite bearing system Brick jaali wall 230mm thick Base plate with 2 sided angled tongue & groove joint (15mm) Concrete footing (500x350mm)

E. 75x 90x5 mm C section with 10 mm extended plate with Roller wheels 40 mm dia H. 75x 90x5 mm C section with 10 mm rack welded. 1. Top Frame - MS E channel 60X150X10 mm 2. Roller wheel 40 mm dia 3. C shape channel 75X90 mm 4. Timing belt 20mm 5. Teeth Pulley 40 mm dia 6. Pinion gear 60mm dia (25mm thk) 7. SS Rack 600 mm length (12 mm thk) 8. SS Piston 15mm dia 9. C channel with rack 25X20 mm 10. Handwheel with rotating handle 10X250mm dia 11. Frame - MS box section 60X150X10 mm 12. 13. 10 mm thk 700 mm Rack.

Detail at G The detail showing the transfer of force a the corner condition below.

Detail at I The detail showing rack and gear system which moves the panels on the track below.

413

Sectional perspectives Sectional perspective for the fish auction area showing the North light roof truss.

Key plan

414

415

Interior View Interior view of the fish auction area. Key plan

416

417

Exterior View The docking area for the local fishermen with the Fishermen hub and activity centre in the background. Key plan

418

419

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio the foundation studio was a challenging experience especially for a sensitive topic like mine as addressed in my work. From the conception of my design topic for a space in my neighbourhood to working from the very same neighbourhood (Thanks to the Pandemic!) was a unique experience indeed. The Foundation studio was a transforming experience with intense experimentation of Architecture and construction systems. We started small with tasks like scale reading to Problematising the context, which helped in observing and analysing the issues at hand and gradually progressed in terms of scale and complexity . Furthermore, to understand the science physics the forces at vertical and horizontal plane we turned to paper strip models which we later converted into structure system materials, thereby easing my overall design. Halfway into the semester I was able to articulate my own agenda w.r.t my design intervention, which in turn helped me progress with clarity. Design of mechanism which helped me understand parts and components at a very micro scale and the transfer of force to create a movement in various directions and its assembly. So the overall studio for me was a journey of watching and understanding things from a very micro to the macro level.

-Siddhesh Ashish Satere PAD20342

420

421

423

Bridging the boundary between built and natural environment Chaibasa, Jharkhand

Karishma Rathor

Chaibasa, Jharkhand 22.5474° N, 85.8025° E

•

1:500

Reading Scales

• •

Inferences

•

Curvilinear road pattern can be observed. Roads do not follow contour lines. Irregular urban block sizes Railway line in N-S direction segregates the area in two parts. Dotted line representing presence of 2 water bodies in lower contour level.

•

Buildings are of varying sizes, orientation and mass. Connectivity of primary road with secondary and tertiary is observed. Ratio of unbuilt space is observed to be more than built. Settlement has scattered development. Presence of dead end roads.

• •

Individual plot boundaries is observed Few buildings are at the edge of road. Ratio of unbuilt space is observed to be more than built. Each building is surrounded by large foliage trees.

•

Immediate context of residence with surrounding context can be observed

•

• • • •

1:1000

1:2500

•

• • • •

• • • • •

Circulation pattern and access point to the residence is visible Large open space can be seen surrounding buildings Presence of footpath

• • • •

• •

Settlement is not densely populated. Different mass of buildings could mean buildings of different land uses. Area is dominantly occupied by residence. Irregular road network could be the reason of scattered development.

Individual building in a plot depicts single ownership of land. Few buildings are observed to defying bylaws. Access to some buildings is through kachha roads or narrow lane.

•

1:100

•

• • • •

•

1:50

• • •

Irregular block sizes depicts that the area is not planned. Possibility of different claim of land or various processes leading to varying sectoral development.

1:200

Observations

• • • •

•

Similar roof types can be speculated that surrounding buildings are also residence. Open space acts as buffer zone and allows natural light and ventilation inside buildings.

•

1:10

1:5000

1:10000

• • •

Basic building layout and openings can be seen Verandah and rooms arranged around central courtyard Presence of different species of trees in surrounding Few trees are near windows Rooms are of similar sizes Each room’s opening is towards central courtyard and outside open space Plot boundary is shown

•

Spaces with different furniture layout is observed. Connectivity between spaces can be seen. Location of door and window opening is visible.

•

revealed. Steps at the entrance of building and between Verandah and courtyard is seen.

•

Internal layout of space with furniture layout is revealed Window opening is observed to be in south and west direction. Circulation pattern can be depicted by location of door openings Overhang projection is seen Toilet is attached to bedroom

•

Internal layout of the toilet having a sink, WC and shower area is revealed Building material is revealed. Presence of two openings. Tile drop is given at entrance of toilet and shower area.

•

Building material and pattern of brick bond is observed. Window detail is seen.

•

revealed. NT is placed at the corner.

•

• • •

• •

•

Building type starts emerging from this scale Each room has 2 windows which allows ample light and ventilation in indoor spaces. Trees provide shade to rooms and verandah. Height of the building can be predicted by counting steps of stair

Framed structural system can be inferred. Different furniture layout can be speculated as spaces with varying functions. The drawing reveals segregation of spaces. Level difference can inferred from the drawing.

Internal activity and circulation can be speculated. Function of the space can be inferred as bedroom by furniture layout Overhang provides shade and protection from rain.

Two window opening allows cross ventilation dry area Size of toilet can be concluded as approx 2.8 x2.3m by the size of 600x600mm tiles

The thickness of wall can be speculated as 200mm Tiles of size 600x600mm is placed in slope to drain water towards NT. Dado tile prevents water from seepage.

HRD-UGS 10x100/ 30

424

425

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response 15

Problematising the Context :

0 Mammals 30 35

Problem Statement : The effect of Urban sprawl and untrammelled population growth destroying characteristics of the ecosystem, creating unfavourable boundaries and dividing environments is evident in my area of study. On one hand, the abundance of natural resources has provided livelihood to a significant portion of population and on the other hand it is gradually leading to depletion of rich natural vegetation, flora and

fauna. Environments are dynamic entities of our natural landscape , and when built form is created within the environment’s context, characteristics are changed and the pristine quality may be lost causing habitat loss, fragmentation and climate change. Fragmentation often starts with what are seen as small and harmless impacts but as human intervention increases, the influence of fragmentation becomes

greater. Unrestrained utilisation of natural resources in the region over the years has put ecology of the region under constant pressure and needs to be addressed seriously.

Built Form

50 Avian species 100

195 181

How can architecture lend itself to the reconnection of environments?

168

2000

5 0

Existing natural Features

Reptilian 10 species 12

50 0

198

Fauna

Residence Mixed use Commercial Religious

100

145

162

5 Invertebrate

0 species 15

2000 2010 2020

2020 Map showing reduction of vegetation cover and increase in built form since 2000

Design Program :

Proposed Centre for Ecological Education seeks to connect environments by merging nature and architecture. The project will be a place where public can experience and learn both the natural and built environments that shall strengthen their bond to nature and lead to a better understanding of the area’s ecology and its importance.

Sources of noise Railway Speakers 2 wheeler 4 wheeler

Map showing alteration in species diversity Source: Jharkhand forest department

Design Strategy Blending into the site: Making the structure a part of the site and not merely a sculptural entity. Spectacular views: To use a strategic location giving maximum and best views of the area, hence, enhancing the beauty of the place and creating

City fabric mapped in layers

a feeling of awe and appreciation for the locality. Showcasing the unseen landforms of the area which wouldn’t otherwise be visible. Site sensitive design approach : Evolving the design based on the site elements and features.

Architectural Interventions : Context Map

Chaibasa is one of the biodiversity rich area because its diverse physio-graphic origin and climatic condition. It is surrounded by vast forest resources and is blessed with wide variety of flora and fauna. It is the store house of several rare and endangered species. However, Due to urban sprawl and increasing demand for resources, habitat loss, fragmentation and change in climate is evident in my area of study. 426

Forest Area Arterial Road Area of Study

• • • • • • •

Classrooms Exhibition/ Gallery Hall Conference rooms Meeting room Offices Reading area Amphitheatre 427

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism

Introduction- Rotation of panel along central axis

The exercise aimed to use drawing as a tool to record and document mechanics of movement through digital and physical modelling.

1 2

The challenge was to move a panel of size 500x700mm and thickness 4-6mm without direct application of force on it.

OutputOutputRotation of Panel Rotation of Panel alongalong X axisX axis

Mechanical Window Type: Centrally pivoted window- Rotation along transverse axis

8 7 6 5

The developed detail for mechanical movement of the window includes bevel gear, pulley, ball bearing, timing belt and metal rod.

B B

4 3

Front View Front view

Movement of panel at different angles

Back View

Back view Legend 1. MS Frame- 50x50x6mm 2. MDF Panel- 700x500x4mm 3. Bevel gear - 25mm Outer dia 4. Handle- MS 3mm dia 5. Stopper 6. Pulley- 30mm outer dia, 10mm inner dia MS Frame-7.50x50x6mm Timing Belt MDF Panel-8. 6000x500x4mm Ball Bearing- 10mm outer dia, 3mm inner dia

LEGENDS:

1. 2. 3. Bevel Gear- 25mm Outer dia 4. Handle- MS 3mm dia 5. Stopper 6. Pulley- 30mm outer dia, 10mm inner dia 7. Timing Belt 8. Ball Bearing- 10mm outer dia, 3mm inner dia

Movement Z Z

Movement of components along axis

X Y

Input Input force force

A A

Movement of individual components

Y 1

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a CENTRALLY PIVOTED WINDOW

Grasshopper Script

60°

3 4

Detail-B

Stopper detail

1. Rotation of MDF panel along X axis 1 2. Rotation of ball bearing & pulley in YZ plane 3. Movement in timing belt as pulley Rotates 1

1. Rotation of ball bearing, gear & pulley in YZ plane 2. Rotation of bevel gear in ZX plane 3. Input force- Rotational motion

2 120°

3 Detail-A

1 1

1. MS Plate welded to frame 2. Slit of height 5mm & width 3mm 3. MS Rod- 3mm dia 4. MS plate- 5mm thick

60°

Parametric scripting to model CENTRALLY PIVOTED WINDOW

428

A drawing depicting mechanism of CENTRALLY PIVOTED WINDOW 120°

429

Modifying Shop Drawings

Parts

5050

Items

254.5

155 15

254.5

50 25

EQ EQ EQ EQ

3 2.5 3 2.5 2.5 2.5

2.5 10 103 2.5

4444

50 50 44 44 50 5050 44

10 10 3 2.5 2.510 3 2.5 2.5

33 3

Detail B

509 509

55 5

2 2 6 6 7 7 8 8

30mm D Outer Dia D Inner Dia 10mm 223mm 2 Pitch sizeTotal no.s- 4 MS Rod 77 7 Size- 3mm dia

88 8

View at C View at C

View at Cat C View C

7 6 5

1 71 3 34

9 9 3 83

Section Section Section Section Section Timing Belt

Total length- 330mm

Deep groove ball bearing Outer dia- 10mm Ball Bearing Inner dia- 3mm Total no.s- 4 50 50 5050 50 25 25 25 25 25 2525 25 25 25 3mm dia SS Rod 1 11 1 Rod Total length- 750mm 1 2 22 Total no.s- 2

4 4 9 Panel 9 3 3 Detail C

Detail B Detail B

3 33 MDF Sheet 4 44 Size- 700x500x4mm 5 55 Total no.s- 4 30 3030

30 30

Detail C Detail C

178

7 8

1 8

View at D 50

1 2

25 5

25 25

1 5 55 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 30 30 5 S. No. Items 5 1

Items S.No. Frame

Frame

Gear 2

2 3 8

50 50 25 25 25

6 4

Gear

LEGENDS:

1.MS Frame- 50x50x6mm 2. Pulley- 30mm Outer dia, 10mm Inner dia 3. Ball Bearing- 10mm Outer dia, 3mm Inner dia 4. MS Rod- 3mm dia 5. Timing Belt 6. Bevel Gear- 25mm Outer dia 7. MS Plate(for stopper)- 5mm 8. Handle- 3mm MS Rod 9. MDF Panel of size 700x500mm

View at D View at D

5 2

Shop drawings of CENTRALLY PIVOTED WINDOW 25 25 Q

50 50 6

View at C

Detail D

430

Section

2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

Bevel Gear 44 4 25mm Outer Dia

15 15 15 4

1 1 12 2 2 4 4 6 4 6 7 6 7 9 7 9 8 9 8 8

6 6

30 25 252525

2 3

253

509

609

254.5

55 5

303030 178

50 EQ5050 EQ EQ EQ EQ 50 EQ EQ EQ 50

11 22 44 66 77 99 88

6 6 EQ

50 50 50 50 38 38 38 50 38 66 6

66 6 6

706

5050 178 178

254.5 50 50 50

EQ EQ

706 706 706706

50 50 50 50

EQ EQ

EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ

5050

View at C

Plan

Detail A A Detail Detail A

22 2 33 3

66 6

A Belt

A A

Plan Plan Plan PlanPlan

C Channel MS C C Size- 50x50x6mm Total length req.- 2.8m

Reference images

Section

B BB B

DD D

Handle

254.5 254.5

Pulley

11 1

178 178

509

Gear

50 50 50 50

CC C

609 609

178 254.5 254.5 178

254.5

178 178

Frame

Elevation Elevation Elevation Elevation Elevation Elevation

Components and sizes

S.No.

1 1

50 50 50

253 253

50 50 50

178

706 706706

50 50

609 253 253 253

50 50 50

50 50

178

706 706

509 609

50 50

Pulley 3

Pulley

25 25

5 5

50 50

5 55 2 22

2 Y

25 25

5 5 X 2 of the window Diagram showing different parts 2 6 66 6 6 4 44 4 4

1 11 Components 8 8830 30

MS C Channel Components and sizes Size50x50x6mm Detail D Total Detail D Length- 2.8m MS C Channel

Reference Images

1 1 8 8 Reference images

S. No. Items

Reference Images

Belt

Timing belt Length- 330mm

Ball Bearing

Deep groove ball bearing O.D- 10mm, 8 I.D- 3mm

Rod

SS Rod- 3mm dia Length- 750mm

Size- 50x50x6mm

Total length Bevel Gearreq.- 2.8m 25mm Outer dia Bevel Gear 25mm Outer Dia

30mm Outer dia, 30mm Outer Dia 10mm Inner Dia, 10mm Inner Dia Pitch size-3mm 3mm Pitch size-

7 6

Total no.s- 4

4 Handle Handle

Components

MS Rod MS Rod Size3mm dia Size- 3mm dia

Panel

MDF Sheet Size- 700x500x4mm Total No.s- 54

Table for parts of CENTRALLY PIVOTED WINDOW Timing Belt

5 2

Belt

Total length- 330mm

431

Modifying Assembly

Step-2 | Sequence wise assembly of components in frame

4 7

1 2 5 3 4

11 22 55 33 44

1 4 5 6 7

4 1

1.1 Hole of dia 4mm is made on both Vertical members of MS frame 1.2 SS rod of dia 3mm and length 750mm is passed through the hole 1.3 Ball bearing of O.D 10mm and I.D 3mm is welded to MS Frame

8 2

3 9

A 3 4

* Same steps are followed for detail A &B

3.1 Bevel gear of O.D 25mm is fixed to SS rod 3.2 Handle and bevel gear is welded to MS rod

* Same steps are followed for detail A, B&C

2.1 Pulley of O.D 30mm and I.D 10mm is placed over ball bearing 2.2 Timing belt is placed on pulley

LEGENDS:

1.MS Frame- 50x50x6mm 2. Handle 3. Bevel Gear- 25mm O.D, 10mm I.D 4. Ball bearing- 10mm O.D, 3mm I.D 5. Pulley- 25mm O.D 6. Timing Belt 7. SS Rod- 3mm dia 8. MDF Panel- 4mm thick

Z Y X

Exploded view of Components

Step-1 | Making of frame 1

1 2 5 3 4

2 3

1 4 5 6 7

1 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3

Detail D - Assembly of panel

4.1 Stopper made of 5mm thick MS plate is welded to MS Frame

MS C Channel of size 50x50x6mm is cut in two lengths- 806mm & 609mm.

MS Channel is cut at 45degree from the ends

Each parts are welded from corner to form a frame

Illustration depicting sequence of assembly of CENTRALLY PIVOTED WINDOW 432

Powder coating is used as finish

5.1 2mm radius cutout is made at the Centre of both MDF panel 5.2 SS rod of dia 3mm is placed at the cutout made at the centre of panels 5.3 Both panels are attached using Adhesive

LEGENDS:

1.MS Frame- 50x50x6mm 2. SS Rod- 3mm dia 3. Ball bearing- 10mm O.D, 3mm I.D 4. Pulley- 25mm O.D 5. Timing Belt 6. Bevel Gear- 25mm O.D, 10mm I.D 7. Handle 8. Stopper

Illustration depicting sequence of assembly of CENTRALLY PIVOTED WINDOW 433

11 44 55 66 77

Modelling Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea In first attempt, the main strip is placed at the centre to get support from all the sides. Base is rectangular in form and it tappers as the height increases. Strings (tension member) is used for better stability however buckling was observed at the bottom due to placement of members in orientation perpendicular to the direction of load transfer thus affecting stability.

Key Idea In second attempt, the main strip is placed off centred and vertical supporting members are reduced. Support to the main strip is given by addition of a vertical member. Horizontal members are interconnected with vertical member using mechanical, pin joint and tension member. This lacked in stability when tested under forces due to less supporting compression members.

Plan 434

Rotational force

Pull

Rotational force

Pull

Plan

Front elevation

Isometric view

Junction 435

Modelling (Spanning System)

Modulating system

Iteration-1

Key IdeaThe 500mm strip placed at the centre is supported by mechanically interconnected small strips in plus form and Strings (tension member). Ends of the compression members are connected using tension members.

Key IdeaThe task was to use the spanning system and bearing system developed to design a structural system for a

Zero Material

The model lacked stability due to zero material.

Front Elevation

View

Iteration-2 Key IdeaThe challenge was to stabilise main strip without any mechanical or pin joint. Concept of tensigrity was used for spanning system. The centre strip is stabilized using module of 4 smaller strips mechanically joined, placed at varying intervals and tension members.

View

Junction

Plan 436

View-1

View-2

Junction 437

Modulating system Iteration-2

Iteration-3

Key IdeaThe spanning system is now simply supported hence compression members are placed at the top and tension members at bottom. Bearing member is supported by using tension cables on both sides. Buckling was observed at base and the structural system was not stable when tested under different loading conditions.

Key IdeaDerived spanning system is based on the principle of tensigrity. Depth of the vertical member is shortest at centre and it gradually increases on both sides giving a parabolic form on top and bottom.

Front Elevation Front Perspective view

Front Perspective view

Plan

438

Isometric view

Side Elevation

Isometric view

Multiplying module

Elevation

439

1:10 Model

Parts of spanning module

Connectors- MS Plate, MS hollow box sections

Junctions

A module of spanning member

Spanning member end condition-1

View

Spanning member end condition-2

Front View Joist to peripheral beam junction 440

Peripheral beam to bearing member junction

Space material and interaction Iteration-1

Accommodating Structure Iteration-2

Timber Parabolic Roof

Timber joist is connected with primary spanning member to support roof Spanning systemBased on the concept of tensigrity

Form Evolution Dense landscaped area

Site is located on edge where nature & built merges. Standing at the site one can experience both built and built environment

Locations of existing trees on site

Pre-designed bearing member @2000 C/C & periphery beams made of C Channel- 150x75mm

Placing building on site such that existing trees are not affected Finished Floor- 75mm 25mm thick corrugated decking sheet with 25mm screed and insulation layer Network of joist

Spanning member Creating axis towards dense landscaped area and dividing one building into blocks thus creating anchor points for greater visibility & transparency of spaces

Orienting the blocks considering prevailing wind direction and sun path

Buildings are raised on stilt to have seamless connection with nature

Materials Steel

442

CLT

443

System assembly (Bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system)

Assembly of bearing member

Assembly of bearing member 1. 150x75mm CLT centre member is sandwiched by two vertical and two horizontal CLT Members of size 75x75mm 2. MS hollow box section and timber block is Used as spacer 3. Bolts are used to connect MS Plate with spacer 4. Tension cable and stiffener is connected to MS Plates to form a tensigrity bearing system

Connection of spanning system with bearing and roof LEGEND:

1. Composite Column 2. Timber Joist 3. Spanning System 4. C Channel- 260x75x7mm 5. CLT member- 260x75mm 6. L angle- 150x5mm 7. Secondary beam- 150x7.5x5.5mm 8.MS Plate 9. Bolts- 5mm dia 10. CLT member- 150x75mm 11. Tension cable

444

LEGEND:

Bearing member Assembly

1. CLT Member- 150x75mm 2. CLT member- 75x75mm 3. Timber block for spacer 4. MS Hollow box section- 5mm thk 5. MS Plate- 5mm thick 6. Bolts 7. Tension cable stiffener 8. Tension cable

445

System assembly

Detailing

Corner and Mid span junction detail

Detail A Bearing member and peripheral beam junction

Detail B Spanning member end condition-1

Detail A Bearing member and peripheral beam Assembly

Detail C Spanning member end condition

Corner Junction Detail

LEGEND:

B A C

Mid span Junction Detail LEGEND:

8. 5mm thick MS Plate 1. ISMB 260x75x7mm C Channel 9. 150x75mm metal junction box 2. CLT member- 260x75mm 10. 75x75mm CLT joist connected to 3. Channel for glass (Skirting) Spanning member using MS plate 4. ISMB 150x75mm for periphery beam 11. 75x75mm CLT members for Spanning system 6. 15mm thick double glazed glass 12. Tension cable and stiffener 7. 50x75mm MS Box section for door

446

Detail D Spanning module end condition

1. 260x75x7mm ISMB C Channel Section 2. 260x75mm CLT member 3. 6mm thick MS Plate 4. Bolts bolted through MS Plate to column 5. 5MM MS plate bolted to column 6. 10mm dia bolt 7. MS Stiffener bolted to 01 & 09 8. MS Stiffener plate 9. 150x75x5.5mm ISMB C channel for Secondary beam 10. 5mm MS Plate to hold tension cable 11. Tension cable stiffener 12. Tension cable 13. 150x75mm MS Box bolted to CLT 14. 150x75mm CLT member for spanning 15. 75x75mm CLT member 16. MS plate 5mm thick 17. MS hollow Box section

447

Context Plan Design Strategy based on Climatic Study of the area 2

The site is located in tropical climatic zone.

Longer side of the blocks are arranged in East- west orientation to minimise solar heat radiation South facade is treated with mechanically operated louvre system.

West facade is blocked completely.

3.3

3.1

North facade opens out maximum to let in diffused sunlight in the building.

3.4 3.2

Blocks are arranged considering prevailing wind direction for enhanced ventilation. Ground Floor Plan 1. Admin Block (On stilt) Informal meeting and seating space 2. Classroom Block (On stilt) Recreational and sports activities

2.1

3. Exhibition Block 3.1 Reception/ waiting area 3.2 Double height exhibition area 3.3 Storage

2.2 2.1

2.1 2.1

2.3

2.1

2.4

2.1 2.5

1.6 3.1 3.2

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

First Floor Plan 3. Exhibition Block 2. Classroom Block 3.1 Connecting corridor 2.1 Classroom 1.2 Staff room 2.2 Storage 1.3 Meeting room 2.3 Terrace 1.4 Conference room 2.4 Connecting corridor 1.5 Toilet 2.5 Toilet

1. Admin Block

Informations from Climate Consultant Software

448

449

Sectional Perspective

Typical part section

Section A-A LEGEND: 2. 5mm thick MS Plate is welded to column3. ISMB 150x75mm channel section for periphery beam 4. Channel for glass 5. 150x75mm CLT member for spanning system 6. Spanning system (as per detail) 7. MS Plate to cover shading device mechanical components 8. Fixed louvre 9. Centrally pivoted operable louvre 10. Handle for operating louvre 12. Screed

Image showing existing trees on site, Elevated buildings on stilts to have minimal footprint on ground and seamless connection with nature, terraces overlooking magnificent view of the site landscape, central lawn used as interactive gathering space. Sectional perspective through classroom and Admin block 450

14. 4mm thick steel decking 15. 50x75mm aluminium transom and mullion 16. 15mm thick double glass with lower U Value 17. Channel for glass (Skirting) 18. ISMB 150x75mm C channel for periphery beam

451

Facade system

Sectional Perspective

View at A Components of mechanically operated louvre

Detail B

Section A-A

Detail C

Typical Plan of 2m window with shading device

LEGEND: 1. Composite column made of ISMB C Channel of size 260x75x7mm and CLT member of size 260x75mm 2. Handle 3. Bevel gear of outer dia 25mm 4. Pulley of Outer dia 30mm and Inner dia 10mm 5. Timing belt 6. 4mm dia MS Rod 7. CLT member for panel 8. Double glazed glass- 15mm thick

Detail B

Detail C

LEGEND: 1. ISMB 150x75mm C channel for periphery beam 3. Doubly glazed low U Value 15mm glass 4. Mullion and transom for window 5. Mechanically operated louvre 6. MS plate to cover shading device components 7. Channel to hold glass (skirting) 9. 4mm thick steel decking 10. Fixed louvres 11. Joist- 75x75mm CLT 12. Spanning member 13. Bearing member

Detail showing mechanically operated louvre shading device on south facade 452

Perspective section showing shading device, spanning & bearing member, roofing & flooring system 453

Sectional Perspective

Sectional perspective through classroom

Sectional perspective through admin and classroom block

454

455

Interior View

Classroom 456

457

Interior View

Classroom Block 458

459

Exterior View

Admin block, Exhibition block 460

461

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio I would be understating if I say that the 16 weeks studio was anything short of an extremely rigorous and challenging experience. The studio focuses on reading scales, investigating the nature of forces in structural system using models and articulating an architectural response. From interpreting 1:10,000 scale map to detailing in 1:1, the course pushed me beyond my comfort zone, kept challenging me along the way and in the end, I believe it helped me to equip with a wider range of skills. Adding to it, The whole pandemic environment was a completely different experience, for someone who has always studied in traditional on-campus environment, sitting in front of the laptop and coordinating with faculties and colleagues over online platform was a roller coaster ride. I would like to thank studio mentor, Sankalpa and teaching assistants Aviral and Neel for their constant support and guidance throughout this journey.

-Karishma Rathor PAD20162

462

463

465

Verticom | A Mixed Use Community Vertical Transcending Boundaries, New Delhi

Kurian Jacob

Alaknanda, New Delhi 28.3140° N, 77.1502° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • •

One can clearly start seeing the approach to the units. One can see the core staircase and configuration of units around it. The parking system is visible.

• •

•

Ratio of unbuilt seems to be more than built. One can see the main road connecting the different blocks. Arrangements of built mass in various orientation. One can see various scales of development based on density of built mass.

•

One way road connecting the built mass. One can observe features such as median and foot path along the road. The built mass has been scooped out at the corners. Multiple built geometries configured around open spaces in the centre. Few built mass not configured around central open space.

•

One can see central network road. Proximity of built mass to the green. One can observe vegetation along and around the built mass. One can observe repetition in configuration of built mass. One can see larger built masses being broken into smaller units through articulations in the form. Built mass can be seen as scooped out from between the built blocks.

•

• •

• • •

• • • •

1:1000

•

• • • • • •

466

•

• •

The southern portion seems like a big chunk of natural feature. The large chunk of open on lower side seems to have impacted the development of network and built blocks based on the alignments. Various types of network geometry implies different time zones and logic of planning.

With the different arrangement of built mass one can decipher that probably there are different claims over land and different processes have been used to develop the sector. Various scales of development suggests a possible difference in type and function of the space.

Based on ROW and features one can make out the status of the road closely to be an arterial or secondary road. Presence of foot path suggests the possibility of public transport connectivity in the vicinity. The scooped out built mass suggests the approach and the access along the road.

The linear alignment of the road network would give a vision of the starting till the end by virtue of the axis. The articulation in the built mass starts suggesting approach to the built units. One can infer that each units are sort of opening to its inside and the outside by virtue of the central scooped out portion.

1:200

•

• • • •

1:100

There is a contrast between built and the unbuilt. One can see various geometry of road network i.e radial on the left and orthogonal to the right. Streets are organising the blocks in various ways.

• • •

The spatial attributes of the residential unit such as size of the rooms etc.. can be observed. One can observe an internal staircase. The internal and external spaces can be segregated. One can see architectural projections.

•

One can observe one central space and adjoining spaces. Different furniture layouts can be observed for all spaces. Windows are aligned towards the eastern facade.

•

• •

1:50

1:10000

•

• • • • •

1:10

Inferences

1:2500

Observations

1:5000

•

• • • • • • •

Furniture layout can be observed for different uses. Rectangular flooring pattern can be observed . A combined door and window panel can be observed with 3 window panel divisions. Threshold in flooring can be observed. Wall masonry can be observed.

•

Material attribute of window frame and panels as wood can be observed. Thickness of vision panel material can observed. Window hardware is visible. Stone window sill can be observed Difference in wall finish thickness can be seen. Drip mould can be observed in the sill. Beading can be seen in window. Configuration.

•

• •

•

Looking at the core and the unit configuration one can infer that it is a multi storied group housing. Looking at the parking pattern one can infer that probably the space was designed for parking as the cars jut out onto the roads. One can infer that space between the units in the centre is the service lane between units.

One can infer the functions of the space based on its proportions and interrelation. Staircase within the house would convey that it’s a multi-storied dwelling unit.

It can be inferred that there is probably a central lobby and adjoining rooms connected to the same lobby. Different furniture layouts in places suggests the functionality and hierarchy of spaces. The location and presence of window with adjoining space suggests a balcony or terrace accessible throughout the room.

The size of the storage cabinet can suggest that the room is meant for one inhabitant. The presence of threshold in flooring connected with rectangular flooring pattern may be attributed to stone as material used for flooring. The three division of window panel can suggest lack of space within room to operate the window. Structural system can be attributed to load bearing structure. The placement of stone sill and window frame in connection with masonry wall suggests the sequence of construction assembly. The difference in wall finish thickness and the presence of drip in the window sill suggests response to external environment. The presence of beading in the window joinery suggests assembly sequence of various window elements. 467

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Weather Data and Analysis

Context and Scale Location : Alaknanda, New Delhi Alaknanda is a residential neighbourhood in the south eastern zone of New Delhi. The neighbourhood began to flourish in the 1970’s and was followed by various DDA residential societies emerging in the next few decades. The neighbourhood presently is a diverse culmination of various ethnicities from around the country and abroad.

Architectural form 50 0

200

100

Temperature and Precipitation data for New Delhi during the year sourced from Meteoblue

Implications:Solar Radiation and Thermal Comfort: Delhi has a composite climate and experiences hot summers and cold winters. It is necessary to block solar radiation from entering the building in summer months (Mar - Jun) and is desirable to allow it inside during winter months (Nov - Feb). Wind rose data for New Delhi during May - June

Precipitation and Rainwater Harvesting: Delhi has an annual rainfall of approx. 600 mm implying a potential for water harvesting. Natural and Cross Ventilation:

Wind rose data for New Delhi during July - September

468

The prominent wind directions for the monsoon and summer months are North West and South East. So these winds need to be blocked when outdoor air temperature is higher than desirable during summer months and can be let in during monsoon months.

Urban form

Building Heights

Building Functions

Residential

G+1

Institutional

G+2

Commercial

50 0

200

100

G+3 G+4

Private Club

G+5 G+6 G+8

469

Urban Life : Stakeholders and Interrelationships

Boundaries and Divisions: Issues

Territoriality as boundary. Boundary as shelter for contrasts

1. 1.

Unlayering portraying Boundariesvisual disconnects Portraying visual eet view disconnects Portraying eet view visual disconnects Portraying visual Neighbourhood street view bourhood street view disconnects Portraying visual disconnect Portraying visualview bourhood street Portraying visual disconnects Portraying visual disconnects disconnects eet view Portraying visual disconnects bourhood street view Visual disconnects

5. 5.

1. 1. 2.

3. 3.

Visual disconnect as boundary .2.2 M high boundary

1. 1.

Legend: 1. Residential settlements 2. street shops, Auto stand 3. F lee market 4. Community market 5. Schools 0

200m

200

100

Territoriality as boundary.

Perceptions of Boundaries

Materials & boundary

470

471

Project Proposal Verticom, Mixed use Community Vertical Location : Alaknanda, New Delhi Portraying visual disconnects Transcending boundaries eet view Portraying visual disconnects Keywords: Boundaries, Mixed use, community inclusive, bourhood vertical, street view constructive Portraying growth, visualcontext, disconnects Environment

VERTICOM, a mixed use community vertical aims to propel diverse stakeholders within the community transcend the physical and psychological boundaries to engage and induce constructive growth by creating an inclusive neighbourhood space. The neighbourhood of Alaknanda, New Delhi is part of a bigger fabric of social order made up of various micro systems of settlements. Closer observation of the urban block reveals that these micro settlements in the form of gated communities do not integrate cohesively with the stakeholders and the urban public spaces.

The evidence of the same lies at large with the manifestation of issues such as open urination in the vicinity drawing my attention to aspects of boundaries and inappropriate treatment of edge conditions. Another manifestation of the existing psychological and spatial boundaries was the fragmented response of stakeholders within the community against a common issue of proposed mall in the vicinity. Acknowledging the fact that territoriality, ownership and materiality are prevalent aspects of urban living today, the need therefore arises that the enclosed micro settlements integrate with the immediate public realm and all the stakeholders thriving within the community so as to develop an engaging and constructive urban atmosphere for the neighbourhood.

VERTICOM, responds to these neighbourhood conditions by challenging the present exclusive nature of community centres and intents to be a model for constructive neighbourhood spaces responding to the broader context and environment. The project desires to bring together various user groups by providing stacked mixed functions such as community clinics, co-work spaces, Library, community activity centre , and open to interpretation common spaces for democratic and social activities as well as voting and various community celebrations.

Interactive

Porous

Inclusive

Flexible Experiential

Cross-Disciplinary ApproachArchitecture, Community Psychology, Sociology

Bibliography : (n.d.). Retrieved from Byfusion: https://www.byfusion.com/ ArchDaily. (2019, January 11). Retrieved from ArchDaily: https://www.archdaily.com/909142/punggol-neighbourhood-andpolyclinic-serie-architects-plus-multiply-architects Deulgoankar, A. (2014). Laurie Baker: Truth in Architecture. Mumbai: Jyotsna Prakashan. Jagannath, T. (n.d.). Retrieved from Medium: https://medium.com/@thejas009/the-importance-of-democratic-publicspaces-b825b8c4a84a Sayigh, A. (25 September 2013). Sustainability, Energy and Architecture: Case studies in Realizing Green Buildings. In A. Sayigh, Sustainability, Energy and Architecture: Case studies in Realizing Green Buildings (pp. 294-297). Academic Press. Wolff, T. (2010). The power of collaborative solutions: Six Principles and Effective Tools for Building Healthy Communities. Jossey-Bass/John Wiley.

Transcending boundaries

472

473

Modifying Introduction: Mechanical Shading Device Rotating along Transverse Axis from One End

Grasshopper Script

This exercise dealt with a new approach of understanding the mechanisms of operable shading devices. Designing a Mechanical system was more based on its operation, its fixing details, its material, mode of mechanism and feasibility. This system primarily used bevel gears and ball bearings to generate rotational transfer of force through M.S. Shafts in vertical and horizontal directions. A circular wheel acts as the handle for the system and can be used to operate multiple louvres rotating along the vertical axis at the same time. The design also takes into account the ease and safety of operating the system and is concealed inside the frame with a provision to dismantle and service if needed.

3 2 1

Shop Drawings 4

List and Details of Components:• • •

3 Dimensional View | Movement & Functionality

Mechanism

• • • • •

1. Input Wheel and First Rotational Transfer

2. Rotational Transfer to MDF Panel through Bevel Gears

3. Rotational Transfer to Subsequent MDF Panel through Bevel Gears

4. MDF Panel Pivoted on Ball Bearing at Bottom for Rotation

474

L- Angle Sections : 85x85x5mm and 80x80x80mm to be welded to each other. Bevel Gears : with 8mm bore dia screwed with for transferring rotational motion Ball Bearings : zinc allow with 8mm bore dia for shaft and ms casing 50x50mm screwed to l sections MS Rods : 8mm thk. non threaded for connecting bevel gears MDF panel : 500x700x20mm thk panel screwed to c sections C Sections : 100x30x26x3mm screwed to mdf panel and attached through pivot rod to bevel gears Input Wheel : min. 100mm dia. , 8mm thk, connected through ms rod to bevel gears Locking Arm : 3mm thk. MS locking arm to be built-up on site as per dimensions

475

Modifying Parts, Assembly and Sequence of Mechanism

Shop Drawings

M.S. C channels screwed with MDF panel and bevel gear

Parts, Assembly and Sequence of Mechanism

M.S. L sections with punctures

Stage 1 Part of M.S. L sections and

476

M.S. flat plates with punctures

Stage 2 welded to M.S. frame

work.

bearing in next stage.

Additionally preventive punctures to be added on the frames for M.S. rod to pass through and ball bearings to be screwed to the M.S. frame.

Additionally preventive punctures at the centre of plate to be made as in shop drawings.

Stage 5

Zinc alloy ball bearings with casing

Bevel gears connected with M.S. rods

Stage 3

Stage 4

Ball bearings of

At this stage the bevelled gears are to be tightly screwed onto the M.S. rods and the assembly further to be passed through the ball bearings in both vertical and horizontal direction.

mentioned in the shop drawings to be screwed onto the M.S. frames so as to allow friction free rotation of M.S. rods to be added in the next stage.

Stage 6

Stage 7

At this stage the M.S. C sections are to be screwed with the MDF panels as per dimensions and alignments mentioned in shop drawings.

At this stage we start concealing the top and side frame with M.S. L section and

Input wheel and locking arm mechanism to be built on site as per

This assembly ones done needs to

aligning the input wheel, bevel gear and locking mechanism in the next stage.

shop drawings and assembled with the overall mechanism as per alignments mentioned previously.

bearings in the upper and lower positions.

Input wheel and gear with locking arm and spacer to restrict rotation

Stage 8

to conceal the side frame completely input wheel gear.

Stage 9 At this stage we shall have operational mechanical system with rotation in vertical axis.

Dimensions and alignments for the same are to be referred from the shop drawings. 3D View of Mechanical Shading System

477

Modelling Structural Explorations

The next iterations firstly involved making the longer strip as integral part of the structural system and not just something to be stabilised.

The exercise involved using shorter 1mm paper strips to stabilise longer paper strips and generate a bearing system with the help of pins and threads to negotiate with various types of forces. Understanding the behaviour of materials and its response to forces remained the key learning aspects of the exercise.

The intention now was also to capitalise on the tensile properties of the thread and the paper strips in order to understand the behaviour of the material under different conditions.

Front Elevation (Unsupported )

Bearing System- Iteration 2

Plan (Unsupported )

Front Elevation (Stage 1 )

Bearing System- Iteration 1 The exploration firstly involved observing the behaviour of the longer strip in an unsupported condition. The next step involved using smaller strips to gradually stabilise the longer strips using pin joints. The subsequent step involved using Multiple shorter strips connecting the longer strips in alternating levels and Orientation in order to generate a better Stabilised bearing system.

Front Elevation

Plan

Perspective view

Plan

Perspective view

Bearing System- Iteration 3

This iteration however did not capitalise on the articulation of thread as a tension member and therefore the subsequent iteration were worked upon. Front Elevation (Stage 2 )

Perspective (Stage 2 )

Spanning System- Iteration 1

Front Elevation

478

Side Elevation

Perspective View

Front Elevation

479

Modelling Bearing System- Concluding Iteration

Spanning System- Concluding Iteration

This iteration involved two vertical strips stabilised through horizontal shorter strips at intervals, articulated with pins joints and tensioned with threads to resist deflections.

This iteration involved a longer horizontal strip stabilised through vertical shorter strips at intervals, articulated with pins joints and tensioned with threads to resist deflections.

The cross braced articulation of thread provides the compressive and lateral stability to the system and holds the members together.

The thread was articulated as the tension member to generate a counter force to resist the bending of the cantilevered spanning system under rest and under loading conditions.

Plan

Elevation

Perspective

Side Elevation

Applying Dead Load

480

Applying Lateral Force

Front Elevation

Applying Rotational Force

Perspective

Applying Dead Load

481

Modulating System

Structural System ( 1:10 scale Physical Model )

Structural System in Space Key Idea- This exercise involved bringing together both the systems in space to develop an 1:20 scale physical model of an 100 sqm Library. The Idea was to understand how to propagate a system based on various programmatic and architectural intents.

Corner Perspective

Perspective Front Elevation

Detail view 1: Staircase and Joinery

Elevational Perspective Plan

Detail view 2: Staircase and Joinery

482

Spanning System Detail

Spanning and Bearing Junction Detail

Perspective Corner Elevation

483

System Assembly (Bearing System)

System Assembly (Spanning System)

Assembly of Bearing Member

Assembly of Spanning Member

Taking cues from the experimental models and observing the behaviour of models helped developing the structural bearing system for the project. The key aspect involved using an appropriate material to negotiate the various forces.

Using steel as the structural material this spanning system similar to the bearing uses two channel sections with a flat metal plate in sandwiched condition.

This bearing system uses two channel sections in sandwiched condition stabilised and supported by tie beams at regular intervals. The system also uses cantilevering beams along with tension cables to generate an overall depth for the system and also ties the entire system together against forces.

The structural beams are further stabilised through a metal spanning system supported by tension cables anchored to the tie beams thus helping in achieving longer spans.

The channel sections terminate at the column junction where as the flat plate extends out till the cantilevered depth of the bearing system.

A B

E 11 10

Integrated Spanning System

C Integrated Bearing System

1 5

3 2 4

1 8

LEGENDS:

1. 2.

3. 4. 5. 6.

Exploded Bearing System & Components

484

7. 8.

Gusset plate 5mm thk. 150x 300 x 10 mm steel channel section tie beams 100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams component 15mm Thk. Tension cable M.S. plate running continuous from bearing to bearing Anchorage for tension cables 430x 100 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos.) as columns

430 x 100 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos.) as columns 2. 200x 100 x 5mm thk. M.S. T Section 3. 100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams 4. M.S. Spanning system 5. 12mm dia. Nut-bolt 6. 15mm dia. M.S. Rod 7. 150x 300 x 10 mm steel channel section tie beams 8. 10mm dia. tension cable 9. Anchorage for tension cables 10. Gusset plate 5mm thk. with 12mm dia. nut-bolt 11. 15mm dia. tension cable

Exploded Spanning System & Components

485

System Details

System Joinery and Junction Details

Gusset plate 5mm thk. with 12mm dia. nut-bolt

100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams with 13mm thk. M.S. Plate sandwiched in between 8mm thk. Built up M.S. Boxing 400 x 170 x 8mm thk. Steel channel

100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams

with 13mm thk. M.S. Plate sandwiched in between

150 mm thk. RCC slab over 1.2mm decking sheet Uni- anchor tensioner bolted to tie beam

430 x 100 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos.) as columns bolted Together in lap joint

150x 300 x 10 mm steel channel Section tie beams

15mm dia. tension cable Dual-anchor tensioner bolted with 13mm thk. M.S. Plate to M.S. Boxing sandwiched Detail ‘ B ’ in between

Detail ‘ A ’

Double glazed system with 12mm toughened glass

with 13mm thk. M.S. Plate sandwiched in between

15mm dia. tension cable

100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams 10mm dia. tension cable anchored to tensioner 75 x 75mm Aluminium Section Gusset plate 5mm thk. with 12mm dia. nut-bolt

Structural Joinery and Junctions at Mid Span Condition

Together in lap joint Concrete base for bolting anchor tensioner Together in lap joint

Detail ‘ C ’

Uni- anchor tensioner bolted to concrete base

Together in lap joint

Detail ‘ D ’

20mm thk. treated timber panel as vertical louvres

10mm dia. tension cable anchored to tensioner Uni- anchor tensioner bolted to tie beam 150x 300 x 10 mm steel Together in lap joint channel section tie beams

100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams 8mm thk. Spanning system bolted to primary beam with 12mm dia. nut-bolt

400 x 170 x 8mm thk. Steel channel section as capping for

200 x 75mm Aluminium Section 200 x 170 x 8mm thk. Steel channel 200x 100x 8mm T section as Secondary beam 100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams M.S. Rod as part of mechanical louvre system

150 mm thk. RCC slab over 1.2mm decking sheet 150x 300 x 10 mm steel channel section tie beams

10mm dia. tension cable anchored to tensioner

15mm dia. M.S. Rod with metal guides for the tension cable

Double glazed system with 12mm toughened glass

Structural Joinery and Junctions at Building Corner Condition

Detail ‘ E ’

486

487

Accommodating Structure

Finished Floor 150mm RCC slab over 1.2mm Decking sheet

Channel Capping M.S. channel sections as capping

Network of Spanning System Steel channel section beams ( ISMB 450 ) Supported with tensions cables & Intermediate MS T Sections

Network of Bearing System Steel channel section columns ( ISMB 450 )with RCC Lift core and steel staircase

Exploded Axonometric Showing Details and Layers of the Structural System 0

488

Glazing System

Tensioners

75X 75mm Aluminium Sections with 12mm thk. Toughened glass

15mm dia. Tension cables With anchors as part of System

15m

489

Architectural Program VERTICOM, a mixed use community vertical aims to propel diverse stakeholders within the community transcend the physical and psychological boundaries to engage and induce constructive growth by creating an inclusive neighbourhood space. The institute, responds to these neighbourhood conditions by challenging the present exclusive nature of community centres and intents to be a model for constructive neighbourhood spaces.

Context and Building Setting Target user groups/ stakeholders:

Idea of the Institute:

• • •

•

• •

Residential settlements Regular street vendors Occasional vendors/ flee marketeers Domestic helps/ service providers ( local and migrants) Auto-rickshaw drivers

Development and management through public and private partnership

• •

An inclusive space that induces collaborative engagement between different user groups, ethnicities and social groups An institute that helps the community transcend its spatial and psychological boundaries A platform for debate, discourse and collaborative decision making

Site Area: 1300 sqm Built up Area: 1200 sqm

Roof-top Machan & view point

Community Library 10:00hrs – 18:00hrs

Activity Center 10:00hrs – 20:00hrs

Co-Work space 9:00hrs - 22:00hrs

Community Clinic 9:00hrs – 22:00hrs & Public toilet (24x7)

100

200m

Community activities & flee markets 10:00hrs – 22:00hrs Programmatic and Functional Stacking

490

491

Context, Concept & Form

Building Plans Verticom as an institute has been planned to serve the community and induce constructive engagement. The ground floor level holds functions such as community clinic, public toilet facility and common spaces open for community interpretation and activities.

1. Existing site condition and atmosphere

2. Intervening with the edge condition & removing the boundary wall

The functions have been stacked in a manner that the initial three levels serves as spaces for community engagement and discourse. The upper floors serve as co- work spaces and holds a more semi public character. The top most level however holds the roof-top machine which acts as a viewing deck for the community.

S N

3. Setting the axis for massing and built form as per solar geometry

The toilet complex houses facilities for men, women and the specially abled. The complex is also planned to be barrier free and accessible to all the stakeholders within the community

4. Creating foot print of diverse spaces interlinked & overlooking each other

Legend: 3c

2a 5. Elevating masses to free up the ground and interlinked terraces and volumes in space

3a 1

6. Adding a feature core that interlinks and binds all the volumes and spaces

1. Building lift core and Lobby 2. Public toilet a. Male and female b. Specially-abled 3. Community Clinic a. Waiting area b. Examination and Physio Area c. Consultation Area 4. Lower Ground Activity & interpretation zone 5. Open Lawns

B’

A’

7. Scaling up and articulating the massing as per architectural program and intent

492

8. Adding porosity to the volumes based on climate analysis and programmatic intent

15m

Ground Floor Plan 493

Building Plans

Legend

B 3

Legend

1. Building lift core and Lobby 2. Toilet 3. Activity Centre 2

2 1

1. Building lift core and Lobby 2. Toilet 3. Co-work Space 4. Terrace 5. Solar panels

1 5

15m

First Floor Plan (Activity Centre )

2 1

15m

Third Floor Plan ( Co-work space typical till fifth floor )

A A

Legend

B’

A’

B’

A’

Legend

1. Building lift core and Lobby 2. Toilet 3. Community Library a. Collection Space b. Reading space c. Magazine and casual reading

B B

1. Building lift core and Lobby 2. Roof Top Cabin

3c 1

A’ 0

494

15m

B’

Second Floor Plan ( Community Library )

A’ A’ 0

15m

B’ B’

Ninth Floor Plan ( Roof – top Cabin and view point ) 495

Building Section

Part Perspective Section

Rooftop Cabin

Section BB’ through the Community Centre 0

Lower Ground Activity Zone

Activity Centre

Section AA’ 0

15m

Co- Working Space

Community Clinic Community Library

Internal View: Community Library

496

497

Solar Geometry & Design Response

Wall Sections

Overall orientation of the building have been aligned North – South.

South facing glazing units will need a horizontal shading device to cut off incident solar radiation due to high altitude angle of the Sun. The horizontal shade has been designed to cut off summer sun and let in winter sun as the altitude angle in winters is lower. Major amount of glazing to be on North and south façade to have adequate daylight within the building. East and West facing facade would be treated with insulation and vertical shading devices because of lower altitude angles of the sun. Roof of the building acts as a major source of heat gain due to higher incident angle of the Sun. This will be tackled by introducing roof insulation to reduce the roof U-value and delay the heat transfer.

Orientation

5mm thk. M.S. plate as horizontal louvres for cutting southern solar radiation 400 x 170 x 8mm thk. Steel channel 75 x 75mm Aluminium Section double glazed with 12mm thk. toughened glass 150 mm thk. RCC slab over 1.2mm decking sheet Spanning system 200 x 100 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos.) as columns 100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams 150x 300 x 10 mm steel channel section tie beams

Generating Shading Mask for South Facade Section through Facade Facing South

400 x 170 x 8mm thk. Steel channel 100x 300 x 13 mm steel channel section (2 Nos. ) as primary beams

East facade and roof incident solar radiation

200 x 75mm Aluminium Section double glazed with 12mm thk. toughened glass

Time table Plot for New Delhi- Average Monthly Temperatures

150 mm thk. RCC slab over 1.2mm decking sheet Handle for operating the mechanical louvres 20mm thk. treated timber panel as vertical louvres for cutting of solar radiation form west

Section through Facade Facing East & West

Solar Protractor for South Orientation 0 West facade and roof incident solar radiation

498

Polar Equidistant Solar Chart for Latitude 28°

499

External View

Spatial Views

Lower Ground Activity Zone

Internal View: Community Library

500

501

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio When I reflect back on the past few months I realise that there have been a number of factors and decisions that transformed me as an individual and as a professional. This challenging period of worldwide pandemic completely redefined the way how architectural education can be perceived and conducted. Although the experience of campus life and in person peer to peer learning cannot be replaced, the studio never compromised on the quality and commitment to learning. It helped me in developing a holistic approach to design responding to the context, climate, stakeholders and tectonics as a crucial factor. Further, an unconventional approach of moving from part to whole where the structural explorations were made through physical models was a challenging attempt to understand behaviour of materials and physical forces as a driving factor for achieving the architectural language and intent. Even though an immense amount of learning still remains, the studio really pushed me to break free from the strongholds of previous experiences and attempt to experiment and explore previously uncharted dimensions of architectural design. It truly has been a wonderful learning experience.

- Kurian Jacob PAD20182

502

503

505

Conviviality in Architecture A slow approach to create convivial spaces

Arvind Krishnan

Chennai,Tamil Nadu 11.1271° N, 78.6569° E

1:500

Reading Scales

•

• •

One can observe the variation of density of development in the locality; very dense along the south; a few buildings placed on the north; a street branching out from the east. Slight undulations running through the area. A narrow stream which runs in between the dense portion. The hierarchy of roads - how the smaller roads connect to main road.

•

The ‘blocks’ seen in 1:10000 scale comprise of separate built units. Distinction between individual built units and open spaces. The volume of unbuilt(whites) is greater than built(blacks). All the buildings are oriented along the NE-SW axis. The relation of each built unit with adjacent unit, the open spaces and the primary access - road. Dotted lines represent vegetation.

•

A sense of boundary or territory of each built form can be observed. Most of the plots are rectangular, of the same size and oriented perpendicular to the road. The ‘open spaces’ mentioned in 1:5000 can be observed as open spaces within the building like atrium. stairwells and terraces. Few buildings along the edges are more exposed to the sun and wind. Trees and vegetation are seen.

•

Profile of the building is clearly seen. Most units have terraces. Each built form expresses its geometry as in protrusion and extrusions. Various spaces within a single plot can be observed. An open spaces in front or at the back of buildings gardens, lawns, etc.. There is more detail in the road, the right of way, setbacks between the plot and road can be observed.

•

• •

1:5000

•

• •

1:2500

• • • •

•

1:1000

• • • •

•

506

•

• • •

•

• •

•

• •

The built density is occupied predominantly by residences, commercial spaces and 2 major institutions. The roads are well planned in the sense of how they are connected to both the main roads on west and south. The density of development depicts that the buildings are contiguous. Private residences have an envelope of open space around them. The unbuilt is in fact higher than built. Ratio of built spaces to total area is around 18%. There is open space between 2 built units. Space can either be setbacks or natural features. Most of the built units are similar in size which suggest they are residential units. Organisation of units can be seen as a result of the access - road.

The boundary can be clearly inferred as separate plots and indicate ownership. Most buildings are residential, thereby the sizes are similar. Plots developed based on the road and oriented to the road. Exposure of buildings on the edges to sun will be effectively felt during the evenings. The street runs along E-W, hence the sun is felt at dawn and dusk. Most apartments and residences have flat roofs, a few have sloped or pitched roofs. Each geometry can be perceived as a response to certain site constraints and strategies used to utilise the available space. In small plots the vehicles are parked on road setbacks due to unavailability of space. The spaces within the plots are defined.

1:200

•

• • • • •

1:100

Inferences

•

• • • •

1:50

Observations

• • • •

1:10

1:10000

•

• • • •

The access and circulation from road to property can be seen. There are entry ramps and gates for controlling access. Some buildings have a singular entry to site whereas other buildings have a separate entry and exit pattern. The central rectangular space is the core of the apartment - stairs & lift. Street scape elements such as street lights, bus bars, etc. are seen.

•

There are 2 separate 2 BHK apartment units connected to the core. Basic furniture layout gives us an idea of the function of that space or room. Hierarchy of private spaces within the house. The structural detail of the entire apartment can be observed. The indication of openings and schedule of joineries can be seen.

•

The circulation pattern and activity performed can be understood. There is a balcony which is connected to the bedroom which is accessed through the living area. The layout of a single room can be comfortably viewed at this scale. The dotted line indicates a loft above the wardrobe. The door swing patterns and windows can be seen. Flooring layouts/patterns are seen.

•

The building material used for construction of the wall. The various activity performed in a interior and semi open space can be observed. The furniture is organised along the wall rather than being placed in the centre of the room. There is a level difference between the bedroom and balcony.

•

The various materials which combine to form a single component. The sequence of construction of each and every component, a timeline of construction. The wooden frame, rebate shutter on which glass is mounted and finished with beading. Various hardware components which are used in mechanical movement and operation of the window.

•

• • •

• •

•

The ramps at entry points to the property indicate that there is a level difference between the road and the building. The buildings are on a higher plinth than the roads. Individual residences are mostly equipped with singular entry, whereas apartments have separate entry-exit pathways. The parking patterns within each household are seen. In some cases they have stilt parking. The structural elements clearly infer that the building is a framed structure or a non load bearing structure. The living room becomes the core of the apartment as a single unit. There is only one shared wall between 2 apartments which provides adequate privacy. There are 3 balconies which provide a semi open space utilised for gardening, etc.. The bedroom is singly occupied and is used as study/bedroom from the furniture. The provision of a wide window and the balcony ensures that the room is well lit and ventilated. The position of the balcony bedroom and master bedrooms are aligned which suggests good ventilation. Both the balcony and windows are shaded externally from rain, etc.. The interior space confined within walls is used for private activities like studying and resting whereas the balcony serves as breakout space to perform other activities like drying clothes, gardening and meditation. The furniture is placed along the wall to bring a sense of separation of activities. The table is oriented under the light source whereas the bed is placed away from it.

In a way even a single component is an amalgamation of various materials and textures. The window consists of various materials and components such as wood and glass, fitted with a MS grill. The sequence we can infer from this illustration is that the window is secured to the brick wall via a holdfast and then plastered.

507

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Statement: Deriving from the context and slow city movement, my architectural intervention forms the antithesis of “speed” and confronts the deformations of global culture shaped by the “destroy and construct” philosophy of the fast consumption culture with “explore and reconstruct” approach. Rather than perceiving the slowness as simply the opposite of being fast, it will be useful to define it as a relative concept that represents the reaction to speed and stress phenomena that characterize the modern existence. Concerns: Speculating the near future, where the 24m link road would be laid through the green space, the aforementioned “destroy and construct” philosophy would be evident. The program is aimed to correspond to formulate and undertake a slow approach towards the future development.

Observing & Reading the neighbourhood

NW - Kilpauk Water Works

508

N - Kilpauk Institute of Mental Health

NE - Towards Purasaiwakkam

An isometric overlay of layers which make up the neighbourhood

509

Mapping of vegetation 2001-20

Illustration speculating the ‘destroy and construct’ philosophy once the link road is laid.

Design Program :

Analysis of vegetative growth & shrinkage

Exodus - Inundation mapping w/ noise

510

Brief: Catering to the immediate community by providing elementary educational facilities (for children from the squatter settlement), promoting local crafts and occupations (clay/ceramics, nurseries/ greenhouses-neighbourhood) along with an institute with workshop areas which focus on understanding, innovating and experimenting local materials (earth, wood) and construction techniques. The proposed school, could be developed in a way to provide elementary education but at the same provide vocational training to the students thereby helping them set themselves in a steady line of work. The education system could be formulated in a way to derive its values and principles from the Slow Education movement. The built form is aimed to aid the neighbouring communities by providing them a platform to work and practice small scale trade. The intention of this program could be to try and formulate an eco–friendly and slow process for future construction. This program is aimed to answer the greater concern

of conserving an gradually diminishing green space in the neighbourhood and the city and at the same time providing a much needed open space for the patients of the Kilpauk Mental Institute as well the rest of the commuters.

Architectural Interventions : •

Elementary Slow School – open and interactive learning 511

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism

This fenestration is a bi-fold panel which rotates along the longitudinal section. There is a combination of both rotation and sliding, which is induced via the former.

C 5

The mechanism which has been worked out aims to control the opening and closing of the fenestration through a mechanical lever which is fixed on the frame. A combination of gear systems and pulleys are used to facilitate easy control of the fenestration. The input force or effort is on the lever arm, where in the user rotates the lever arm. The rotation is transferred on to a bevel gear on order to transfer the input rotation onto a different plane. At the same time, a pair of gears connected by a chain, transfers the input rotation on a pulley which runs along the frame to the other end where a counter weight is connected. This mechanism helps in retracting the second panel to open and while closing the window.

Output: Clockwise

TS ID

4 1

INS

F Input: Anticlockwise

D A drawing depicting mechanism of bi-fold Fenestration

LEGEND:

1. Lever Arm 2. Panel 01 3. Panel 02 4. Locking Mechanism 5. MS box section frame 6. Sliding track

A. Lever Arm - Bevel Gear B. Pulley 01 C. Pulley02 D. Compound Pulley E. Counter Weight

LEGEND:

A. Axes B. Transition of Forces C. Miter/Bevel Gear system D. Input Force: Rotation in XZ plane - Clockwise to Open E. Output Force: Induced Rotation in XY plane - anticlockwise F. Induced Movement along X axis to open panel G. Counter weight pulled along Z

Movement

Detail Drawings

Model

Plan at 1-1’

IDE

D E

E B

Plan at 3-3’

12 3 4 5

6 7

910 11 3

3’

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a Bi-fold Fenestration

Grasshopper Script

Panel 01 Detail A

Detail B

Detail C

Detail D

Plan at 2-2’ 12 3

7 11 10 9 D

LEGEND:

Parametric script to model a bi-fold fenestration

Shop drawings of bi-fold fenestration

1. Red - Input parameters 2. Yellow - Frame of fenestration 3. Green - Arithmetic calculations 4. Blue - Panel 01 5. Cyan - Panel 02

512

2’

1. 100mm x 100mm MS box section 2. 5mm thk MS plate welded to frame with pulley 3. Chain and Sprocket 4. Lever Arm 5. Bevel gear -30mm and 50mm dia

6. 12mm MDF panel 7. Sliding track 8. Hinge 9. Counter Weight 10. Compound Pulley System 11. C Channel sliding track

Panel 02

1’

Elevation

513

Modifying Parts & Components

1. 100mm x 100mm MS box section 2. 12mm MDF panel 3. 25mm aluminium sliding track 01 4. Pulley 02 (compound pulley system) 5. Counter Weight 6. Pulley 7. 25mm aluminium sliding track 01 8. 30mm & 15mm Bevel gear system 9. Winder 10. Chain & Sprocket 11. Casing for bearing 12. Pulley 03 (compound pulley system) 13. Makhi clutch to ball bearing 14. Locking mechanism 15. 5mm thk MS plate welded to frame 16. Shaft 17. 8mm MS rod for pivot 18. Input lever arm

3 7 4 12 5 13 2 15 17 9 8 10 16 18 1

Assembly & Sequence of Mechanism

LEGEND:

1 6

DETAIL D

12mm MDF Panel

DETAIL C

Compound Pulley

Sliding track

A 4

MS Frame

B C

Winder Bevel gear system MS Frame Chain & Sprocket Input Lever arm

DETAIL B

DETAIL A

Parts and components of the bi-fold fenestration

Illustration depicting sequence of mechanism of bi-fold fenestration

Mechanism of Opening & Closing

Iteration - Mirrored Module, combining 2 fenestrations

DETAIL E

DETAIL F

DETAIL A

Parts and components of the bi-fold fenestration 514

DETAIL B

DETAIL C

Illustration depicting induced rotation in mirrored module

DETAIL OF SPUR GEAR CONNECTED TO BEVEL GEAR

515

Modelling Iteration-1

Elevation 01

Iteration-1

Elevation 02

Top view 01

Front View 01

Elevation 01

Key Idea- In this iteration, a module similar to iteration 2 of vertical spanning was adopted to stabilise the 500mm horizontal paper strip. The lower portion of the paper strip was stabilised using smaller paper strips which acted as compression members and a tensile cable was used on top to provide stability.

Isometric 01

Key Idea - In this iteration, a module using 2 paper strips of ‘x’ and ‘x/2’ were used. In this iteration, the same module has been repeated with the vertical paper strip of 500mm in the centre.

Iteration-2

Isometric 01

Elevation 01 Key Idea - In this iteration, a variation of ‘x’, ‘x/2’ and ‘x/3’ sized paper strips were used. The vertical paper strip of 500mm is placed asymmetrically within the structure. There is a gradual reduction in the plan of the structure as it ascends and is increases at the top. A tensile member is added to articulate the entire structure and make it more rigid. 516

Elevation 02

Key Idea-In this iteration the idea was to provide tension reinforcement along 2 cables on top and to reduce the number of paper strips from the previous iteration.

Isometric 01

Top View 01 517

Modulating system Iteration-1 Key Idea- The exercise required us to propagate the derived structural system to create an enclosure. This model is a result of one such exploration which used interlocking modules derived in the previous exercise to create an enclosure in this case, a library. The exercise also demanded the system to display density, lightness and porosity in the structure wherever required.

Stage-1

By modulating and varying the size of paper strips, this module provided the flexibility to do so.

System reaction to ‘push’

Two models were created, 1:20 to show the derived structural enclosure and a 1:10 model to detail out the derived bearing and spanning element. Plan 1:20

Stage-2 System reaction to ‘pull’

Corner Detail

1:20

Elevation

1:20

Isometric

1:20

Stage-3 System reaction to application of dead load

Elevation Detail

518

1:10

Corner Detail

1:10

Elevation Detail

1:10

519

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

This exercise was aimed to emphasize and mediate between light and space. The intent was to bring a sense of openness and spatial quality by using appropriate materials and textures. In the first iteration, the enclosure was created by adding walls and transition of spaces occurred through courtyards and verandahs. The second iteration is an attempt to model the entire program attempting to create and modulate open - closed spaces. The linear built form is punctuated with openings or courtyards to articulate the volume and also to bring in light. The spaces are enclosed on 2 sides whereas open on the northern side. Depending on the function, spaces are open, semi open or completely closed.

00 01 02 03

Exploded isometric of spanning -bearing

04 00 03 01 02 03

Iteration-1

Iteration-2 Isometric of spanning -bearing system

site + context

00 Pro

pos

access + circulation

02 03

Acc 24m

site setbacks + orientation

ess

Roa

- Fu

tur eR

oad

ILT

SITE

Existing Football Ground Existing 18m

Road

Community

massing - built form

Access - Ex

isting Road

articulation of space and volume

final derived form

Elevation of spanning -bearing system

n ee gr nse pa ex ity

un m

m Co

LEGEND 00 - Derived spanning member 01 - Profiled MS Plate 02 - Tensile cable 03 - Derived bearing member 04 - Peripheral beams (c sections) RCC Slab Metal deck sheet Secondary beams Spanning member

Site context + Massing diagram

Peripheral beams Bearing member

520

521

1:10 Physical Model

Top View

Isometric View

Elevation

Details

522

523

System assembly Assembly of a bearing member

Assembly of a spanning member

01 02

01 00

DETAIL A 01 03

04 DETAIL B

00 250 x 55mm CLT member (x2) 01 10mm thk prefabricated MS plate to detail 02 5mm thk prefabricated MS plate bolted to 00 00 12mm thk MS plate bent into angle 01 30 x 200mm CLT member (x2)

03 5mm thk prefabricated MS plate bolted to 00 04 10mm thk prefabricated MS plate to detail

02 Stiffener welded to MS plate to avoid buckling

524

03 8mm dia hexagonal nuts bolted through

05 10mm dia tensile cable

04 Stiffeners welded to MS angle at regular intervals

06 5mm thk prefabricated MS plate bolted to 04

525

System assembly

System Detail 01 - Spanning Member

System Corner Conditions / Junctions ‘L’ JUNCTION DETAIL: BEARING MEMBER & PERIPHERAL BEAMS

00 250 x 55mm CLT member

DETAIL A

01 10mm thk prefabricated MS plate

02 5mm thk MS plate bolted to 01

05 04

03 5mm thk MS plate bolted to 01

04 Turn-buckle bolted to 01 05 8mm dia hexagonal bolts

02 01

06 8mm dia hexagonal bolt - bolted to 01 8mm dia hexagonal bolt - bolted to 01 8mm dia hexagonal bolt - bolted to 00

00 Derived bearing member

4mm dia hexagonal bolt - bolts 04-01

01 110 x 350mm channel section

03 High strength bolts bolted through 00-02

04 03 02

05 5mm MS stiffener plate bolted to 00-01

06 MS stiffener plate spaced at 1m

‘T’ JUNCTION DETAIL: BEARING MEMBER/ PERIPHERAL BEAMS & SPANNING MEMBER

DETAIL B

07 06

08 5mm prefabricated MS plate bolted to 09

09 10mm prefabricated MS plate (x2)

10 8mm dia bolt with sleeve 10 Sleeve to hold 10mm tensile cable

02 8mm thk MS plate

04 5mm MS plate, welded/bolted to 02/01

07 5mm prefabricated MS plate bolted to 00

02 01 00 03 Derived bearing member 00 10

07 06 05 04

11 00 05

526

110x350mm channel section 01 8mm thk MS plate 02 High strength bolts bolted through 02-00 03 5mm MS plate, welded/bolted to 00 04

5mm MS stiffener plate bolted to 00, 01 05

MS stiffener plate spaced at 1m 06

Derived Spanning member 07

527

System assembly (spanning system) System Corner Conditions / Junctions ‘+’ JUNCTION DETAIL: BEARING MEMBER , PERIPHERAL BEAMS &

07 06 05 04 03 02 DETAIL A

01 00

Conviviality in Architecture: A slow approach to creating convivial spaces Design Strategy:

07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

00 Derived bearing member

06 5mm MS plate welded/bolted to 03/02

01 Derived spanning member

07 MS stiffener plates spaced at regular intervals

02 110 x 350mm channel section 03 8mm thk MS plate 04 High strength bolts bolted through 00-03 05 5mm MS stiffener plate bolted to 00-02

528

At this point in the studio, the observation from post problematising the context and from designing a structural system, an architectural program encapsulating the two was required. The program was perceived as an elementary school with a few classrooms, workshops and a library which aimed to provide basic education facilities to the immediate community. As the project was perceived with a notion of ‘slowness’ from the slow city movement, the design of the built form was aimed to bring an element of the ‘slowness’ within. One of the primary challenges was in choosing the appropriate site within this large expanse. Based on the previous mapping of vegetation and inundations, a site which had the least negative impact was chosen. The site also had to respond to the existing road network along with the proposed link road. The access to the site is provided on either sides as a response to existing and speculated observations. The entire built form is punctuated with courtyards, double height spaces to increase the interaction among students and to promote an out of classroom learning.

The design also uses the corridor or verandah as not just a circulatory element, but is incorporated in a manner to encourage students to engage in spontaneous activities which could provide a more fun way of learning. This was achieved by providing a large central performance on the ground floor overlooked by the verandahs. The verandahs provided are wide and are arranged in a cascading manner so as to create a strong visual connect with the central performance space as well. In the other block, a double height space is utilised as a garden patch, where students learn nature and ecosystems in a more practical manner. These are few spaces where the activities are ‘slowed’ down to create a more spontaneous and engaging participation amongst peers.

529

Context Plan

04 02

court below

08 Performance space below

court below

01 o.t.s

double height 08 LEGEND 00 - Classroom 01 - Verandah 02 - Ladies staff room 03 - Gents staff room 04 - Toilet 05 - Garden Patch 06 - Gents toilet 07 - Ladies toilet 08 - Staircase

double height 05

00 0.5

FIRST FLOOR PLAN

2.5

m 5

1 01

04 06

04 02 03 00

court below

06 Performance space below

530

LEGEND 00 - Classroom 01 - Verandah 02 - Workshop: Design 03 - Workshop: Modelling 04 - Gents toilet 05 - Ladies toilet 06 - Staircase

04 02 08

court below

01 o.t.s

LEGENDS 00 - Green Expanse 01 - Proposed 24m link road 02 - Entry 03 - Drop off 04 - Parking 05 - Exit 06 - Loading and unloading area 07 - Existing aspirant football ground 08 - Existing 18m wide road

court below

2.5

THIRD FLOOR PLAN

0.5 1

2.5

m 5

531

Sectional Perspective

1 0.5

532

1.5

533

Part Sectional Perspective PART SECTIONAL PERSPECTIVE 01

TYPICAL WALL SECTION DETAIL A

150 mm thk RCC slab Reinforcement Secondary beams Spanning member

Angle section frame to support Decking sheet Bi-fold fenestration Bearing member Bi-fold fenestration operation Angle section frame to support decking sheet Floor finish Screed

0.1

0.3

1.2 0.6 m

0.4

0.2 B

0.1 0.2

m 1

0.4

m 1

110 mm thk brick parapet 150 m thk RCC slab 350 x 110mm channel section Stiffeners placed at 1m Angle section frame to support decking sheet Aluminium box section for fenestration Secondary beams

Decking sheet A

Granite coping over sill

B’

Bi-fold fenestration operation Sill for fenestration Floor finish Screed Angle section frame to support decking sheet 350 x 110mm channel section

1 PART SECTIONAL PERSPECTIVE 02

534

m TYPICAL WALL SECTION DETAIL w/ FENESTRATION BB’

535

Visualisation of the proposed ‘slow school’ depicting the central performance space from the football ground.

536

537

Visualisation of the proposed ‘slow school’ depicting the central performance space, the cascading verandahs. the double height garden patch and the community in the backdrop.

538

539

Interior visualisation of the proposed ‘slow school’ depicting the double height garden patch.

540

541

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The foundation program at CEPT was a very intense and rigorous studio which pushed each and every one of us to our limits. Combined with guidance and timely help from Prof. Sankalpa it made me realise my capability and come out of my comfort zone. Being a micro-macro studio, the studio challenges the conventional method where the focus is on designing the building first and then detailing individual components. The 16-week program started with a “simple” task of reading and observing our neighbourhood, to designing mechanical fenestrations, to understanding and articulating forces which act in a building and deriving a structural system which ultimately conjured an architectural program. “turned in late”, google meet, circa 2020. Amidst the Covid 19 pandemic, the online studio, where every face was a cluster of pixels, was conducted in a very structured manner. I would like to thank our studio head prof. Sankalpa, and our teaching assistants, Aviral and Neel for helping us power through this studio. I would also like to thank all our reviewers, jurors and technicians who guided and helped us achieve a better output. It truly has been a very demanding and rewarding experience.

- Arvind Krishnan PAD20071

542

543

545

Case of Schooling in an Urban Environment Surat, Gujarat

Yash Rajput

Surat, Gujarat 21.1702° N, 72.8311° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • • •

Terraces of the buildings. The geometry/shape of the

•

parapet . Service elements on the roof of the buildings. Building facing the road.

•

• •

Road network giving information about the pattern of area. Primary and secondary artery. Junctions/Nodes between the arteries.

•

1:2500

1:5000

•

Built / Unbuilt ratio.

•

A pattern is visible in the positioning of the built blocks.

•

• • •

Main artery road branched to other secondary arteries.

Built mass / Building blocks. Masses of vegetation. Land use. - Unused land. - Spill over spaces of the building blocks.

•

• •

•

1:1000

•

546

• • •

Built mass / Building blocks. Trees. Plot boundary.

•

Footpath along the primary artery.

•

Unused land mass.

•

Spaces inside the plot and between the building blocks.

Settlement of the people around the arteries seems to be dense. The geometric shape of the dense settlement gives an idea of the area being a city centre rather than outskirts part of the city. Areas divided by a primary artery which then transforms into small arteries. Some junctions where arteries meet have big blank spaces which could be identified as traffic island. The ratio between the built and unbuilt mass gives idea about the possible green spaces in the unbuilt part. The shape and size of the artery tells what are the primary one and what are the secondary ones. The blank white chunk of space adjacent to the built and the roads are the open ground or the would be vegetative green spaces.

The shape,geometry and size of the building blocks gives an idea about the type of building. Whether residential, commercial or public building. The mass of vegetation planted around the building blocks could be for the provision of shaded spaces adjacent to buildings. The Small blocks oriented linearly adjacent to each other could be residential housing society.

•

The space between the main road and the plot boundary can be

•

The buildings coming on the

•

commercial complexes from the size and shape of its geometry. The placement of the trees in front of the building blocks would be for provision of shaded spaces before the entrance into the building.

1:200

•

• • • • •

The internal spaces arranged in the house. Two house unit connected through a common wall. Plot boundary walls. Backyard of the house unit. Trees at the backyard spaces.

The staircase informs that this might be one of the upper level

•

Different types of trees have been grown in the vicinity of the house. The dotted lines shown in the layout would be the structural beams holding the house. Two rooms and one small room in front of the staircase have been shown.

•

• • • • •

Furniture layout inside the rooms. Openings (Doors & Windows) & its operated direction. Over hanged overhang (Building elements). Sanitary wares.

services. The building facing the artery for easy commute would be individual row housing units or a society formed with similar shape and size of units. The spill over spaces adjacent to the row house units clearly

•

1:100

Inferences

• •

•

The arrangement of furniture layout informs about the circulation pattern and usage of space. The furniture gives an differentiation between the spaces and tells us what would be the use of that space. The small room on the top left toilet/bathroom of the house from its sanitary wares placed inside.

1:50

Observations

• • • •

Columns of the building. More details of furniture. Floor tile grid.

• • • •

1:10

1:10000

•

The service elements placed on

• • • • •

Joinery details of the side table. Wall section. Materials used inside the wall. Flooring stuck on slab. section is cut.

•

• •

•

about the size of the tile (around 450mm) . pattern layered onto the bed. The detail in wardrobe shows the opening panels opens up by sliding mechanism. The columns between the wall shows that it is of a different material (RCC) than the wall. The wall section here shows use of brick layering in an english bond type, which are joined together with mortar of around 10mm. The outer part of the wall shows the use of plaster of around 12mm. stone on the top of brick bat or waste construction materials on the top of slab of R.C.C. Skirting detail is clearly visible at 547

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : In the case of Adajan region of Surat, the area is densely packed with residential blocks. And due to the high urbanization of the region in recent years, the Institutes catering the same population density of the region have been exposed to high level of noise pollution. This educational institutes are forced to be located adjacent to busy places in urban areas such as main streets,

public areas, nodal points/junctions. Education institutes here are built of varied scales, of which all lie in the same chaotic urban surroundings of the region. The physical factors of an institutional building like, Placement in site, Orientation, Openings, Outer skin/ Building envelope and organization of spaces falls directly in favour of noise penetration. And despite of knowing the issue of noise, most institutes tend

to adapt this kind of teaching-learning process to benefit their own profit.

Context Map ( Map Of Surat ) Hindrance due to Concentrated Noise from Nodes

Residential Blocks

548

Commercial + Residential Blocks

Educational Blocks

The noise from road vehicles and people is continuously produced from these busy roads & nodes throughout the day and becomes the case of hindrance in learning-teaching environment of the institute by penetrating through its built envelope and giving rise to questions regarding its physical built factors, which support the outdoor noise. This noise sometimes becomes so high during the peak hours that the learning process becomes harmful and cautious for the younger generation.

Types Of Noise

549

Main Nodal Junction

Institutions

Main Road

Contextual Built

Hindrance due to User Intersection

Architectural Design Program : Urban schooling campus is set to grow rapidly in the future but the condensed urban conditions near all existing schools/institutes in Adajan (region of Surat) are least conducive for its operation and expansion in future. The hindered public transport mobility, Active Edge encroachment, Urban Noise, Safety issues (through vicinity breach) cannot be stabilized in a disordered urban operations falling

adjacent to the existing institutes and makes the idea of urban schooling/ campus more concrete by questioning the physical built of the existing school buildings under the architectural realm.

integrated tectonics and breaking the stereotypical program segregation of confined teaching-learning experience into an open interactive participation between different age groups.

The proposed integrated educational complex seeks to be an urban oasis by bringing in intersecting recreational & learning spaces between urban-institutional users relying on

Architectural Interventions : • • • •

Early Learning and Primary education. Urban community learning. Exhibition/Workshop Area (Urban users + School users). Library (Urban users +School users).

Hindrance due to Edge Encroachment

550

551

Movement Introduction

Mechanism

A Horizontal bi-fold panel coming in together to make an opening which is operable through a mechanism, concealed inside its frame. The mechanism operates from the lever arm, making the whole system act as one.

Working of Part - D Working of Part - C

The Mechanism is resolved using a different kind of gear systems which forces the panel to perform its motion. The motion in which the panels move is rotatory as well as linear transition motion. Both the motions work simultaneously (Linear transition from one point to another point & rotation of panels) when the lever arm is rotated.

Working of Part - B

D C

B r ot ate th i

Process Model A

LEGEND : 1. Applied Force 2. Resulting Force -

Movement

Working of Part - A A drawing depicting mechanism of “HORIZONTAL BI - FOLD System”

Parts, Components & Opening Sizes : Part - C

Part - B

Part - D

02 16

LEGEND :

05 19

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a “HORIZONTAL BI - FOLD System”

Grasshopper Script

10 03

Elevation

Part - D 23 ire directioner rotate when wire a e thro h it 24 ire directioner holder 25 all o dia connected to la t end o the wire

07 06

Plan

552

Part - A

Parametric scripting to model “HORIZONTAL BI - FOLD System”

Fixing parts : crew and olt o aried i e eldin art a entioned

General parts 01. thk late ra e 02 thk oard 03 in e a er a aila le in arket 04 teel racket to ort oard 05 dia i ot rod 06 Ball earin o o ter dia and it ca in Part -A 07. e er handle . 08 wor and helical ear 09 hain and rocket 10. dia ha t rod 11. dia i e ed a acer etween co onent 12. Bracket to i i ot in it o ition 13 dia wire 14 clear wire windin lle Part - B 15 Be el ear Part - C 16 n ol te ear 17. channel to kee intact the i ot in ide 18 late hin e o thk 19 roo e in ra e late or anel o e ent 20 heel 21. a in to hold wheel 22 rod welded on ra e late to re t the wheel on it

Shop drawings of “HORIZONTAL BI - FOLD System”

553

Major Spare parts & Components :

Shop Layouts acer i e o

Part rotating the Panels

dia

Set of bevel gears

25mm x 15mm Chanel To roll pivot with bearings

Worm Gear

Wire & Pulley

Chain & Sprocket

10mm Cutout in frame for pivot transition

Lever Arm

S.S C - bracket clamp Ball Bearing

Chain & sprocket

M.S Casing

Ball Bearing

Casing for bearing 8mm Outer dia ball bearing Spacer

Ball bearing

Ball bearing casing

MS support in the frame

Shaft

Wire Directioner

12mm MDF Board

S.S Wire 1mm dia

Spacer pipe of 10mm dia M.S Casing

Bearing & its casing, Shaft, Spacer

Bearing & Wire drirectioner

Pivot Bracket Detail

These are some of the major spare parts that come in together for whole mechanical system to work. The Spare parts forming components, which are connected together mechanically to perform simultaneous transitions for the system to work.

M.S Casing Ball Bearing MDF Board Bevel gears

S.S C-Bracket

Shaft & spacer

LEGEND :

S.S C-Bracket MDF Board Ball Bearing

Bevel Gear Detail

M.S Casing

S.S C - bracket clamp

Axo View

Lever -

Spare Parts -

Supporting Spare Parts -

Detail - 3

4mm Thk M.S frame plate

The mechanisms have been integrated into different parts of the frame. The “lever mechanism” is the initiation of the whole system to start its movement operation. It consists of worm & helical gear which rotates the chain and sprocket which is all the way connected to the bevel gears (Part rotating the panels). These bevel gears are responsible for the rotatory movement of panels.

25mm x 15mm Chanel in frame for pivot transition Set of bevel gears Chain & sprocket

Also, the lever mechanism consists of a winding wire which is connected to the end panel. The wire here not only gets released from winder while opening but also helps to pull the end while closing to reduce the load on the bevel gear alone.

Lever Arm

Detail - 4

Spacer pipe of 10mm dia

Lever mechanism part

Worm and helical gear

Chain & sprocket Ball bearing & its casing

S.Steel C-Bracket to case MDF

1mm dia Wire

The parts have been divided into 2 categories which are the spare parts and the supporting spare parts. Supporting spare parts are basically the parts which are required to hold them together to each other. The supporting spare parts mostly consist of the ball bearing casing which is used to case in ball bearings that are connected to major components and shafts with a spacer which keeps the components connected to the same shaft intact in their position.

Wire winder

M.S bracket

Ball Bearing S.S C - bracket clamp

Wheels

Wire directioner M.S rod welded on frame plate

4mm x 4mm M.S rod welded on frame plate, to rest the wheels on it.

Detail - 1

Wheel Detail

Ball bearing casing

Axo View

12mm MDF Board 3

ire directioner

4mm Thk M.S frame etal i ot

here attached to

wire o

dia to i the wire with the 10mm Cutout in frame for pivot transition

Bracket to hold the wire directioner

Elevation Lever Arm

Wire Directioner Holder Detail

554

Plan

Detail - 2

555

Shop Layouts

Sequence & Assembly of the Product

Part that allows the mirroring rotation of panels

20mm x 15mm Chanel in frame for pivot transition

Ball bearings fitted to pivot rods

Set of Involute gears

D 10mm Cutout in frame for pivot transition

12mm MDF Board Plate hinges of 2mm thk.

Upper part

S.S C - bracket clamp

D e ta i l - 5

12mm MDF Board

S.S C - bracket clamp Plate hinges of 2mm thk

Ball Bearing Ball bearing casing

Wheels Bracket to hold wheels 4mm x 4mm M.S rod welded on frame plate, to rest the wheels on it.

Lower part

D e ta i l - 6

Part allowing the transition of pivots into channel

4 major stages of the Assembly :

20mm x 15mm Chanel in frame for pivot transition

S1. Assembly of the frame. S2. Assembly of channel inside the frame. S3. Setting up gears & components inside the frame. S4. Fixing up panel with the frame and the components.

Ball bearings fitted to pivot rods

01. MS 4mm thk plate. 02. MS 2mm thk custom made channel. 03. MS 4mm thk Plate with groove. 04. MDF panels of 12mm thk.

Wire directioner S.S ball fixed to wire

10mm Cutout in frame for pivot transition Wire directioner Wire directioner holder

D e ta i l - 7

12mm MDF Board

Axo View

•

Elevation

• Wire directioner holder

556

Casing to hold wheels

Wel d t he c ha nnel s i nsi d e t he f ra me a s per d et a i l s keepi ng a pa r t o pen to i nser t t he pa nel s in th e later s tage.

F i x a l l t he c o mpo nent s & spa re pa r t s i nsi de t he c ha nnel a nd t he f ra me.

Step-04. S4. Fixing up the panel system inside the frame and attaching it to the mechanism.

Ball bearing casing Wheels

Plan

Ta ke M.S pl a t e o f 4mm t hi c k a nd wel d t he f ra me a s per gi ven d i mensi o ns by keepi ng o ne face of th e frame open to ins tall c o mpo nent s l a t er.

Step-03. S3. Setting up gears and components inside the frame.

Wire directioner

Section

Step-01. S1. Assembly of the frame.

Step-02. S2. Assembly of the Channels.

5 1mm dia wire

Mechanism Part : A. worm gear mechanism. B. Bevel gear mechanism. C. Involute gear mechanism. D. Looping mechanism.

•

4mm x 4mm M.S rod welded on frame plate, to rest the wheels on it. 7

Axonometric View of the sequence

Detail - 8

•

Inser t t he pa nel s i nsi de t he f ra me a nd a t t a c h i t to t he mec ha ni c a l c o mpo nent s a nd spa re par ts

557

Modelling Iteration-1

Iteration-3

Key Idea - The 15cm strip in this iteration was tongued and grooved into each other at the corners to keep the whole system intact. And the middle strip of 500mm was kept stable through connection of threads with the 15cm strips.

Key Idea - This iteration was a horizontal spanning system, in which all the strips were connected parallel to each other through mechanical joint using two pins. The middle 500mm paper strip here rests through threads connected with the 15cm strips at certain intervals.

So the idea was to create an envelope of 15cm strip around the 500mm strip (which is in middle) to make it stay self stable through threads connected at the enveloping strips.

The model started sagging as a particular length was reached horizontally.

Iteration-4

Model under dead load force

Iteration-2 Key Idea - The iteration consisted of 3 500mm paper strips self supporting each other through threads. Also the end strips are connected to the base through threads to avoid transitional forces.

Key Idea - This iteration was carried out from the previous horizontal cantilever iteration. The horizontal cantilever system was used to achieve vertical cantilever here. The strips of 15cm were attached perpendicular to each other through a mechanical 2 pin joint which does not allow rotational forces to act in the system to keep it intact.

The Model was rejected later as it failed in taking any kind of dead load onto it.

Axonometric view of the model

558

559

Iteration-5

Bearing System

Key Idea - This was the last iteration which was developed from a combination of previous spanning iteration and bearing iteration (No - 03 & No - 04).

Key Idea - This was the finalised iteration in which both the horizontal as well as vertical spanning were integrated together to achieve a system that could be developed further for an architectural intervention through tectonics.

This system consisted of a T - Strip module which was repeated in the whole system to achieve the height while staying intact on the application of any load onto it.

The system contained 2 bearing system working together perpendicular to each other and the spanning system connected to one of the bearing system on both ends.

Modulating System

Spanning System

Both type of bearing system supporting perpendicular direction to each other

The spanning system consisted of strips connected parallel to each other through a pin joint. The span consists of intermediate modules inserted into the strips which rest on the tension thread that passes from one end of the bearing to another. There are 3 modules integrated at equal distances to support the overall span.

Key Idea - This was the finalised system model in which both the horizontal as well as vertical spanning were integrated together to achieve a system that could be developed further for an architectural intervention through tectonics. Spanning module

The system contained 2 bearing system working together perpendicular to each other and the spanning system connected to one of the bearing system on both ends.

Axonometric of the Finalised Structural system

560

View of Spanning system

561

System Assembly

Assembly of bearing member

Column Beam Connection

Connection of Bamboo with Column LEGEND : 6.

Steel connector that is bolted with the beam and connected with another steel connector (No-07).

Steel connector bolted with connector (No-06) and providing provision to connect through bolt with bamboo (No-08).

2 - 75mm Dia Hollow bamboo.

2 - 75mm Hollow Bamboo. Passed through the n between space of the column.

Detail - A

10. Bolted directly with the column

Materials selected for the Structural system :

Wood (as the primary Bearing & Spanning member)

Steel ( Mechanical Connectors )

Bamboo (Support to Bearing & Spanning member)

LEGEND : 1.

Steel 500mm x 200mm x 200mm (depth) bolted to the wooden column.

200mm x 200mm Wooden column - of 2 No.

200mm x 200mm beam notched and placed in space between two columns.

55mm x 300mm (depth) beam notched and placed onto the perpendicular beam.

500mm x 200mm steel plate bolted for column and beam connection.

562

Detail - A

563

System Assembly

Assembly of bearing member

Assembly of spanning member

Connection with second type of Column

Spanning & its Module

LEGEND :

13. Steel Section Connector acting as spacer between the two wooden beam members (55mm x 300mm).

LEGEND :

11. 200mm x 200mm Wooden

14.

base plate. But perpendicular to column - 02 12. Steel Connector to hold the two wooden post together and also articulate the joinery with bamboo (09) coming perpendicular to it.

Detail - B

Steel section connector designed to connect bamboo at its edge, which will be bolted to this steel section.

15. 55mm Dia Solid bamboo, bolted to the steel section (No - 14). 16. Steel plate connecting the Steel Wire between each spanning module. 17. Steel wire of 1.5mm dia connected on both edge of bearing members.

Spanning Module

Detail view of Steel connector (No. 12)

Detail - B

564

565

System Joinery

System assembly (Spanning system)

Connections details of the system

Connection details of the system 02 11 12

Detail - B Detail - A

Detail - C 14 15

14 11 12

LEGEND :

Detail - C

10 08

55mm x 300mm (depth) beam notched and placed onto the perpendicular beam.

200mm x 200mm beam notched and placed in space between two columns.

2 - 75mm Dia Hollow bamboo. ( Adding strength and stability to the system).

500mm x 200mm steel plate bolted for column and beam connection.

55mm x 300mm (depth) beam notched and placed onto the perpendicular beam (Spanning on Bamboo support to create wall).

Bundle of 4 Bamboo - 75mm Dia Hollow (Used as wall Construction technique).

Steel connector bolted with connector and providing provision to connect through bolt with bamboo (No-10).

Steel Connector to hold the two wooden post together and also articulate the joinery with bamboo (09) coming perpendicular to it.

10. 2 - 75mm Dia Hollow bamboo. ( Adding strength and stability to the system). 11. Steel Section Connector acting as spacer between the two wooden beam members (No-02). 12. Steel section connector designed to connect bamboo at its edge, which will be bolted to this steel section connector. 13. 55mm Dia Solid bamboo, bolted to the steel section (No-12). 14. Steel plate connecting the Steel Wire between each spanning module. 15. Steel wire of 1.5mm dia connected on both edge of bearing members.

Detail - A

566

Detail - B

567

Structural Model

Integration of system at 1:10

The bearing consisted of pairs of two members which are oriented perpendicular to each other forming a space. The bearings are then supported connected & linked to each other using alternative construction material other than primary bearing support posses.

The spanning beam consisting of spanning modules which are divided equally at intermediate distances for the support of the tension cables that run between the two end of the bearing members. The Module is integrated using steel C-channel which is connected to Bamboo (wooden member in model) which directly rests on the tension cable.

The structure possess lightness when perceived from the space which is enveloped with it, but possess properties to span around 10M in one direction.

Plan view

Spanning Module Detail

Interface between the Spanning system & tension module

Bearing & Spanning Joinery Connection

Bearing members oriented perpendicularly supporting each other

568

569

Conceptual Massing

The site situated in the center of an busy urban area of the city.

Space material & interaction

The existing school building sustaining issues of noise and edge encroachment from the urban surrounding.

Key Idea - There was an attempt to carry out explorations through models which were rather abstract in state and contained openings which were translucent or transparent in nature. Explorations onto the site were also carried out in the same manner to understand the organisation of the program.

Accommodating Structure Acting on the issues through minimizing ground footprint and Splitting up the built mass into 2 symmetrical blocks and introducing slit in-between which supports functional making the block high in volume to sustain programs. circulation and light / ventilation into the block.

LEGEND : Spanning system Bearing system Integration of Bamboo Operable fenestration Concrete Structure

The structural system that was developed in the previous stage was integrated into the building to weave in the aspects of architectural program and tectonics as one architectural intervention. The Building project consisted of R.C.C structure till G+2 at its bottom to provide structural stability to the developed system. The structural system then allows it’s spanning to stretch till 80M high from the R.C.C Pedestal.

Subtracting the mass to achieve volumetric interactive Supporting the mass through the developed structural system, which also acts as building envelope. spaces, which are diverse and varies in nature of a school.

570

571

Context Plan

Ground Floor Layout

Contextual layout with Site

First Floor Layout

Planned Master layout

Planning :

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Drop-Off Point Arrival Bridge School Building Early Learning Building Community Library Open Playground (for all users) Community Pavilion

The vertical organization was done in a way that the ground and first floor consisted of administration areas that an institute possess. Also the first floor consisted of bridge that directly connects the drop off point to the building, allowing the institutional users connect directly with the main road.

08 04

Design strategy : The master layout was designed in a way to solve the existing issues of noise, urban encroachment and safety issues for institutes near a busy urban place. The strategy was to intersect both the users together to ease the issues that were earlier and encourage open learning for the learners. The main building also gets connected to the main transit via bridge which is constructed with the same structural system which is applied onto the building. 572

Second Floor Layout

LEGEND: 01

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

02 03

7. 8.

Indoor Court Arrival Bridge Drop-off Area Vertical Circulation block Classrooms Interactive/ Skill sharing spaces Staff Room Toilets

The upper floors consisting of classrooms and interactive open areas have been made typical from second to the top floor of the building. The typicality breaks with introduction of program such as library, canteen and laboratories in between. The typical floors have been linked in pairs with functions like toilet and staff areas. So 2 floors operate with one staff area and one toilet between both of them.

Third Floor Layout

573

Sectional view

Spatial Division :

The spaces such as interactive learning/skillsharing, Canteen, Library, Arrival Bridge etc. are clearly visible in the sections here. The interactive open spaces have the double-height volume to contain and perform the functions needed for a school. B been introduced with the function of canteen library space for the institute to incorporate the best light for reading and working for the users.

Section - A 574

0 1M

Section - B

0 1M

575

Typical Wall Section & Elevation

Corner Junction

Concrete Floor

Decking Sheet

Steel Cables Horizontal Bamboo integration

Spanning Member

Edge beam

Bearing Members

Vertical Bamboo Integration

Horizontal Bi-fold System Spanning Module

LEGEND:

576

Note : The nomenclature of the drawing is on the next page.

577

Corner Junction

Facade system

Working at Part - C

Working at Part - B

Working at Part - A

LEGEND : 1.

200mm x 200mm Wooden column - of 2 Nos.

30mm x 30mm Wooden joists to support the 1-2mm Wire mesh for plaster.

1-2 mm thick wire mesh.

Bundle of 4 Bamboo - 75mm Dia Hollow (Used as wall Construction technique).

20 - 25mm Thick mala plaster onto the wire mesh.

Wooden Bi-fold operable Louvre system.

Rotating lever handle to operate the Louvre bi-fold system.

2 - 75mm Dia Hollow bamboo. ( Adding strength and stability to the system).

Axonometric view of the system:

Rotate this

9. 10. Decking sheet. 11. 30 x 30mm wooden joist to hold the decking sheet. 12. 13. 2 - 75mm Dia Hollow bamboo. ( Adding strength and stability to the system). 14. 55mm x 300mm (depth) beam notched and placed onto the perpendicular beam.

Axonometric of the Bi-fold system

Prototype of the system Leg end : Appl i ed f o rc es Resul t i ng f o rc es

578

579

Sectional Perspective

580

581

Interior view

582

583

Exterior view

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The MAAD Foundation Studio was a perfect example of a learning process in which there was no easy way out to achieve the final product. A well reciprocal approach towards a process, in which detailing was prioritized to structure the form and understanding towards its own stability. The studio was divided into parts containing rigour, structure and different methods of design approaches which were questioned by the tutor at all levels to push us as much as possible, which eventually paved the way to retool one’s learning idea. The studio overall contained properties of knowledge and intellectual meaning which can only be gained through this applied process. The studio was more like “THE HARD PUSH” which Prof. Sankalpa and the Tutors kept on applying onto us for better work, which was stressful as well as fruitful in that manoeuvring time being.

-Yash Dipeshkumar Rajput PAD20406

584

585

587

Gandhipuram Community Centre Recreation by the water

Arun Cherian

Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala 8.48° N, 76.95° E

•

The road level only extends to the secondary level in this settlement The primary road runs along the ridge of the settlement The entirety of the settlement follows the topography A large portion of unbuilt is visible in the vicinity

•

Built mass lies along the contour The settlement consists of individual plotted households Different sizes of built mass The secondary roads extend down the slope and are catering to the built mass Not in the main city

•

Plot boundaries are visible Plot boundaries are not rectilinear Road extends till the last building Cul-de-sac pattern is visible The built mass is oriented along the topography

•

• •

• • • •

1:2500

•

• • • • •

•

• •

• • • • •

•

The settlement density can be calculated to about 36pa/hectare The different grain sizes denote different typologies, the smaller ones residential and the larger ones institutional and religious structures

A clear sense of ownership is visible. The topography is predominant in deciding ownership. City regulations can be speculated

1:100

•

The unbuilt in this case is agricultural land This is a relatively new settlement

1:500 Inferences

1:200

Observations

• •

•

1:50

1:5000

1:10000

Reading Scales

•

• •

Thick tree canopy Plot boundaries are not orthogonal

• •

A cul-de-sac pattern can be inferred Substantial amount of tree cover is visible

1:10

1:1000

•

• • • •

588

Typology of the house is visible • Paved and unpaved areas in the site are visible • There is an offset to the street The ingress to every plot is visible

A lack of setback space from the road Enough space is available in every plot to have a couple of trees

There is an equal amount of terrace space and built space on this floor A planter box is visible The toilet block divides the terraces into two parts The walls do not line up There are two main rooms with a staircase that leads down The roof line of the house extends beyond the built on the floor

•

This seems to be a load bearing structure because the walls on a floor do not line up.

The window frames are aligned to the outside Circulation patterns are visible Level differences between the inside and terrace space is visible. Level drops within the toilet is also visible

• •

A lack of proper movement space inside the room Room is very well daylit

Furniture is arranged along the openings One window frame has three shutters and the other has two shutters The size of the load bearing wall and tile size are similar The external chair is different scale compared to the internal chair

• •

It is a 300x300 tile size in the room Room is very well daylit

Fine plaster and rough plaster is visible Materials can be differentiatedtimber for window frames, metal bars for grills The glass sits inside the wood frames with beading on each side of the panel window The grill is widely spaced

•

Various components of the window give us an idea of assembly of the window Mild Steel bars on the inside might be for security

•

589

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Gandhipuram, Thiruvananthapuram Problem Statement : While a river basin or a canal might be usually left free as a water catchment area, it is a system of smaller drainage patterns that are equally important to drain excess runoff during the rainy season. Rain is a constant companion in this landscape and disappears through a system of smaller canals and drains that traverse these low lying areas. Surface water drainage from the ridge provides the major supply

of water to the agricultural lands, and leads on to the nearest river that empties into the sea. Catering to the demand in housing around the developments in the vicinity a number of plotted housing has sprung up. There are immediate reasons for it such as supplemental produce and space, but also finds echo of a historical text for domestic spaces, the manushyala chandrika, which

includes varieties of trees and other vegetation as a minimum for dwelling and methods of sitting and orientation that allowed the best possible use of the prevailing winds. There is an enormous value attached to private parcels of land but no parallel development in the public realm. Streets are narrow and can hardly accommodate a car and a pedestrian. As a result, there is little sense of place and character in this settlement

Figure Ground

Land-use Map LEGEND: 1. SPORTS 2. APARTMENTS 3. RELIGIOUS 4. SMALL COMMERCIAL 5. RESIDENTIAL 6. INSTITUTIONAL 7. PRIMARY SCHOOL 8. HEALTH CENTRE

590

Topography- Transverse Sections through site

591

Design Program : The program explores sensitizing the people of Gandhipuram to the catchment areas on either side of the ridge by providing a space of reflection and recreation by the water. It is inevitable, that at the current rate of expansion, the settlement will completely engulf the water catchment areas that are for the most part, free of building. Roads on either side have edged their way up to the boundaries

Drainage Patterns and Vegetation Density

Highway

Plantain, Tapioca, Coconut, Yam, Water Lily

of the catchment and many plots have already been carved out. In this newly growing settlement, there is no place for the residents to meet or recreate together. There are many traditional structures that allowed the community to engage with itself historically. Kolams or stepped baths allowed for community bathing and are still a feature of the landscape. A vayanashala or reading room

FUNCTIONS

AREAS(sqm)

Reading Room / Vayanashala

Community Hall/ Kalamandalam

250

Community Kitchen+Stores

Kalari Hall

Natural Water Pool- adjoining spaces

150

Youth Club

Ayurvedic Centre

Local Residents Association office and Akshaya Kendra

140

Robotics/ Coding Lab for children/ Workshop Spaces

250

forms the place for heated political debates. A Kalari Hall functioned as a gymnasium for the population. There is also a lack of a large span hall to allow for gatherings in the community. Addressing these would allow us to invigorate the settlement. The built structure must preserve the memory of the adjoining fields and historical precedent and make them a part of the program.

Atti(Country Fig), Tamarind, Pipal, Jackfruit, Coconut, Arecanut, Mango Gooseberry, Jasmine, betelvine, hibiscus

Vegetation Patterns on the slope

592

593

Modifying Introduction

The intent of the exercise was to explore a mechanically operated Panel rotating about its Transverse Axis.. The mechanism employed is a lever system coupled with a handle and locking mechanism that allows the Panel to be rotated and fixed in five separate angles.

Mechanism of Movement

8 8

1 1 2 2

3 4

Closed Panel- 0°

3 4

Maximum- 80°

LEGEND:

1. MDF Panel 16mm Thick, 700x500 2. Control Mechanism 3. MS Steel Frame 75x75 mm

6 5 7

15°

0°

30°

Mechanism at 0° Rotation

> 60°

45°

7 Mechanism at 60° Rotation

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

80°

Parts and Assembly An isometric drawing depicting movement of a Panel Rotating about its Transverse Axis 9

Grasshopper Script 7

Latch Lock Handle Lever 1 Lever 2 MDF Panel Panel Holder Frame Frame ‘A’ Frame ‘B’ Pivot

2 1 4 4

3 5 1

Pivot 2

MDF Panel

1 scripting to model Horizontally2Pivoting Panel Parametric

594

The making of the panel is divided in to 7 parts. The Basic Parameters are defined in part 1. These include size of the Frame

The Outputs from 1 are then used by part 2, to cut away the part of the flange that is needed.

The outputs from 1 are also fed into 3 which gives us the MDF panel of specified thickness.

The position of the MDF panel is fixed via 4, for rotation at the centre of the flange. This uses the move command

Mechanism (components shown in exploded mechanism detail)

7 EXPLODED MECHANISM DETAIL

595

Modifying ‘B’

MS Section

Shop DrawingsSectional Plan Sectional Plan

Frame

‘A’

Axonometric

Sectional Plan

Lock and Latch Detail ‘A’ Handle Detail ‘B’Ball Bearing Socket for Pivot

Elevation

Longitudinal Section

Assembly

Panel Hold

Longitudinal Section

Elevation 3. Lever 2 Mild Steel, Powder Coated

2. Lever 1- Mild Steel Powder Coated

Isometric- Mechanism

Sectional Plan

1a. Handle- Stainless Steel

‘A’

Step 1: Fix Frame A into substrate

Step 2: Fix Lock and Latch onto Frame B

Step 4: Fix MDF Panel into the Ball Bearing Socket in Frame B

Step 5: Attach assembly onto Frame A.

Step 3: Fix Mechanism into the Lock and Latch

1. Lock and Latch- Stainless Steel

Elevation

Side Elevation

Plan Side Elevation Side Elevation

Elevation

3 Elevation

596

degrees of motion!

597

Modelling Iteration 1-Vertical Cantilever

Iteration-1- Horizontal Cantilever

Key Idea-The vertical paper strip is balanced on either side by tension cables (thread) that are attached to mechanical joints (paper) to the central vertical strip. This Iteration was only moderately stable due to it not being supported on all sides

Key Idea- The horizontal paper strip is attached to a truss which is further attached to the base with the help of tension cables( thread). Buckling was observed due to the weight of the truss itself, being heavier than the paper strip.

Side Elevation- Iteration 1

Plan- Iteration 1

Elevation- Iteration 1

Plan- Iteration 1

Iteration 2-Vertical Cantilever

Iteration-2 Horizontal Cantilever

Key Idea-The central vertical paper strip of 500 mm has multiple paper joints attached perpendicular to its surface which are stabilized by using tension cables (thread) tied to each other. These are subsequently anchored to the ground to stabilize the system. This system was self supporting.

Key Idea-A single continuous tension cable (thread) is run through the length of the paper strip, attaching to three fixed points defined by a natural catenary formed by dropping the thread from the two ends of the paper strip. This option was found to be self supporting.

Side Elevation- Iteration 2

Plan- Iteration 2

598

Elevation- Iteration 2

Isometric- Iteration 2

Elevation- Iteration 2

Plan- Iteration 2

599

Modulating system Iteration-1

Final Iteration

Key Idea-Taking the learnings from the previous modelling exercises, the first iteration was to fix horizontal and vertical strips to the main spanning member and attach tension cables to it,. There was a slight buckling observed in the spanning member.

Key Idea-The spanning member was lengthened beyond the bearing member. The vertical and horizontal members in the spanning member were connected by tension cables (threads) and the final resulting system was cross braced using tension cables and further anchored to the base. This resulted in a system that was entirely stable.

Elevation- Iteration 1

Isometric- Final Iteration

Detail 1- Final Iteration Detail- Iteration 1

Plan- Iteration 1

Iteration-2 Key Idea-In this iteration, the horizontal members in the truss were connected to. In this iteration, the horizontal members in the truss were connected together with tension cables resulting in a more stable iteration. Detail 2- Final Iteration

Elevation- Final Iteration

Plan- Iteration 2

Elevation- Iteration 2

Isometric- Iteration 2

Detail 3- Final Iteration

600

Plan- Final Iteration

601

Scale 1:10 Model for Bearing System

Space material and interaction Iteration-1

Detail 1

Front View Detail 2

Concept Model Iteration- Plan

Concept Diagram The system of the community centre is articulated through a simple diagram Existing Water Body

Side View

Adding a PlinthA bathing pool and three Natural Pools are added to the existing water body

A series of buildings utilizing the structural system that was developed are inserted into site to form volumes that are translucent to the surroundings Detail 1- Vertical Intermediary Member

602

Detail 2- Horizontal Intermediary Member

603

Accommodating Structure

System assembly

Structural System Assembly

The Structural System is assembled through a kit of parts described in the following pages. Each bearing member has a: -Pedestal: To connect the column to the base -Intermediate- To connect a spanning member at an intermediate level -Capitol- To connect to the roof slab and the last tier of spanning members.

Similarly each spanning member is made of three major components: -An end detail -An intermediate vertical member -An intermediate horizontal member Each of the members has a common end detail to hold a turn-buckle for the tension cables.

repeated to modulate various spaces in the complex. The end conditions are also mentioned in the following diagrams to complete an idea of how the system works.

These various details come together to make a complete system which is

3 1

LEGEND 1. CONCRETE BASE 2. GLUE LAMINATED TIMBER FLOORING 3. FACADE COMPONENT 4. TRUSS 5. TIMBER COLUMN 6. PURLIN 7. CORRUGATED STEEL DECKING 8. RCC DOUBLE ROOF 0

604

ISOMETRIC AND PLAN OF COLUMNS

ASSEMBLY OF A SINGLE BEARING AND SPANNING MEMBER 0

605

System assembly

System assembly (bearing system) Column Details

Assembly of spanning member 1

7 2

1 2

5 6

Plan of Truss

7 7

D1- CAPITOL

D7- CAPITOL- CORNER 5 7 7

Elevation of Truss

TEAK TRUSS MEMBER

8 3

D2- INTERMEDIATE 2

D8- INTERMEDIATE- CORNER

3 8

D3- PEDESTAL 9 11

D9- INTERMEDIATE- PEDESTAL

LEGEND 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

MS PLATE 8 MM THICK- CONNECTOR TO SLAB MS PLATE 6MM THICK M8 NUT AND BOLT TEAK TRUSS MEMBER SECTION 60 X 200 MM CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER COLUMN 150 X 200 MS PLATE 6MM THICK PROFILE FOR CAPITOL SMC 150 USED AS PERPENDICULAR BEARING MEMBER 8. PRE-CAST CONCRETE WALL 150 THICK 9. 9- ISMC 150 WELDED AND CUT TO SHAPE OF BASE 10. 10- 150 MM RAISED CONCRETE BASE 11. 11-M20 J ANCHOR BOLT

wood

0 50

150 250mm

metal

606

607

Context Plan Spanning Member Details 0

150

Design strategy:The site is chosen at the end of a cul-de-sac in the road with a existing freshwater pond close-by. The existing pond is connected to a canal via a drain .A plinth is raised and additional bathing pools as well as natural pools are added to the existing. The structural system that was developed previously is added to this to create volumes that house community functions. Thus the complex as a whole aims to bring together the community and sensitize them to the delicate catchment region at the foot of the ridge. The bearing system allows the complex to have a threshold, and allows the multi-purpose hall to have a large spillout space on the outside.

250mm

2 15 11 6 10

D4- END MEMBER

4 3 2 6 15 9 10

LEGEND 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

D5- VERTICAL INTERMEDIARY MEMBER

8. 9. 4

10.

11.

6 9 3

12. 13. 14. 15.

MS PLATE 8 MM THICK- CONNECTOR TO SLAB MS PLATE 6MM THICK M8 NUT AND BOLT TEAK TRUSS MEMBER SECTION 60 X 200 MM CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER COLUMN 150 X 200 STEEL CABLE 8 MM THICK MS PLATE 6MM THICK PROFILE FOR CAPITOL MS PLATE 6MM THICK PROFILE FOR INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT MS PROFILE 6MM THICK WELDED TO BASE PLATE MS HOUSING FOR STEEL TURN-BUCKLE 6MM THICK EYE-BOLT ATTACHMENT FOR THE STEEL CABLE ISMC 150 ANGLE CUT AND WELDED TO SHAPE FOR BASE M20 J ANCHOR BOLT TO ATTACH COLUMN TO BASE RCC BASE 150 MM HIGH TEAK SECTION 60 X 120

10 D6-HORIZONTAL INTERMEDIARY MEMBER

11 wood metal

0 50 150 250mm 0 5

608

20M

609

Ground Floor Plan

First Floor Plan

6 8

6 ENTRY TO SITE

LEGEND 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

2 2 11

3 4

MARMA CHIKITSA KENDRA WAITING ROOM CONSULTATION ROOM MEN’S WASHROOM WOMEN’S WASHROOM AKSHAYA KENDRA/LOCAL RESIDENTS ASSOCIATION

Second Floor Plan 14

LEGEND 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

EXISTING POOL POND FOR NATURALLY TREATING WATER READING ROOM (VAYANASHALA) FOYER MULTI-PURPOSE COMMUNITY HALL KITCHEN STORE KITCHEN STORE YOUTH CLUB KALARI TRAINING HALL MEN’S CHANGING ROOM AND WASHROOM 12. SEATING AREA FOR POOL 13. WOMEN CHANGING ROOM AND WASHROOM 14. 14-BATHING POOL 0 1

610

LEGEND 1. WORKSHOP SPACE (TECHNOLOGY) FOR CHILDREN

0 1

10 m

611

Sections

Section A-A’

A B’

0 1

A’

10 m

Section B-B’

612

613

Sectional perspective

Part Sectional Perspective C-C’

Part Sectional Perspective D-D’

D’ C

C’

614

0.5

1.5

3.5m

615

Part Wall Section

Part Wall Elevation

3 9 5

7 11

LEGEND 1. RCC DOUBLE ROOF 2. ALUMINIUM FLASHING 3MM 3. PRECAST CONCRETE SPOUT 4. CORRUGATED DECKING 5. COLUMN CAPITOL MS 6 MM THICK 6. TEAK SECTION TRUSS 60 X 200 (2) 7. TEAK PURLIN 50 X 120 8. CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER COLUMN 150X200 (2) 9. RETRACTABLE MOSQUITO NETTING ATTACHED TO ISMC 150 BEAM 10. CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER FLOOR 150 THICK 11. HORIZONTAL PIVOTED MECHANICALLY OPERABLE LOUVRE, 16 MM THICK MDF 12. PRECAST CONCRETE Overhang/SILL 75 THICK 13. PRECAST CONCRETE WALL 150 THICK 14. VERTICALLY PIVOTED DOOR 15. RCC COLUMN PEDESTAL 16. STONE BASE 17. 18 MM KADAPPA STONE TOPPING 18. PCC 150-300 MM THICK

LEGEND

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

9 13 11

7. 8. 9.

10. 11.

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

RCC DOUBLE ROOF ALUMINIUM FLASHING 3MM PRECAST CONCRETE SPOUT CORRUGATED DECKING COLUMN CAPITOL MS 6 MM THICK TEAK SECTION TRUSS 60 X 200 (2) TEAK PURLIN 50 X 120 CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER COLUMN 150X200 (2) RETRACTABLE MOSQUITO NETTING ATTACHED TO ISMC 150 BEAM CROSS LAMINATED TIMBER FLOOR 150 THICK HORIZONTAL PIVOTED MECHANICALLY OPERABLE LOUVRE, 16 MM THICK MDF PRECAST CONCRETE Overhang/SILL 75 THICK PRECAST CONCRETE WALL 150 THICK VERTICALLY PIVOTED DOOR RCC COLUMN PEDESTAL STONE BASE 18 MM KADAPPA STONE TOPPING PCC 150-300 MM THICK

2 13

18 0 .1

616

16 0 .1

617

External Views

Exterior View 1

Exterior Render 2

618

619

Internal Views

Internal Courtyard View 1

620

621

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The Foundation Studio started with an exercise to map out our own environments at a variety of scales, from 1:10000 to 1:10. By attempting to draw out the surroundings and map them, gave new meaning to the word observation, which took on much greater involvement due to the “doing” aspect. The major part of the foundation studio revolved around the understanding of structure and the forces that make a building intrinsic to its form. We were encouraged to think by making and experimenting with materials, constantly treading on unfamiliar ground which now seems far more intuitive than when I first started doing it. There were several communication challenges due to the remote studio, with discussion and critique being much less effective than it would be normally. I thank the studio team for being patient with us on the whole and using technology to the hilt to make this a good learning experience, considering that this year was a particularly challenging time for everyone.

-Arun Cherian PAD20068

622

623

625

Artisans school of building construction A place that celebrates the importance of Artisans

Deepak Khandelwal

Bedla, Udaipur, Rajasthan 24.5854° N, 73.7125° E

1:500 Observations

Inferences

•

• • •

The road network does not follow any particular rules or patterns and extends in all directions. Orthogonal roads do not follow the contour pattern. Hierarchy in road pattern. Bridge over river.

•

Development in phases can be speculated from the road patterns. Dead end in the open space shows that this development is still in a growing phase.

1:200

1:10000

Reading Scales

• • • •

• • •

The typology of the building is visible- a Plotted house Can observe relation between inside outside. Way to stair case. Lager spaces inside house are connected to central nave

•

House is having cavity wall With double height at centre. Lift well adjoin staircase

•

• • • •

• •

1:2500

•

A formal segregation of individual plots is seen. Plot sizes are not same Varying built mass shape Enough breathing space in between built Mass. Structures sharing a common wall. Large open space with no plot line.

•

In the north side we just have plot opening on road. Varying building sizes. Trees foliage Roof plan Large open green space in north side.

•

626

• • • • •

• • • •

• •

•

• •

Each structure has a customized design. Vegetation and open spaces have affected macro climate of this place. As the structures do not follow the topography of the site, an issue of drainage is speculated.

Land ownership varies in this community. Large Open space in between can be a public space.

Maximum plot opens at east west and south side street depicts that road at north side is having least chance of interruptions. With number of steps front lawn Depicts that it is on higher level. Houses in north direction have open park in front must be having ample amount of diffused light and view to view to public park.

1:100

•

Structural system and material are easily recognized that is RCC frame structure. Can see the addition and subtraction of massing in plan. Type of furniture and remaining free space.

•

1:50

High density of trees. Sector planning at centre Low built density. Unequal grain size Hierarchy of road

• •

•

• • •

Double leaf window 2 With shutter-glass and wire mesh. Arrangement of objects on table Double leaf window Carpet floor

1:10

1:5000

• • • • •

1:1000

•

• • • •

Thickness of cement mortar. Plaster groove in window frame. Joinery of every member is visible Stone sill is projecting out

•

• •

•

• •

Only the front part of house will enjoy garden view Trees giving enough Shading in front of house. Street light are not enough. House is well ventilated from all four side. Staircase along with Central-nave are mainly for the purpose of circulation

The house must be having more than Ground structure as there is lift there. The places with just opening(no doors must be closed semiprivate space of the house. Cavity walls give an idea that some thought. Given on insulation of building.

Small brick shaft near toilet must be for the Purpose of plumbing. Room receive ample amount of light.

The room must be echo-proof because of furniture and carpet. Enough diffused natural light on table as situated near north side window.

Sequence of construction is speculated. First wooden frame is fixed to brick and then after plaster is done. Assembly of all the components and its sequence is easily recognized.

627

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Understanding context The village Bedla, situated near the bank of river Ayad which is 10 km away from Udaipur’s old walled city. Historical studies reveals that the Mewar region consisted of the king or the Maharana as the head of the state with 16 noble families or Jagirdaars ruling for him. The Bedlas as leading nobles were right next to the king in decision-making, strategy, planning, administration, law and order and were the chief Representatives/ Prime Ministers for the Udaipur state for centuries. Hence the chosen site reflects a rich historical significance. The village has its fortified palace, and many old water structures including step-wells and wells and all of them

are in an abandoned state and carry a hidden potential that needs to be conserved. The village is densely populated around the fortified walls. After independence city of Udaipur was growing rapidly and now the city is approaching the nearest villages around it, Bedla is one of them, here farmlands are converting to raw houses, bungalows, and apartments.

628

629

Concern and intervention

The given map reveals a larger shift in the use of constructional material in the locality, this reflects a concern for the decline in the use of traditional constructional material because of their inability to perform well with today’s time.

Therefore proposed an intervention of Artisans School of building construction, will not only Deals with contemporary integration of local materials in the present time but also work to provide dignity and value to Artisans.

India is an invaluable repository of traditional building practices that emerge as a response to its diverse climatic, geological, and socio-cultural expressions, but with a phase of time, many of such local materials have lost their importance and also skills and artisans required to use it.

This institute will more like a laboratory and training centre which not only deals with skill development but also focus on the holistic development of artisans.

The condition of artisans in the country is also not great, A study by Prof Dileep Kumar from Pune,shows that only 3.6% of us pay them even the minimum wage; 64% of us pay them only Rs50100/-, only one-third of their prescribed due. Artisans are underpaid, Artisans are not proud to be an artisan and that is a bitter truth of the industry.

630

631

Plan

Modifying Introduction

Shop drawings

The given exercise aimed to found an alternative way to operate multiple centrally pivoted shutters from a single control. Here pulley system is been used to covert liner motion in ZY plane to generate rotational motion in XY plane.

1206

Multiplication of motion in other 17 panels

y Elevation

Plan

Axis of rotation of MDF panel

100

21 252

PLAN A

100

500

252 Axis of rotation of MDF panel

100

all pivot lies on this 21 axis

A 17 1

500

Counter weight

DETAIL:-A 6 7

9 Force applied

Counter weight

11 10

252

3 1

130

1006

thk Steel plate. 2. 30 mm dia Pulley 3. 25 mm dia pulley 4. 9 mm thk MDF board 500mmx700mm 5. MS bracket

10 20

8 LEGENDS 12 1)Steel box frame made out of channel

9 1

section of 100x65 and angle section of 65x65 and 4 mm thk Steel plate. 2) 30 mm dia Pully 3) 25 mm dia pully 4) 9 mm thk mdf board 500mmx700mm 5) MS bracket 6) 4 mm dia wire rope Sling 7) 3mm thk MS strip cut to make Angle

10 200 28 50 100 50 100 200

1. Steel box frame made out of channel section

Elevation

140

21 Grasshopper script

13 7

base line of frame

8 12 9 1

700

500 500mm 700

6. 4 mm dia wire rope Sling 7. 3mm thk MS strip cut to make Angle B 8. 8 mm dia Threading Rod 9. 2mm thk 612mmx12 mm MS strip 15 10. 2 mm thk steel casing 11. Ball Bearing 8 mm Inner Dia and outer dia 28 12. 8 mm inner dia Nut 65

5 16

100

1 of 100x65 and angle section of 65x65 and 4 mm

252

LEGEND:

65 A 4

500

46 36

502

base line of frame

A eq

140

100 4

DETAIL:-A

252

DETAIL:-A

PLAN B

100

130 all pivot lies on this axis

Axis of horizontal 2 linear movement depends in mechanism

252 Axis of rotation of MDF panel

502

A 500

9 11 16

65 4

Rotational motion

1206

500

502

46 36

PLAN A

y Elevation

252

PLAN B

As per site

200

100

Axis of horizontal 2 linear movement depends in mechanism 18

z 50 100

32 43

Mechanism A

252

502

Axis of rotation of MDF panel

As per site

panels y

1006

50 100

200

Detail-A

8) 8 mm dia Threading Rod 9) 2mm thk 612mmx12 mm MS strip 25 10)2 mm thk steel casing 11)Ball Bearing 8 mm Inner Dia and outer dia 28mm 12)8 mm inner dia Nut 13)4 mm dia Rivet 14)5 mm dia 20 mm high stopping pin 15)Counter weight 16)3mm bolt 17)20x20x20 Wooden Spacer 18)Winding wheel with stopper pin 19)Rod Holder

19 6

10 20

50mm

13. 4 mm dia Rivet 14. 5 mm dia 20 mm high stopping pin 15.LEGENDS Counter weight 8) 8 mm dia Threading Rod boxbolt frame made out of channel 9) 2mm thk 612mmx12 mm MS strip 16.1)Steel 3mm 10)2 mm thk steel casing section of 100x65 and angle section of 17.65x65 20x20x20 Wooden 11)Ball Bearing 8 mm Inner Dia and outer and 4 mm thk Steel plate. Spacer dia 28mm 30 mm dia Pully 18.2) Winding wheel with stopper pin 12)8 mm inner dia Nut 3) 25 mm dia pully 19.4) Rod Holder 9 mm thk mdf board 500mmx700mm 13)4 mm dia Rivet 5) MS bracket 6) 4 mm dia wire rope Sling 7) 3mm thk MS strip cut to make Angle

14)5 mm dia 20 mm high stopping pin 15)Counter weight 16)3mm bolt 17)20x20x20 Wooden Spacer 18)Winding wheel with stopper pin 19)Rod Holder

500

Movement

Closed

Open

Closed

Open

Closed

632

Open -The logic behind to make the window is to control its all parameter from basic opening dimensions of length and width. -First make the box frame and shutter,Giving thickness to them, to rotate shutter centroid of frame is used. -To make angle section again started from basic rectangle and mirror geometry.

so finally we can control all the material thickness, rotation and basic length width sizes through sliders.

633

Parts and components

Assembly

01) MS frame 65

Step 1Before welding of frame ball bearings should be placed in the holes of inner frame

826

130

100

140

100

Plan

Frame cover made out of 4mm thk MS Strip

4 mm holes to screw 20 mm hole for winding rod wooden block spacer

Elevation

100

1006 502

Casing

100

eq.

65 65

Step 3-Weld Bottom plate , Rod holder and winding rod supporting plate in MS frame.

Elevation

Plan

Horizontal Member C and D cut from Angle section of 65x65x4

28 mm hole for bearings

20 Rod holder

A 0 10

ch 12 eck 26

700

D k ec ch 26 12

Bottom plate of frame

Frame cover made out of 4mm thk MS Strip

Step 4-Providing Rivate in between angle plate and 2mm thk 612mmx12 mm MS strip -Assembling MS bracket with frame.

Step 5when all brackets are done put the mdf and bolt it.

700

After Marking and cutting precisely all the members of frame first the inner members(A,B, C and D) should be arranged temporary and then after checking inner dimensions we can fix the ball bearing and then weld this frame.

3) 25 mm dia pully mm dia Pully

winding rod supporting plate

1006

Frame cover made out of 4mm thk MS Strip

4) 9 mm thk mdf board 500mmx700mm (Cut as per site) 65

2) 30 mm dia Pully

eq.

Ball Bearing fixed in frame

Vertical Member A and B cut from channel section of 65x100x4 65

Step 2Welding threading rod with ms brackets

5) 3mm thk MS strip cut to make Angle 30 plate

7)Winding wheel with stopper pin

6) 8 mm dia Threading Rod 50 mm length

3 12

30 8

5 mm thk handel

spring Fixed ms bolt 4 mm dia steel rod will tie the rope

9)Rod holder

8) 4 mm dia wire rope Sling

6 mm pin holes 1mm deep grove 4 mm wide

3 mm thk plate 2 mm thk plate welded over 3mmplate

Step 7Parallel to the long steel member put the pulleys , rope, spacer and winding rod should be installed in frame. 46 36

Axis of horizontal linear movement depends in mechanism

140

130

Nut

4 mm thk Rivate

Step 8Install frame cover and Handel

4 mm dia hole

10)2 mm thk steel Casing

50 16

205 12

634

15 mm dia thereading Rod Rope winding rod Supporting plate

NUT

6 mm MS plate 150 dia welded to steel frame

Main bolt

68 21

4 mm thk MS frame

635

Modelling Vertical cantilever

Horizontal cantilever Iteration-1

After several iterations, The main idea derived was of 4 vertical strip configuration in which every strip is perpendicular to each other and connecting them with different joints.

This attempt of the horizontal cantilever with paper strip and thread articulation was not able to hold the system together under compression.

Iteration-2

Configuration of vertical strips in plan(iteration 2 and 3)

Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Iteration-3

Two layers of paper strips stabilize the form in a lateral direction. Where T-shape holds all the compressive and tension members of the system.

Top view

636

Vertical load

Lateral load

Torsion

Side Views

Structure under forces

637

Modulating system Iteration-1

Iteration-2

(Single layer peripheral wall)

(Double layer peripheral wall)

Key Idea-Connecting spanning and bearing members where tension member were used to hold bearing members, only at base and junction these members connect with rigid joint. Single layer peripheral members were used to create a wall enclosure.

Stage-1

System without loading

Stage-2

11500

System express buckling after loading.

Stage-3

By applying a double layer wall creates more strength in the given system where it connects from rigid joints only from the top and bottom

7000

Plan

Single layer wall (not so stable can not stay for lateral load) 638

639

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

Building orientation and placement at initial level -As it’s an institute for artisans requires a lot of defused light hence E-W orientation of academic admin and workshop area helps to maximize the use of diffused light from the north. -E-W orientation works well in a hot and dry climate as we can shade the south side from small overhangs and can reduce a large amount of solar radiation to enter in building.

LEGENDS N

R.C.C. Decking Sheet Spanning System Bearing System Peripheral System Timber panelling Marble panelling

Canteen/ pottery

Work shop area

Admin and academic block

Entrance gallery

640

641

System assembly (bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system)

01-Bearing member assembly

02-Connecting bearing members

LEGENDS:

1. 200mmx70 mm timber log chamfered to hold beam

1. 200mmx70 mm timber log chamfered 2. 200mm x70 to hold mmbeam timber Bearing members 3. 200mm x50mm laminated Timber members andspanning of 8mm thk steel plate to tie timber pieces. 3. 10 mm dia bolt

and 8mm thk steel plate to tie timber pieces. 3. 10 mm dia bolt

Plan

Detail-A Edge Junction Detail 100

642

500

1000mm

condition. tension cable.

Detail-B Corner Junction Detail

Detail-C Cross junction of 2 spanning members 100

500

1000mm

643

System assembly

03-strengthening spanning members

04- typical Assembly Detail of spanning module

Primary spanning member:Maximum depth 750mm Connects column to column

Secondary spanning member Maximum depth 550 mm Connected to primary spanning members.

Step-1

Step-2

LEGENDS

LEGENDS 1. Spanning module 2. 8 mm dia tension cable 3. Laminated Timber members of spanning(For primary spanning member 150mm x50mm for secondary spanning member )

Step-3

1. Laminated Timber members of spanning(For primary spanning member 150mm x50mm for secondary spanning member200x50 ) 2. 5 mm thk stiffener plate 3. 210mmx50mmx30mm timber members. 4. 5 mm dia bolts 5. 25x95 mm vertical timber 6. 6 mm thk connecting plate. 7. Steel cap bolted on vertical timber member 8. Tension cable

tension cable.

250

644

500

1000

2000mm

250

500mm

645

Structure model System assembly

Connector profile of bearing member.

Edge condition

Corner Condition

Spanning module

646

Cross Condition

Bearing member

647

Context Plan

Artisan School of building construction The location of Artisan school of building construction is proposed on the edge of old and new development of the given study area.

648

649

First floor plan

Ground floor plan 22

3 23

12 13 2

19 18

3 1

5 6

5 21

LEGENDS 1. Site Entry 2. Exhibition court 3. Gallery and exhibition space 4. Entrance veranda 5. Reception and waiting area 6. Admin 8. Design and drafting studio

Construction yard

650

20M

17. Construction material and structural lab 18. Store 19. Locker room 20. Wet areas 21. Construction yard 22. Temp. Storage shade for mud timber or lime 24. Toilet

9. Library 10. Dispensary 11. Central court 12. Canteen 13. Pottery 14. Carpentry work shop 15. Metal work shop

Work shop

Central court

Lobby

Library and class room

0 1

LEGENDS 1. E-lab and printing 2. Class room Electrical 3. Store 4. Multi-purpose space 5. Open Terrace

Exhibition court and gallery

20M

6. Connecting passage 7. Toilet 8. Plumbing

0 1

10 M

651

Wall section elevation

View-A-The Workshop and construction yard.

LEGENDS 1. 230 Brick raised sill 2. Kota stone top in sill 3. Peripheral Timber 200mmx70mm section 4. 25 mm timber covering for window frame 5. Window 6. Horizontal laminated timber 200x50 mm to hold Covering marble/timber 7. Spanning timber to hold panelling 8. 25 mm marble panelling

652

9. Spanning members. 10.100mmx50mm wooden joist 11. 75mm high decking sheet over wooden joist 12. 50 mm RCC over decking sheet 14. 230 high parapet wall 16. Roof covering with china mosaic tiles over RCC.

Key plan

View-B- Central court yard

Marble is always considered as a symbol of importance in our society, wooden structure with marble is used to express the importance of artisans and their skills as without their skills none of such monuments can exist.

Key plan B

653

Window mechanism and wall section

Key plan

Plan fully opened

Plan partially opened

Plan Closed

Detail-A

Detail-B

Detail-C

654

Detail-D

655

Interior view of work shop area

Key plan

656

657

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio MAAD foundation studio 2020 was a unique experience where this time we got an opportunity to understand our own environment as all of us were at the different part of the country working online. This studio made me learn how to articulate forces to derive a structural system which further accommodates an architectural programme. This process helps in developing an architectural language that is the derivation of forces. Working online particularly for this studio was quite difficult but somehow we all managed in this unique process of learning. Although we couldn’t work in the Cept workshop for this rigorous process of making, it was a great experience to be part of this studio. Once again thanking Sankalpa, Neel and Aviral for their guidance and bringing best out of us.

- Deepak Khandelwal PAD20095

658

659

661

Revitalising The Urban Core Sports as a Catalyst bringing people together - Case of Rohini, Delhi

Yashash Kanojia

Rohini, Delhi 28.7157° N, 77.1238° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• •

•

Inferences

•

The built up supersedes the open space. An unequal proportion of built to the un-built is observed. Orthogonal grid pattern Similar geometrical plots organized and unorganized settlements Road network flows a linear grid geometry 2 or more smaller plots forming a cluster No 4 way intersection

•

Dwelling Typology starts to appear Different grain sizes visible Presence of orthogonal grid pattern in settlement Hierarchy of open space- open space within a cluster of dwellings, within and between societies G+3 structure height throughout Hierarchy of roads with major and minor road connections Linear streets and irregular streets Buffer space BTW 2 settlements 10. Open space for a society within its own territory Scaled down to immediate context Appropriate scale to read the tree foliage Cluster of Dwellings stand alone having their own identity as a unit still being a part of large community Single unit is still a cluster Hierarchy of Open Spaces changes to individual cluster within gated community. Immediate social interaction limited to a cluster Single Unit is still a cluster

•

• •

1:5000

• • • • • • •

1:2500

• • •

• • • • • •

1:1000

• • • • • • • • 662

Further segregation of cluster Sense of individual dwelling Parking Layout can be observed giving a sense of scale for internal street with respect to a car as a unit Common open spaces within a block of units can be depicted Service shafts within a building Articulation of building line with punctures and protrusions Linear and Radial arrangement of individual dwelling is observed

• • •

• • • • • • •

• • •

• •

• • • • • •

2 type of settlement- Gated community (societies) and squatter settlement (service provider) Roads are just the connections between 2 points, only for commuting purpose Different arrangement and spatial organization of community cluster dwelling Public amenities and spaces clustered in an areaschool, market, temple, gurudwara 2 type of settlement- Gated community (societycan be seen in section) and squatter settlement (service provider) Roads are just the connections between 2 points, only for commuting purpose Different arrangement and spatial organisation of community cluster dwelling Public amenities and spaces clustered in an areaschool, market, temple, gurudwara

Presence of Gated community is strongly visible Cluster dwelling type within a territory Circulation can be inferred from the diagram where peripheral or internal circulation is seen amongst different societies Large open space acting as a buffer between 2 settlements Peripheral boundaries and limits of cluster dwelling Dwelling size of individual unit with immediate context is seen Vehicular and pedestrian circulation with access and entry point Served and servant spaces can be figured out. Peripheral and internal parking circulation Common Vertical circulation Different scales of open spaces within a cluster and between clusters is seen

•

• •

1:100

• • •

• •

•

• •

1:50

•

Planned settlement figured out due to grid geometry and road network Gated community- settlement Unorganized part visible which is the service provider (village) Variant grain size indicating cluster dwelling Primary Street cutting across the site, secondary and tertiary streets subdividing Staggered road to avoid a crossing intersection.

1:200

Observations

• • • •

• •

1:10

1:10000

•

• •

• • • • •

Apartment segregation is very clear, individual dwelling per family unit is evident. This scale has the power to show the immediate context to a dwelling showing paving, footpath, parking, street edge. Details like overhang, parapet, water tanks on terrace, shafts are visible. House Plinth and individual territory of a unit is figured Shared walls between dwellings

•

Individual floor plan readable with clear demarcation of a single dwelling unit shared by a family. Activity pattern is visible within the space, usage of space can be figured and a space as its own is defined with the help of furniture layout Openings are seen and vertical circulation is clearly marked giving the idea of circulation Overhang projections are visible

•

Utility, storage, semi open spaces are attached to the main occupied space, and the circulation between these separations is observed in this scale. It is a good scale to read details of a single space occupied by a person or two. Furniture layout, door swings actually tells the circulation and the way in which that space can be used.

•

Flooring Pattern demarcates the texture of a surface The sense of materiality starts appearing. Material segregation is evident. Individual private space within a large space is specified. Consistent flooring pattern of square tiles is observed. Different type of windows seenfixed and operable Floor Drop is visible.

•

Suitable scale to read joinery. It tells actually how actually a material is attached in construction, defining the mortar and the cladding tile. The glass attached by wooden wedges is seen. Glass Thickness is visible Skirting line in elevation is seen Tile cladding is flushed with door frame Brick laying pattern is observed.

•

• • •

• • • •

• • •

•

Irregular shaped verandas and balconies shows add on extensions to dwellings Random water tank depicts lack of adequate water supply by common water tank Vertical circulation for all dwellings and vertical shafts can be figured out Two wheeler parking in the narrow street and four wheeler parking on wider internal street Number of people residing in the dwelling can be figured out The area statement of the dwelling comes in. Internal zoning can be speculated from the room size Overhang for weather projection is seen Shared walls and services like staircases tells the type of buildingcommunity dwelling housing, gives a sense of compactness The niche shows after additions or alterations of space with the closure of window Shutter of openings and their basic mechanism and type can be speculated Walkable circulation within a room or a space telling us how that space actually works Accessibility and orientation of furniture tells the occupancy of that space By taking a single unit of tile as a reference, different size comparison can be made Internal Storage within a room and outer projection of overhang is evident Utility space can be segregated by its position and further furniture layout Closed and semi open space can be differentiated

A very thick plaster can be seen around walls speculating that over the period of time renovation over existing cladding has been done The wooden wedge shows the method of construction for a window shutter and its different parts Every element or material has its own identity, Same material being used together but still behaves as different element 663

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : A good public space is one that reflects diversity and encourages people to live together effortlessly, creating the necessary conditions for permanence, which invites people to be on the street. It is the vivacity of spaces that attracts people. It is the ultimate paradox that on one hand architecture contains elements which can make a space chaotic and equally a vibrant one. Throughout the environment there are pockets of spaces that deter the opportunity of social interaction, these

spaces are the dead spaces which gradually evolves. As we meander through the streets of Rohini in Delhi, we encounter dead streets hardly used by any pedestrian. People prefer walking on the road rather than the sidewalk. There is a presence of huge lifeless periphery wall on one side and dense canopy on top of it which makes the sidewalk a semi-closed space with a dark and dingy experience discouraging people to use it. This

boundary wall adds to the disconnect between the internal gated community to the outside streets. Another daunting issue is of the clustering of marketplace which is the only public centred space where all the interaction and activities happen. Accumulation of all the activities at one centre makes this place more chaotic and are faced by challenges like noise pollution and lack of parking spots with the everlasting issue of safety.

Borders and Boundaries

Trees

Every gated society has more than one entrance, at-least one being on the primary street and the other on secondary street. High walled gated community in the context with least outdoor interaction

All the tree foliage is present on the boundary of the societies, very few trees present inside the gated community making a huge difference in providing the shade for open spaces

Parks and Open Spaces

Market Complex

Common public parks abutting a cluster of societies is mapped

Road Network Hierarchy of RoadsPrimary , Secondary, Tertiary. Road Network is staggered to avoid four way crossing leading to easy flow of traffic and avoidance of a traffic signal

Centralisation of Market amongst the cluster of gated communities, leading to concentration of public activities, chaos, traffic jam.

Vehicular Parking Each dot represents a 4 wheeler car, majority of them parked on streets due to less parking in the gated complex. This impacts pedestrian movement creating a huge obstruction.

Mapping of Surroundings

LOCATION – ROHINI, NORTH WEST DELHI Context Map

SECTOR-9, ROHINI

The above context plan shows Rohini which is located in North West region of Delhi. The prime concern which arises in this area is firstly, How can architecture intervene to convert the chaotic spaces into vibrant one and the dead streets to a more lively street? And secondly, How can we solve the existing issue of lack of open spaces and bring people together in a safe environment? Location Map - Delhi

664

Dead Streets and Blank Boundary Walls 2

Isometric View Shows building heights and its type, largely residential with centralised commercial and institutional zone

665

MARKETPLACE

SPORTS

PUBLIC SPACE Design Program : Revitalising the Urban Core

Morning

Sports as a Catalyst bringing people together

Afternoon Evening

By placing an Urban Marketplace in the middle of the high density and populated zone in Rohini Delhi, this project aims to increase the intensity and diversity of human interactions in the city through sports as a catalyst. By placing all the sports arenas within the context of commercial hub, the aim is to provide safety to these areas where a healthy social interactive environment in conjunction with a market, and rent-

MAPPING THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE USING A SPACE (This shows the destination of any function/activity happening)

able office spaces and green outdoor open spaces. The focus is really on designing the circulation, open spaces and streets rather than the individual shops, some of the multifunctional area is designed for the tenants to customise and transform as they want. The social incubator is defined architecturally, not by façades that communicate an appearance,

but rather by the spaces forcing the meandering of the users and pausing at strategic location. This floor also becomes the site for social interaction, and different usages of shops and sports facilities and de-central zoning becomes a social hub for the same. Socialisation is seen as central to the exchange of ideas and making contact with new people.

Architectural Interventions • • • • • • • Morning

666

Afternoon

Badminton Court Table Tennis Room Squash Room Basketball/ Handball Court Shops

• • • • • •

Multi-purpose Hall Pool Room Air Hockey, Foosball Carrom/ Chess Room Office Spaces

Evening

667

Modifying Introduction

Shop Drawings 1 3

6 4

8 8 1.1 FRONT VIEW

28 11

28 7

Elevation E1

LEGENDS:

Details

20 46

Elevation E3

7. Stainless Steel Hinges 8. Pulley For Winding The Cable With Handle 9. Stainless Steel Bolted L Clamp For Guide

18 46

700

1 3

5 28

25 3

6. 10 Mm Inclined Slot Acting As A

1. Pulley 30 Mm Ø With 2 Channels 2. Pulley 20 Mm Ø 3. Pulley 12 Mm Ø 4. 50x50 Mm L Section (5mm Thk) 5. 500x350 Mm Mdf Shutter (8mm Thk)

Elevation E2

30 1

222

25 50

222

30 1

250

500

500 250

An isometric drawing depicting movement ofAa Vertical Bi-fold Window 25

25 18

46 50

700

7. Stainless Steel Hinges 8. Pulley For Winding The Cable With Handle 50 9. Stainless Steel Bolted L Clamp For Guide

6. 10 Mm Inclined Slot Acting As A

LEGEND 1. PULLEY 30 MM Ø WITH 2 CHANNELS 2. PULLEY 20 MM Ø 3. PULLEY 12 MM Ø 4. 50X50 MM L SECTION (5MM THK) 5. 500X350 MM MDF SHUTTER (8MM THK) 6. 10 MM INCLINED SLOT ACTING AS A CHANNEL GUIDE FOR ROTATION 7. STAINLESS STELL HINGES 8. PULLEY FOR WINDING THE CABLE WITH HANDLE 9. STAINLESS STEEL BOLTED L CLAMP FOR GUIDE

Plan

Movement

1.2 BACK VIEW

1. Pulley 30 Mm Ø With 2 Channels 2. Pulley 20 Mm Ø 3. Pulley 12 Mm Ø 4. 50x50 Mm L Section (5mm Thk) 5. 500x350 Mm Mdf Shutter (8mm Thk)

The vertical Bi-Fold Window is designed for an opening size of 500x700mm, it is hand operated where input is given through a winder which is attached to a pulley. The working mechanism includes combination of pulleys around which metal wire runs and pulls up the entire set of shutter when winded around, converting the 5 5 rotational motion to translational 16 movement.

LEGENDS:

Grasshopper25Script

222

28 11

The working mechanism includes combination of pulleys around which metal wire runs and pulls up the entire set of shutter when winded around, converting the rotational motion to translational movement.

Operation Type - Vertical Bifold Material - MS Frame, MDF Shutter 20 20 Opening Size - 500 x 700 mm Operation - Hand Operated through pulley with winder & handle 1

Description

250

The vertical Bi-Fold Window is designed for an opening size of 500x700mm, it folds up from central axis with a hinge joint on top. It is hand operated where input is given through a winder at the bottom which is attached to a pulley mechanism.

1 3

500

28 11

A 25

Operation Type - Vertical Bi-fold Material - MS Frame, MDF Shutter Opening Size - 500 x 700 mm Operation - Hand Operated through pulley with winder & handle

50 17

Parametric scripting to model Vertical Bi-fold Window

668

Detail A

Detail B

Detail C

Detail D

Shop drawings of Vertical Bi-fold Window 45 1

5 28

669

Parts and Components

1 Stainless Steel Pulley with 2 channels, 30mm Internal Dia, 40mm Outer Dia with 2mm Thk steel L Bracket Bolted with Nut & Bolt

5 MDF- 8 mm Thk 2 Shutters - 500x350mm each

Mechanism - Movement

2 Stainless Steel Pulley, 20mm Internal Dia, 30mm Outer Dia with 2mm Thk steel L Bracket Bolted with Nut & Bolt

6 Bolted L Clamp for Guide 2mm Thk Stainless Steel

3 Stainless Steel Pulley, 12mm Internal Dia, 18mm Outer Dia with 2mm Thk steel L Bracket Bolted with Nut & Bolt

7 Hinge - 36 X 36 mm 2mm THK Stainless Steel

The first diagram depicts the rotation of pulleys movement, where the complete weight of the shutter is pulled from the central axis. Through the iteration, the pull force mechanism is achieved to be taken from the centre.

4 MS L Section Frame (50 X 50 mm) - 5mm Thk

8 Pulley with Wire Winder With Attached Handle 30mm Int Dia

The other diagram depicts the two set of wires for pulling from both the ends. Equal length of wires ensure winding at same time, removing time lag and hence eliminating the fact of swaying from one end due to torsion. Equal length is managed by varying pulley diameter sizes and placement variation.

9 Stainless Steel Wire 1mm Thk for Pulley System

Various Parts and Components of Vertical Bi-fold Window

A drawing depicting mechanism of Vertical Bi-fold Window

Assembly

Process Models

228

Detail A

Detail B B

Isometric View

MS Frame Assembly 50x50mm MS L Section 5 mm thk - to be welded

Detail C

Drawings depicting Assembly Diagram of Vertical Bi-fold Window 670

Detail D

Illustration depicting process models of Vertical Bi-fold Window 671

Modelling Vertical Spanning

Horizontal Spanning

The exercise was to make a 50cm paper strip stand vertically with help of smaller 75mm strips joining only through pin joints. The objective behind this exercise was to understand the transfer of forces in a structure. Different options were made at the initial stage, which led to figuring out the best way to transfer the compressive and tensile loads.

The second Part of the exercise was to support another 50 cm paper strip in horizontal direction working as a cantilever. It was observed that compressive members are good at top and tensile members are good at the bottom.

The final iteration includes a central vertical strip supported by set of triangles modulation supported at a point. These were further refined by irregular hexagons. And an understanding was made where to use compressive strips and tensile rods after the model failures on applying load.

On applying forces, the model swayed in one direction giving a sense of dispersing away mass from central access for better rigidity leading to the final iteration. Side View Front View

Side View

Front View

Plan

Isometric View 01

Top View

Isometric View 02

Top Loaded - Side View

Detail 01

Lateral Force - Top View Detail 02 672

Lateral Force

Rotational Force 673

Modulating system Model Details

Model Under Force

The spanning and bearing system developed previously are used to design a structural system for a community library for a footprint of 100sqm and a G +1 building of maximum height 8 m. A 1:20 scale model is prepared with 10x75mm strips.

System with Top Loading

The major objective of this exercise was to modulate a structural system to address issues of form and size of member and accommodation of large and small volumes while repeating the system. Variation and irregularities were noted after applying force to the final model which gives a sense of load transfer in a structural system and the use of compressive and tensile members.

Front View

Side View

System with Lateral Force

Top View Lateral Force 01

Lateral Force 02

System with Rotational Force Junction Detail 01

Junction Detail 02

674

Isometric View

Front View

Isometric View

675

Space material and Interaction

Accommodating Structure STRUCTURAL MODEULE

150mm thk Concrete Slab

This modelling exercise was to create an enclosure system with the use of different kind of materials to express the characteristics of a system in relation to the space of the project. The contrast between light and material and in its texture what is the prime objectives. And factors like the ability of the material to draw in or restrict light was taken into consideration.

Steel Reinforcement

Perforated Decking Sheet

Secondary Beam Process of Articulation of Form and Spaces

This was the first time where a model was made to communicate the design strategy of the project and its tentative expression. The outcome of this was to create an expression of space as an interaction of its physical elements. The visual exposure and the opaqueness had to be taken into consideration.

Iteration-1

Spanning System

Peripheral Beams

In the design the prime importance was given to the badminton and basketball court which were the driving factor in the design. The parallel access through the market was another important feature giving linear shops and pedestrian movement. These modules were articulated on the above floors and overlooking Spaces were created. A transparent and opaque for running parallel was strategically placed keeping in mind the views.

Gusset Plate for Joinery

Bearing System Final Iteration with respect to context

Exploded Isometric View of System Accommodating Structure

Isometric Views of Model

676

Isometric View

Plan

Section

Structural Module

677

assembly (bearing system) System Assembly -Spanning System

Spanning System- Details

Assembly of bearing member

Adjustable Turnbuckle connecting the Tensile Cable bolted to 12 mm thk steel plate 30mm thk MS Tie Rod

75x150 mm thk Cross Laminated Timber Beam 30 mm thk MS Tie Rods

Adjustable Clevis and Yoke end connecting the Tie Rod welded to 12mm thk Steel Plate 12 mm thk MS Plate with Hole for tie rod and welded to clevis and yoke end 6 mm dia Tension Cable

6 mm dia Tension Cable A

Adjustable Clevis and Yoke end connecting the Tie Rod welded to 12mm thk Steel Plate

Detail at A

Exploded Iso View

12 mm thk MS Plate bolted to CLT beam 75x150mm thk CLT member 30mm thk MS Tie Rod Clevis and Yoke end with Tie Rod

Adjustable Clevis and Yoke end connecting the Tie Rod welded to 12mm thk Steel Plate 30mm thk MS Tie Rod

6 mm dia Tension Cable B C

Detail at B

Top View

110x160 Composite Peripheral Beam Clevis and Yoke end with Tie Rod

12 mm thk MS Plate Bolted to Beam for connecting turnbuckle

75x150mm thk CLT member

Turnbuckle holding 6 mm Tension Cable

C A

Front View

30mm thk MS Tie Rod 6 mm dia Tension Cable

678

Detail at C 679

Column Assembly -Bearing System

Column To Beam Assembly - Exploded Isometric View

11 1

9 6

15 2

13 9

5 7

10 6

Peripheral Beam Assembly

LEGENDS:

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

680

to height of beam bottom screwed to the MS section bracket 15 mm C section bracket 10 mm MS inverted T section 50x150 mm CLT timber beam section 15mm MS bracket bolted on column assembly , MS plate (11) will be welded on it 270x165 mm intermediate connector (15mm thk I section) bolted on column Bolts

2. 3. 4. 5.

to height of beam bottom screwed to the MS section bracket 15 mm C section bracket Joinery Assembly made of 15 mm MS plate 12 mm steel plate with turnbuckle for tensile cable 30 mm MS tie rod

6. 75x150 mm cross laminated timber section beam 7. 6 mm dia tension cable 8. Adjustable clevis and yoke end connecting tie rods 9. 10 mm MS inverted T section 10. 50x150 mm cross laminated timber beam section

11. MS plate welded on top and bottom which acts as a connector between 2 columns 12. Turnbuckle holding 6mm tension cable 13. 15mm MS bracket bolted on column assembly , MS plate (11) will be welded on it 14. 270x165 mm intermediate connector (15mm thk I section) bolted on column 15. 15mm MS plate bolted to timber section

681

Physical Model 1:10 scale

Column to Beam Assembly - End Condition

4 3

4 2 6 2 9

7 3 1 3

LEGEND

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Spanning Junction Detail

6. 7. 8. 9.

110x150 composite peripheral beam 100x200 CLT spanning member 50x75mm secondary timber beam 30mm thk MS tie rod Adjustable clevis and yoke end connecting tie rods welded to 12mm thk steel plate 6mm dia tension cable 50x75x10mm ‘L’ MS plate 230x165mm composite column Joinery assembly made of 12mm MS plate

Top view

Isometric view

The spanning system created helps in designing uninterrupted spaces for a longer span of 8 and 15m, while the bearing member is bulky and porous providing storage spaces in between them.

Front View

Side View

Model Views showing spanning and bearing system module

682

683

Context Plan

Conceptual Diagram

Shops

Design strategy:The concept of this design is to give sports and physical activities the prime importance, for which all the major sports arenas and courts are lined up on one side and retail shops.

Sports Arenas

This provides pedestrian movement across the side giving them views of both. These sports arenas have been strategically placed so as to provide pause points at regular intervals. Yoga Area

Further these sports interaction have been lined up till third floor with open terraces and all the commercial offices are placed above them.

Cafe

The ground floor has been kept fully opened without any link between in and out which is an architectural move to increase interaction amongst people. Further articulation in the form has been done on the above upper floors so as to provide informal outdoor office gathering space. And a rooftop restaurant is placed at the top.

Rooftop Restaurant

Informal Outdoor Space

Informal Outdoor Spaces

The site is a 2800 m² land located in the commercial complex zone near DC Chowk in sector 9, Rohini, Delhi. The overall context is surrounded by residential Group housing societies. This complex provides as the amenities area and shopping complex. 684

685

Floor Plans 3

LEGEND

3 4

8 8

10 9

3 3

8 8 7

First Floor Plan

10 9

1. Outdoor Reading Space 2. Library 3. Staircase 4. Table Tennis Room 5. Squash Room Below 6. Basketball/ Handball Court Below 7. Outdoor Yoga/ Karate Space 8. Lifts 9. Shops 10. Mens Washroom 11. Womens Washroom

7 11

Ground Floor Plan 0 1 2

10m

LEGEND The ground floor is kept strategically open to let all the activities happen at the same space. The prime design strategy is to blur the boundaries between inside and outside. Complete floor plate behaves as a one large social space - to activate the ground floor plate and make the place more lively. Sports courts01. like badminton, STRUCTURAL SYSTEM

squash, table tennis and basketball are placed here with double height arenas. Kids play area is kept in the middle surrounded by other activities. Linear access is given through the site creating a walking street. The user have different experiences while walking and meandering to the public setting space and the public open plazas.

LEGEND

1. Badminton Court 2. Kids Play Area 3. Staircase 4. Table Tennis Room 5. Squash Room 6. Basketball/ Handball Court 7. Outdoor Seating 8. Lifts Revitalizing the Urban Core 9. Shops 10. Mens Washroom 11. Womens Washroom

10 5

Second Floor Plan

Revitalizing the Urban Core

DN DN

LEGEND

DN DNDNUPUP UP

STRUCTURAL GRID PLAN FOUNDATION STUDIO | MAAD | CEPT UNIVERSITY

Structural Grid Plan and Section 686

1. Billiards Room 2. Multipurpose Hall 3. Restaurant 4. Outdoor Seating 5. Pool Room 6. Air Hockey, Foosball 7. Carrom/ Chess Room 8. Lifts 9. Staircase 10. Mens Washroom 11. Womens Washroom

Two spans of structural grids are followed, 8m span grid has a depth of 600mm for spanning members and SECTION 15m span grid has a depth of 900mm YASHASHService KANOJIA (PAD20407) for the spanning members. course which includes staircase lift and wash-rooms are kept in RCC frame structure.

2 2 2

Third Floor Plan

10 4

5 11

2. Lifts 3. Staircase 4. Waiting Room 5. Conference Room 6. Mens Washroom 7. Womens Washroom

0 1 2

10m

687

View from West Side

Building Section AA

688

689

Wall Section Vertical Bi-fold Window 18mm Flooring Tiles 150 thk concrete slab 4mm thk decking sheet 160x100 aluminum window frame Column in elevation

75x150mm CLT beam 15mm thk aluminum cladding 160x170x10mm thk MS capping Peripheral composite beam Turnbuckle Spanning system Interior View showing the game room where people playing snooker. The ceiling is seen with structural spanning system and decking sheet over it.

Sectional Perspective of Pool Area showing the structural spanning system and the vertical bi-fold shading system on the west facade with fixed double glazed window 690

Sectional Perspective of an Office area showing typical usage of space with bookshelf being created within the column space. 691

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The studio challenged the stereotypical method of approaching a design. Moving from part to whole, the studio took us through a journey of designing the details and joinery to further articulate and be a part of larger structural system and eventually be put into an architectural expression. The studio had its own challenges, being amidst the worldwide Covid-19 pandemic, studying online was challenging. Irrespective of all the hurdles and communication constraints, I was able to learn and experience a lot of new things. Initial exercises demanded us to identify the challenges and issues faced in our own neighbourhood, which further formulated the base for decisions regarding design program and enhanced our consciousness towards architecture from the point of view of a common man. The studio led us through a series of rigorous model making exercises through which we explored the tectonics and behaviour of a structural system, being the gist of the studio‘poetics of construction’.Overall the learning experience was wonderful and it was a memorable and challenging 16 week journey. - Yashash Kanojia PAD20407

692

693

695

The Agricultural Institution for Research and Training Centre

Sasidhar Mahanti

Rajahmundry, Andhra Pradesh 16°59’N 81°48’E

•

696

• • •

The road width of main and internal road is different. Built masses area in different sizes. High tension electrical line going through this area.

•

Approach from the main road. Trees location has shown. High tension electrical line going through this area.

•

Plot boundary and building are in rectangle shape Building access from the road. There is only front set back for the building. Terrace of the building.

•

• • •

The main road is made of asbestos and other road are made with concrete. The Building height will be different for each building.

The approach to the main road have the street lights The most of the land below the high tension electrical line is framing land.

plot boundary and building are overlapped with each other. Columns are extended after the slab for future construction. The land are mostly sold in unit size and rectangle in shape.

1:100

•

2 residential units per floor plan. Vertical circulation in the building . Trees are next to the building.

• • •

•

1:50

• • •

• •

•

Hatch area’s are buildings and no hatched area are open land or agricultural frames. Built area can have different zones like commercial and residential.

•

• • •

1:10

1:5000

•

1:2500

• • • •

One main road and connecting road are branched from it. Different between built and un-built. Built mass density variation. Different sizes in roads Few built masses have open space around.

1:500 Inferences

• • •

1:200

Observations

1:1000

1:10000

Reading Scales

• • • •

Units has the north and east entrances. Number of doors and windows on the plan. Basic frame work in the building. Access from the staircase to unit main door. Number of bedroom per unit 1

•

Furniture layout of the living room and kitchen. Sink and stove location in the kitchen Electrical equipment in the room Entrance door to the bedroom.

•

Position of the two seater in the living room Position of 3 chairs and study table. study table is located next to the east face door. Flooring of the room is tile.

•

Door frame detail Architrave used on the door frame. Detail of the door anchoring to the wall. Door opening is inside.

•

• • •

• •

The residential are one bedroom units. vertical circulation will go up to the terrace. Trees which are next to building are palm trees.

This one bedroom units for the rental purpose. the staircase opens into the corridor which runs around units for circulations. The internal wall thickness is 6” while the external wall is 9” both are made out of brick. The structural system of the building is R.C.C

The kitchen has deep sink and shallow counter. the internal finish of the wall is emulsion paint. The tiles which are used in the flooring is ceramic tile.

Study table chair is different form the others. Study table made with plywood with laminate finish. The living room free furniture is made of with the rose wood.

The architrave attached to the door has triangular pattern to it. door has fixed panel with wooden design on it. The door is made of teak wood and finished with varnish.

697

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response The Agricultural Institution for Research and Training Centre Problem Statement : Rajahmundry is one of the towns in Andhra Pradesh which is experiencing rapid urbanization. As Rajahmundry is city a in the Godavari delta, majority of the people living in these areas are farmers. Therefore most of the fertile lands are used for agriculture. In the process of urbanization the lands acquired are either farm lands or agricultural lands which are converted

to non-agricultural lands. The area considers for the study 800x800m of land is located at Morampudi (Eastern part of Rajahmundry ) area where most of the lands are agricultural farm lands with different ownerships. Few industries like brick, ceramic, pottery are also located in this area. On my observation most of the land which is converted is used for residential purpose.

Recent example for the conversion agricultural lands capital city of Amravati which has procured 33000 acres from villages.

Existing Agricultural Lands

Existing Urbanizing area

Road Networks

What would be the role of architect where the both agriculture and urbanisation can be productive towards urbanization? Educating The Farmers With New Methods Of Farming Farmers are need to educate with new methods of farming along with the students and research group. There is disconnect between research group and farmers. Idea is to create a space where the this two groups can interact with each other and learn by The Agricultural Institution for Research and Training Centre The program will be focused on students, farmers, and new farming technologies. The program challenges the existing corporate agricultural supply and lab innovations. This platform will be for both researchers and farmers working together instead of working in isolation, so the development can be more homogeneous.

Farming Lands in 2010 Overlapped with existing road networks

Different Layers in Study Context Map in different scales

1:10000

698

This picture shows the agricultural produce that are available in the area through out the year. They divide in 3 segments tree produce , plant produce and animal produce with their time line.

1:5000

1:2500

Type of produce in this area

699

Modifying Mechanism

Introduction Vertical Sliding Opening In this sliding window we have 2 parts in order to explain the function of it one for the Assemble of Sliding panels and Mechanical Gears Assemble of Sliding Panels Step 1 MDF board thickness 8mm taken as panel tracker in the frame. Step 2 2mm ms panel holder fixed with screws position for 6mm dia rods. Step3 Rod will have the pulley and ball bearing. Bearing is for smooth movement in the frame. Step4 the sliding panel kept in position from the bottom of the frame.

Assemble of Mechanical Gear Step 1 Take 2mm ms sheet folder and weld in thus way. Keep holes for the threaded rod and bearing holder of lever arm as per the location. Step 2 Place component A & B in respected position.. On threaded rod fix the large gear and winder as per size mentioned. Step3 The L-angles are attached to the frames helps us to hold the gear box in position. Bevel gear is added to the system to the gear box. Step4 The gear box is fixed to the frame with spares provided in details. Secure the gear box with screws in provided location in frame.

Movement

Step 1

Grasshopper Script

Step 3

Working of the Gears

Elevation

Legends : 1. 50x100mm MS Frame Box Section 2. Guider for panel 3. 20 mm Pulley with bearing 4. 8mm MDF Panel 1 5. Lever Arm for input 6. 75x100mm MS Frame C-Section 7. 8. Pulley for cable transfer 9. Cable winder 10. Cable guider 11. 8mm MDF Panel 2 12. 8mm MDF Panel 3 An isometric drawing depicting movement of a “vertical Sliding window”

Step 2

Assemble of Sliding Panels

Assemble of Mechanical Gear

Shop Drawings

Legends : a. 75x100mm c section for bottom frame with 3mm thick MS b. 2mm thick 20x20mm L-shape angle c. Component A gear box d. 15mm Spur gear e. Component B Lever Arm f. Pulley support for cable transfer g. 20mm dia pulley h. Bearing for smooth movement i. 1.2mm metal cable j. Stopper for bearing k. 2mm thick 15x15mm MS panel holder l. 8mm thick MDF board m. Lever arm locking system n. Cable guider

Parametric scripting to model “Vertical Sliding Window”

700

701

Modelling Iteration-1 Key Idea- idea is to create opposite structural formations to create counter to each other and give stability to the 50cm vertical stripe.

Iteration-1 Key Idea- Is to join the multiple number of the horizontal members with vertical elements.

Iteration-2

Iteration-2 Key Idea- On successful attempt of the first iteration now i changed the configuration of the members and size of them. Observations- Due to the less material in the member the from is not stable. its getting deform on apply of any load due to the single pin joints

Iteration-3 Key Idea- Y-shape and different in sizes of members are taken from the bearing system developed further to the spanning system.

Iteration-3 Key Idea- From the Observations of second iteration this members need to be in perpendicular to each other to support to receive to act as a bearing member.

Iteration-4

702

703

Modulating system Iteration-4

Load Condition 1 Lateral load condition stable with moment of 1cm the bearing system

Elevation

Load Condition 2 Bearing System

Structural System Model

the rotational force is make the system unstable due to its not bracing

From the 4 iterations of spanning member and their observations with different conditions the final structural system has developed. By taking the observations in account.

Load Condition 3

Bearing System

By applying double layer wall creates more strength in the given system where it connects only from top and bottom

Spanning System

704

705

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

Iteration-1

Development of Building Mass

Legends : A. Weather Proof Member B. 150mm concrete on Decking sheet C. Decking sheet D. Secondary member in the spanning system E. 400mm C-Section Beam F. Spanning Member

G. Bearing Member H. Isolated Footing L. Finished flooring K. Vertical Sliding Window J. Shading Devices

Materials

706

707

System assembly (bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system)

Assembly of Bearing Member

Assembly of Spanning Member

The spanning member has will connected to the external beam channel section their area 4 size of the spanning members which area secured to the 50 x150 mm wooden member Different sizes of the spanning members based on the position 1. 675mm depth 2. 625mm depth 3. 525mm depth 4. 375mm depth

Assembly of Single Member Legends: a. 50x150mm wooden member b. 8mm thick MS cross plate c. 10mm MS plate d. 1.50mm dia steel cable e. 8mm dia steel cable

Legends: A. 8mm MS plate screwed B. 50x150mm wooden member 1. 8mm thick MS cross plate 2. 50x120mm wooden member 3. 150mm deep joint to increase the length 4. 10mm thick 400mm Depth channel section 5. 25x120mm wooden member 708

709

Typical Details Typical Spanning Member Detail

Typical Flooring Details Legends: 1. 8mm thick MS plate 2. 75x75mm wooden member 3. MS Plate holder 4. 1.5mm Dia SS Tension Cable 5. 25x120mm wooden member

1 3

Legends: 1. 150mm hole bricks 2. Spanning system 3. Secondary spanning member 4. Cross Bracing 5. Decking sheet 6. 150mm thick concrete Slab 7. Channel Section 8. Capping for slab 9. 10. Finished Flooring 11. Parapet wall 12.

1 4

10 9

Typical Details of Edge and Corner Conditions 1

6 3

Typical Roofing Details 1

7 8 10 4 5

Legends: 1. 10mm thick 400mm Depth channel section 2. 8mm thick MS cross plate 3. 50x120mm wooden member 4. 50x150mm wooden member 5. 25x120mm wooden member 6. 4mm thick MS Plate for wooden members 7. Bracket Holder 8. Support for Channel section 710

2 2

11 8 5 4

6 1

Legends: 1. Spanning system 2. Secondary spanning member 3. Cross Bracing 4. Decking sheet 5. 150mm thick concrete Slab 6. Channel Section 7. Capping for slab 8. 9. Finished Flooring 10. Parapet wall 11.

711

Context Plan

7 6

6 5 4

17 3

1 18

13 2

8 3

Legends: 1. Reception 2. 3. Record room 4. Store room 5. AHU room 6. Electrical room 7. Lecture Hall 8. Research labs 9. Green house lobby 10. Green house 11. Staff room 12. Skill labs 13. Library 14. Toilets 15. Classrooms 16. Pathways 17. External Corridor 18. Central Courtyard

15 15

Legends: 1. Meeting room 2. 3. Waiting area 4. Vice Principal Room 5. Principal room 6. Toilets 7. Lecture Hall 8. Research labs 9. Green house lobby 10. Green house 11. Green house Study 12. Skill Labs 13. External Corridor 14. Semi Covered Terrace

10 7

2 5

3 4

Design strategy:The location of the building and selection of the site is based on the study. one side of the site has the growing the urban area other side it has agricultural lands. The idea is to dissolve the boundaries of formal and informal groups in agricultural sector. This institution is for farmers is to educate them self and see the latest farming methods and techniques. This type of 712

education system also provide students to learn from the existing conditions. The new way of farming along with the students and research groups to meet growing need in urban areas. The skill labs, display area, library and other institutional facility will help farmers growth.

Legends: 1. Entrance & Exit -1 2. Skill Labs Block 3. Admin Block 4. Meeting Hall & Research labs 5. Green house 6. Classrooms 7. Courtyard 8. Open Framing display 9. Landscape

713

Sectional perspective Typical Conditions

Sectional Perspective A

Sectional Perspective B 714

715

Entrance View

716

717

Internal View Study Area

718

719

Internal View at Green House Reception

720

721

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio This foundation studio had a very different approach of developing an architectural language as a result of tectonics and articulation of a structural system. Studio was made to explore the structural system and made us understanding its forces as system and also as individual member. this method of understanding the structural system and its behaviour made me comfortable with the topic. pursuing the first semester of this masters programme at home made my parents and family members understood the hardships in architecture. In times like this I am very thankful to Prof. Sankalpa, Neel and Aviral for being very patient with us. I am looking forward to meet my classmate and professors in person. - Sasidhar Mahanti PAD20312

722

723

725

Reinvigoration of boat traffic in the canals of Kolkata Boating and rowing club

Arkajyoti Pradhan

Kolkata, West Bengal 22.5726° N, 88.° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • •

Built forms follow the structure of the waterbody ( canal ). Very high density of built forms. A lot of houses share outer walls. Canal acts as a natural boundary between prison complex and residential areas Roads mostly follow a square like grid except for areas near the waterbody

•

A lot of space in-between a road grid does not contain any kind of public pathway - despite the number of buildings that lack access to a public road. Despite showing individual built forms a lot of buildings seem to merge together indicating sharing of walls. Roads are narrow considering the density of the area. All buildings - low or mid rise

•

While most buildings are of random shapes and sizes some follow a consistent linear narrow house design. Most buildings along the river are either government owned or religious buildings Constructions done very close to historical building Large vegetation cover on other side of canal. Patches of large trees in-between settlements

•

A lot of buildings have private roads and access-ways despite the density of the location and their small sizes. Even new constructions share boundary walls and sometimes building walls Presence of public parking spots Most buildings have flat roofs with an occasional sloped roof hybrid. Vegetation is randomly placed and are of large sizes.

•

• • •

•

1:2500

• •

1:1000

•

• • • •

726

•

• • •

• • • •

• • •

Structures here were constructed after the implementation of the canal A lot of buildings do not follow by-laws - and are erratically built indicating these being built in the colonial/ early post colonial era. The canal plays a major role in the planning of this area

Presence of private roads, alleys etc. which connect the public roads to inner buildings of a grid Indication of most structures being subdivisions of larger previously existing buildings. Improper road planning considering the density Some kind of height restriction according to by-law

The more square and rectangular buildings specially the narrow buildings are newer constructions as opposed to the majorly colonial buildings here Controlled riverside access No preservation/ conservation efforts for religious buildings Vegetation acts as a buffer The trees in-between settlements indicate that they were untouched and houses built around them. Local design choice/ agenda to have a private road leading to the main door instead of having a door on the street. Lack of space during the construction of newer houses led to them being narrow and share walls Buildings were built around the bigger trees leaving them untouched Sloped roofs are not required in case of rainfall for this region

1:200

•

• • • •

• •

Despite the plot being narrow it has private entry path on both sides More openings towards the west 1/3rd of house space wasted on a circular stairwell Garage slopes down from the road

•

• •

•

• •

1:100

Inferences

•

1:50

Observations

•

1:10

1:5000

1:10000

•

Storm drain located on the south side of the street Many manhole covers and drain inlets are located at close spacing Light posts located close to each other - not maintaining the height to distance ratio Most buildings have flat roofs with open terraces. a lot of them have two terrace levels

•

Less space between bed and other furniture East-west windows and north south verandah.

• •

•

• •

Floor tiles do not match each other in grain No window towards balcony-only door Standard wall thickness of 300mm as opposed to most buildings here having much thicker walls

•

Columns are wide since they are only 300mm deep Wall brick layout Small wall extensions follow a stacked bond pattern instead of the typical running bond used in other places of the house.

•

• •

• • •

Road sloped tot he south Indication of that this area is prone to flooding Brightly lit area Being a densely packed area terraces offer an escape - so a lot of houses have defined terraces sometimes two levels.

The two private paths are either affected by poor design choice or some kind of by-law The building on the left is a much newer construction since it seems to block the purpose of the west windows of the centre building Poor staircase design choice for a narrow house Building garage is prone to flooding

Cramped interior spaces Window placements indicate wind direction - although redundant since inner buildings are blocked on both sides by newer constructions Verandah built facing road - the only place there is no view obstruction

Reclaimed material possibly from older building that existed here No window facing balcony ventilation issues Most buildings here are old colonial and have thick walls. The 300mm wall thickness indicates this is a newer construction

RCC column and beam load bearing structure No load bearing coverings or walls current standard brick size indicated newer construction Small wall extensions after a column follow a stacked bond indicating no structural requirement from the walls

727

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : Intervention to bring back the once flourishing boat traffic of the canals of Kolkata, now in scarcity due to poor river front development and lack of public awareness among other factors. Kolkata being a port city with the Hoogly river and network of canals has always had a flourishing water traffic. While this still exists in abundance on the main river, it has slowly started to die out on the canals and tributaries.

There are various broad reasons for this but we are going to look at more localized ones based on the area of study - along the banks of the Tolly Canal which is colloquially known as Adi-Ganga. These issues include lack of proper riverfront development, lack of maintenance and development of the canal, abundant water pollution, illegal building along the riverbank which don’t follow laws and regulations

and a general lack of awareness about the canals and the boating industry. The local government has already put a scheme into action to increase the width and depth of the canal for access making it easier for larger boats like yachts and lunch boats. There is already a pollution control scheme in place to clean up the canal and its banks.

Design Program :

Context Map LEGEND Dense Traffic Moderate Traffic Sparse Traffic Stop points

Considering the problems of pollution control, canal maintenance and canal expansion is being taken care of by local bodies the major area to intervene would be the actual activity itself - boating. By encouraging boating based activities in the canal we would be able to bring back the once flourishing water traffic of this region. Being in the water would help people understand the city from a different perspective, one that they have

• •

• • • 728

Stop points for water traffic

for professional rowers and kayakers to train. This boating club would definitely be a spot for professionals but also for visitors who want to experience the city from the angle of its water bodies. With the almost negligible transport boat traffic along the canals it’s time to rejuvenate them as a spot for raising awareness along with providing a source of leisure and escape.

Architectural Interventions :

•

Water Traffic Density

not experienced before. This would raise awareness and subsequently the want to keep the canals of kolkata clean and protected. The proposal for a project would be that of a boating/ rowing and community club. Most boating clubs in kolkata base their activities on lakes which are limited in what it has to offer majorly in terms of the approach ‘boating’ has to the city. They are also limited in access and are mostly used

Boating station - Hub with inlet and storage Public open area along the canal small park / plaza Indoor sports and fitness club games, gymnasium, swimming etc.. Cafe/ Restaurant overlooking the canal Banquet hall/ Multi-purpose hall Rooftop patio/ gardens overlooking the canal 729

Modifying Mechanism

Introduction

View - Panel Closed

The following exercise contained a method to design a mechanism for operation of a chosen window type. The window chosen for this project is a top hung window. The panel size for the window would be off 500x700mm. The mechanism should also cater to a situation of multiple panel openings. The design involves a central metal member attached to the top of the panel. This member attaches to two sets of gear on each side (gear type 1). This set consists of two gears placed perpendicular to one another. The point of force application is a handwheel located at the bottom centre of the outer frame. Rotating this causes the rotation of gears along two different planes and the force ultimately leads to the metal member attached to the panel rotating on its axis moving the panel with it in a upward swing.

View - Multiple Panels

View - Panel open

LEGEND ANTI-CLOCKWISE MOTION LINEAR MOTION CLOCKWISE MOTION

Movement CLOSED

PARTIALLY OPEN

FULLY OPEN 1. GEAR SET 1 - PERPENDICULAR GEARS 2. OUTER FRAME 3. MDF PANEL 4. GEAR SET 2 - CORNER GEARS 5. PULLEY CABLE 6. HANDLE WHEEL + GEARS 7. LOCKING MECHANISM A drawing depicting mechanism of TOP HUNG WINDOW

Grasshopper Script

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a TOP HUNG WINDOW

Shop Drawings Front Elevation 5

Script for creating the window frame

Side Elevation

Section A-A

A 1

8 9

Script for creating the window panel and rotation

4 A

Plan

2 8

3 4

Parametric scripting to model TOP HUNG WINDOW

730

LEGEND LEGEND 1. GEAR SET 1 - 3:1 RATIO 2. PULLEY CABLE 3. GEAR - 15 SPOKE 4. PULLEY WHEEL X 2 (ATTACHED TO GEAR ) 5. MS SECTION - CONNECTING GEAR 1 TO PANEL 6. OPENING MECHANISM - HANDWHEEL 7. GEAR X2 - 15 SPOKE 8. WINDOW PANEL 9. WINDOW FRAME

Shop drawings of TOP HUNG WINDOW

731

Modifying

Modelling

ASSEMBLY DRAWING

Iteration-1 2

Key Idea - The exercise includes supporting a paper strip of a given size with additional paper strips thus understanding the nature of forces on structural members. The first part includes tearing down a paper strip until it stops sagging under its own weight. Taking this height as point x we apply support at every multiple of x - as two different iterations symmetrical and asymmetrical. ( figures option 1 and 2 respectively )

Further advancing the asymmetrical idea we change the straight members to a zig zag one to reduce the use of materials. This zig-zag member seems to provide as much support as the straight one did but suffers from moderate sagging as a cantilever.

This zig zag member is further pushed inside and split into multiple sections thus adding depth to the spanning member directly increasing its effectiveness. This formation applies to both vertical and horizontal members and a much lesser amount of bending/ sagging is seen as the previous module.

assembly drawings of TOP HUNG WINDOW LEGEND: 1. MDF BOARD PANEL 2. PANEL FRAME ( METAL SECTION ) 3. BEVELLED GEAR SET 1 4. PULLEY CABLE VERTICAL 5. BEVELLED GEAR SET 2 6. PULLEY CABLE HORIZONTAL 13 7. HANDWHEEL / HANDLE 8. BEVELLED GEAR SET 3 9. OUTER FRAME 14

Parts

Gear set 1

11 10

Opening Mechanism

Corner Gear set

LEGEND:

13 18

10. GEAR SET 1 - SMALLER GEAR (15 TEETH) -30MM DIA 11. GEAR SET 1 - LARGER GEAR (45 TEETH) - 90MM DIA 12. ATTACHES TO FRAME 13. 15 TEETH GEAR (30MM DIA) 14. PULLEY WHEEL VERTICAL CABLE 15. PULLEY WHEEL HORIZONTAL CABLE 16. HANDLE ( RETRACTABLE AS A LOCKING MECHANISM) 17. HANDWHEEL BASE 18. ATTACHES TO FRAME

Part Details of TOP HUNG WINDOW 732

733

Modulating system Iteration-2

Single unit - details

Key Idea - The zig-zag member gradually decreases in depth as it reaches the centre of the spanning member. There is a opposing tension cable unit on each side of the member which , as opposed to the zig-zag unit, increases in depth as it reaches the centre. A similar formation is used for the bearing member on each side .

Iteration-1

Isometric View - Structural system grid

Key Idea - The final structural system involves the same long spanning member as the previous iteration and a much simplified bearing member. The bearing member now is two closely spaced flitch plates with a c/c distance of 450mm. The secondary members are i sections and vary depending on the span.

LEGEND: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Structure - isometric view

SPANNING MEMBER TYPE 1 SPANNING MEMBER TYPE 2 SECONDARY MEMBERS BEARING MEMBER STRUCTURAL TENSION CABLE ZIG ZAG PLATE (SPANNING MEMBER)

Plan - Structural system grid

Elevation - Structural system module Single unit - isometric view

5 6 1

Plan- Structural system module

3 Model - single unit

Model - structure Side Elevation - Structural system Grid module

734

Front Elevation - Structural system Grid module

735

Space material and interaction ROAD PUBLIC BLDG.

View-1 (Structural Model) 1:10 scale

BOATING HUB

Primary Blocks

TOLLY CANAL

The site is of a narrow form and is located along the eastern side of the canal. The initial form work includes zoning the building complex into three major parts boating club, indoor activity club and public access building (which includes the cafés and banquet halls). These zones are assembled into four individual buildings, each having a east-west span. The buildings are oriented in a fashion where the they gradually seem to reach the riverbank. The closeness to the bank resembles their affinity for water. For example the boating hub is located closest to the bank as it requires direct access to the canal.

INDOOR CLUB Extrusions and Recesses

Connections

View-2 (Structural Model) 1:10 scale

The second form plays with the same zoning concept but aligns the structure along the northsouth direction to better fit the narrow nature of the site. There is a major difference in height between the three forms with the public access building being the tallest. There are recesses made for semi open and open areas and the three buildings are connected by bridges on various levels.

Openings

3 4

View-3 (Structural Model) 1:10 scale

LEGENDS: 10

11 12 13

building program of BOATING CLUB

736

Program wise the smallest building is the boating hub while the building in the middle houses the indoor games and a fitness club. The tall building contains the cafe and restaurants on the glower floors followed by the banquet and multi-purpose halls on top. The rooftop area of the tall building houses a patio garden. The rooftop of the club and boat station are connected and function as a miniature rooftop park and garden.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

ROOFTOP PATIO - PUBLIC BUILDING MULTI-PURPOSE HALL 2 MULTI-PURPOSE HALL 1 STAIRWELL AND ELEVATOR RESTAURANT CAFE BANQUET HALL 1 ROOFTOP PARK/ GARDEN INDOOR GAMES 1 INDOOR GAMES 2 VIEWING DECK BOATING HUB BOAT LAUNCH GHAT

737

Accommodating Structure

System assembly (bearing system)

Iteration-1

A timber + metal sandwich (flitch)was used for both spanning and bearing members. Cable for spanning member and joinery are all made of steel. All base-plates are steel. Secondary beams are i sections. Structural RCC concrete walls have been used in certain places as bridges or retaining walls. The flooring enclosure is metal decking sheets with concrete filling with exposed areas having an additional water proofing layer.

LEGENDS (NUMERIC) : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

CONCRETE SCREED WATERPROOFING LAYER CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB METAL DECKING SHEET FOR OPEN AREAS FLY-ASH BRICK WALL RAILING WALL BRICK JAALI WALL FULL WINDOW WALL RCC WALL RCC BRIDGE

13. BEAM TYPE 1 14. BEAM TYPE 2 15. SECONDARY MEMBERS 16. INNER COLUMN (400X100) 17. OUTER COLUMN (500X100)

Assembly of bearing member Main Bearing Members

Bearing + Spanning Member Joinery

1 13 14 15 2

plan of STRUCTURAL SYSTEM

2 5

3 4

Inner Bearing Members

6 7

LEGEND : 1. 11 12 11

LEGEND (COLOUR ) BEAM TYPE 2 10

BEAM TYPE 1 9 8

OUTER COLUMNS

STAINLESS STEEL BOLT (50MM DIA) 2. STAINLESS STEEL NUT (50MM DIA) 3. METAL PLATE (500 X 20) 4. TIMBER MEMBER (500X40) 5. WELDED TO METAL PLATE ON BEAM THROUGH GROOVES 6. T PLATE (BEAM TO COLUMN) 7. L PLATE (COLUMN TO BASEPLATE) 8. WELDED TO METAL PLATE ON BEAM 9. TIMBER MEMBER (400X40) 10. METAL PLATE (400X20)

INNER COLUMNS RCC WALL

isometric diagram of STRUCTURAL AND ENCLOSURE SYSTEM 738

739

System assembly (Spanning system)

Context Plan

Assembly of spanning member Zig Zag Timber Member

Zig Zag Metal Member

Spanning Member (flitch plate)

12 13

LEGEND : 1. MITRED JOINT 2. DIAGONAL PLATES WELDED 3. METAL PLATE 4. CONNECTION PLATE AT BOTTOM 5. TIMBER MEMBER 6. METAL PLATE 7. GROOVE FOR COLUMN PLATE 8. TIMBER MEMBER 9. WELDED CONNECTION 10. ZIG-ZAG TIMBER MEMBER 11. ZIG-ZAG METAL MEMBER 12. STAINLESS STEEL BOLT (50MM DIA) 13. STAINLESS STEEL NUT (50MM DIA) 14. SPANNING MEMBER FLITCH PLATE 15. ZIG-ZAG MEMBER 16. CABLE SUPPORT (500MM DEPTH) 17. STEEL CABLE (15MM DIA) 18. CABLE SUPPORT (250MM DEPTH) 19. THIMBLE 20. WELDED TO BEAM PLATE 21. METAL CONNECTION PLATE 22. CABLE PASS THROUGH 23. TIMBER MEMBER 24. STAINLESS STEEL NUT AND BOLT (20MM DIA)

12 13

6 7 8 9

10 11

Spanning Member (with tension cable) 14 15

Cable Support 20 21

16 17

22 23 24

740

The site is located along the eastern edge of tolly canal in a locality called Bhawanipore (22°31’49.9”N 88°20’30.2”E). The area is primarily a residential zone. The approach road for the site is a 6m wide ‘Harish Chatterjee Street’. The canal currently stands at an average width of 16 meters and an average depth of 5 meters (numbers subject to change with future

expansion plans). The other side of the canal consists of dense plantation followed by ‘Alipore central Jail complex’ . The approach road has moderate to high vehicular activity . There are two public parking spots present near the site.

741

Ground Floor Plan

Floor Plans 3rd Floor Plan

LEGEND :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

5 7

2nd Floor Plan

1st Floor Plan

BOATING HUB AND STORAGE BOATING ROOM VIEWING DECK BOAT LAUNCH GHAT (DECK + STEPS) RIVERBANK INDENTATION MAIN GATE COMPLEX FOR CLUB ENTRANCE TO CLUB HOUSE CLUB LOBBY AND RECEPTION TABLE TENNIS AREA LOCKER ROOM+ WASHROOMS + SAUNA GYM/ FITNESS CENTRE DECK SWIMMING POOL KITCHEN AND PANTRY FOR CAFE CAFE SEATING (INDOOR) TOILETS CAFE SEATING (PORCH) RIVERBANK OPEN AREA COMMON LOBBY FOR PUBLIC BUILDING ELEVATOR SHAFT ENTRANCE TO PUBLIC BUILDING GATE COMPLEX (PUBLIC BUILDING)

18 20

15 13

5 6

LEGEND :

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

11.

12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

17. 19

18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

INDOOR GAMES ROOM (SEMI OPEN) VIEWING DECK OVER BRIDGE INDOOR GAMES ( POOL) KIDS PLAY AREA MINI BADMINTON COURT BAR FOR RESTAURANT BALCONY SEATING (BAR + RESTAURANT) RESTAURANT TOILETS RESTAURANT KITCHEN+ PANTRY RESTAURANT INDOOR SEATING RESTAURANT BALCONY SEATING ELEVATOR SHAFT PUBLIC BUILDING LOBBY TERRACE PARK/ GARDEN BANQUET HALL (OPEN BALCONY SPACE) BANQUET HALL KITCHEN/ PANTRY SPACE WASHROOM BANQUET HALL MULTI-PURPOSE HALL UTILITY ROOM MULTI-PURPOSE HALL SPACE MULTI-PURPOSE HALL OPEN SPACE EVENT SPACE (ROOFTOP) ROOFTOP PATIO (VIEWING DECK)

8 18

5th Floor Plan

4th Floor Plan

742

743

Building section

Wall section Part Section A (Sports court/ Bar/ Banquet space)

Key Plan Part Section B (Pool/ Gymnasium)

Section A-A’

Part Section D (Cafe/ Restaurant)

Section B-B’ Sun Angle - June 10am

Key Plan

Section B-B’ Sun Angle - December 10am

Part Section E (Boat launch+ over bridge) Part Section C (Restaurant Kitchen+ Toilets/ Banquet + Utility

744

745

External view - 1

Sectional Perspective -part Sectional Perspective A (Indoor Club+ Rooftop Garden)

Key Isometric View

Sectional Perspective B (Restaurant Space + Banquet Hall)

746

747

External view - 2

748

Interior views

749

Epilogue

MAD foundation studio The Foundation studio was a unique and challenging learning encounter, and brought forward a very important aspect missing from previous experiences - Detail. The sudden abundance of new information was overwhelming at first, and through trial and error it ultimately taught me what is required of an architect based on global standards and just how much fine detailing should go into every nook and cranny of a design. The structural system and the window design experiments also brought forward a unique perspective to my design and helped me dive into the inner workings of a building. Thank you Sankalpa and team for this once in a lifetime experience.

-Arkajyoti Pradhan PAD20067

750

751

753

Forest of Tales A Cross-over between Nature and Architecture

Ratik Verma

Jabalpur, Madhya Pradesh 23.1703° N, 79.9938° E

Key layout of the place of residence. Built and unbuilt mass within plot boundary. Road access to the residence. Internal pathways. Vegetation within plot boundary.

•

• •

754

• •

• • •

• •

• • •

The primary and secondary roads can be differentiated properly. The built mass concludes that most of them are residential bungalows.. The built and unbuilt areas can be clearly identified as the plot boundaries are dominant.

The maximum height of the built form goes upto 6m and are ground storey. Relation between primary and secondary road connections to that of the bungalows is established. Placement of walkways is on the one edge of the road which runs throughout along the primary road.

Roof layout of the place of residence. Majority of the area within is unbuilt mass in form of gardens. Road connectivity to the residence. Layout of internal pathways of the residence.

1:500 •

•

1:200

Identification of building heights present on site. Road hierarchy and connections are identified clearly. Walkways and pathways observed along the roads. Approximate relation of scale of trees to that of buildings on site.

•

• • •

1:100

•

• •

•

The site has a contoured terrain with built masses placed on hill top. Sparse and spread out placement of the built mass on site. Primary road divides the site mass into 3 different parts or sectors.

• • • •

Layout of the residence. Roof plan. Landscaped areas within the place of residence.

•

Room layout. Entrance to the residence. Structural arrangement of the built form.

•

Ante room layout. Wall thickness and openings. Flooring layout of the room. Arrangement of the furniture.

•

• •

• • •

1:50

Layout of the road network on site. Clear demarcation of different plot boundaries. Identification of the built masses. Foliage, in the form of trees can be observed around the built mass and along roads.

1:10000

•

1:5000

Site topography and geographic conditions. Overview of the built and unbuilt mass on site. Layout of the road network on the site. Identification of plot boundaries.

•

1:2500

Inferences

1:1000

Observations

• • •

• •

1:10

Reading Scales

• •

•

Window opening layout. Furniture - seating along the window fixing. Flooring layout .

•

Bay window fixing details. Material iteration and usage for construction. Wall thickness and finishes.

•

• •

Identification of basic spatial arrangement of rooms. Identification of roof type - here gable roof truss. Gardens , pathways and trees in form of landscaped elements around the residence.

Layout of the ante room and main entrance to the residence. Spatial relation of entry porch to that of the rooms is established. Column positioning and identification of load bearing walls.

Spatial relation of the room to that of corridor is established. Bay windows, fixed windows with load bearing walls. Spatial arrangement of furniture within the room space. Flooring tiles layered throughout the room of size 610 x 610 mm.

Bay window with one panel as fixed frame. Flooring tiles placed within the room of size 610 x 610 mm.

Bay window fixing detail with corner edges panel fixed to frame. Brick masonry and timber frame for window . Load bearing walls with 18mm plaster finish.

755

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Relation of Active Performers on site

Context Map

The representation portrays the relationship between the 5 key active site performers at CMM. The relationship is derived from mapping out the following based on the distance of the 1.17km stretch. The representation concludes that there is a lack in the recreational spaces for the users of CMM and doesn’t serve the multitude of its users as one single entity at present.

FIG 1.0 The following graphical representation portrays the relationship of built and unbuilt areas on the site, which are over-layered on the contoured terrain. It illustrates the spaces and zones with six different users that function on the site.

Problem Statement : College of Material Management- CMM is a primary armed forces base set up in Jabalpur that comes under the Ordnance Corps. It has the following primary areas that are – Administrative, institutional, residential, healthcare. The college caters in the training offered to officers, JCO’s and soldiers. The college is set up on a contoured terrain with majority of settlements placed on the uphill. The height of the built forms reaches to a maximum height of 6m in few cases. The site further has

756

a majority of the zones covered in form of open green lands and forest covers as compared to the ratio of the built form. Further, the site offers habitat to a few reserved forest- Sangwan, wildlife- deer, foxes and wild boars. Hence, there is an existing relationship between the above-mentioned users on site with humans. However, the existing spaces of engagement between the three key performers is fragmented. Although there is a pressing need for

a space of engagement for its users at CMM, the existing fabric of natural habitat cannot be neglected either. Here, the natural habitat is the foreground, and not the background. Hence, the following question emerges - To what extent can an architectural intervention be shaped by the natural habitat, which connects the three fragmented performers at CMM? To what limit can architecture intervene and yet create spaces of engagements and interaction?

Independent Scale Graphs

FIG 3.0 The graph below illustrates the relationship between the 5 site performers on a scale factor of 0-5. The relationship, being categorised into Interdependence, Barrier and Engagement factors.

757

Engagement Spaces and zones - Existing Layout

Design Program : In a world where the environment is eroded daily, forests in cantonment remains untouched. Forests have formed a beautiful backdrop to many mythological stories in different cultures. In Indian mythology, Maha Van – is considered as the great natural forest where all species of life find shelter. At College of Material ManagementJabalpur, nature - represented by one of its most free flowing and ornate expressions: forest and wildlife, exists along with humans. The intervention aims at designing a recreational space - pavilion. A place that can connect

people, nature and architecture, which celebrates and captures the essence of landscape by hosting different activities. The intervention re-imagines the recreational places in an educational institute- here, CMM. . At present, the site has different zones designated as -housing, administration and military combat training, i.e. - educational zones. However, it lacks when it comes to a cohesive designated zone for recreational areas for the users. This means that the individuals and their families who live around here have a few opportunities to participate in

various leisure and outdoor activities. Hence, the interaction between the users and spaces are fragmented. As the deepest and the most powerful form of connection with one another is without boundaries, the focus lays on re-imagining the outlook of recreational areas. The proposal explores the ways to construct an architectural expression that integrates nature with the pavilion in a meaningful manner. Where, the transition between natural-artificial is fluid and seamless to an extent that it becomes one continuous envelope.

Architectural Interventions : Relation of spaces and zones on site

758

• • • • • • •

Pavilion Observatory Tower Art | Music Studios Workshop Area Book studio Shops Outdoor Decks 759

Modifying

Shop Drawings

Introduction - Sliding Panels : Along XY Plane B.

Grasshopper Script

Fig: Cable mounting on the pulley system

Plan | Elevation of the sliding window assembly

LEGEND:

Movement Sequence

A. SINGLE PULLEY - 45MM DIA

Junction C

B. DOUBLE PULLEY - 25MM DIA

C. SINGLE PULLEY - 25MM DIA

Junction B

Detail at junction ‘B’ Junction A 01.

Rotate the pulley at junction A in anti-clockwise direction. Hence, it generates an output movement (black arrow) in the vertical axis.

760

02.

The moment generated in figure 01 produces the rotational movement at junction B, producing an output force along the horizontal cable further.

03.

The final movement is generated at junction C wherein, the end panel begins to slide while the remaining panels slide through the use of the channels.

Section AA’

Detail at junction ‘C’ 761

Modifying

Step 02

Step 04

Assembly Components 1.

1.1

Fix the - 700 x 500 mm mdf panels - 9 mm thick from both the sides onto the frame. Drill the 7mm diameter - wooden screws on the top and middle frame axis form both the sides .

. Step 05

Step 03

LEGEND: 1. Bottom Roller 18mm dia - Steel nylon wheel

2. Vertical U section brackets - 6mm thk

3. Pulley System with Fixing brackets

4. Top section bracket - Aluminium frame

5. MS bottom sliding track

6. Rolled steel slider - load capacity: 45kg

Assembly

Fix the telescopic channel on the side A, B of the panel assembled in the step 03 and fix it with the use of 7mm dia screw.

Now, fix bottom track wheel brackets onto the panel framework assembled above, in step 02.

Sliding panels assembly sequence Step 01 A. Here, for assembly of the framework, take the horizontal battens- 32mm thick (500x15)mm - 3 no’s, Vertical mdf - 4mm thick panel board (700x25)mm. For the customized vertical mdf member - 6mm thick, follow the instruction guidelines given on the adjacent side for markings.

Sequence of overall assembly - Sliding Window

B. Take 7mm diameter screws for fixing of members.

C. Here, the following diagram represents the final structure of the door framework for the sliding panels after the assembly.

762

763

Modelling Iteration-1 Key IdeaThe primary objective was to balance the 50 cm vertical strip using smaller strips. Here, the vertical strip was balanced by using the notch and pin connections in smaller strips. Further, as moving higher, the members were staggered and placed at alternate junctions to reduce the self weight of the entire form with a cantilevered projection at the central axis of 50 cm strip.

764

Iteration-2 Key IdeaThe horizontal 50cm paper strip is to be stabilized using smaller paper strips/ members. The iteration used to balance the horizontal central strip followed the same process as that of the vertical iteration . The use of thread was put into use at central and end junctions as tension members to avoid the swaying of the horizontal paper strip.

765

Modulating system Structural System Perspective - 01

Based on the previous iterations and experimentations of the spanning and bearing systems, the final structural system was developed which was further incorporated in the design ideation.

Spanning member and bearing member assembly

Elevation - 02

Plan

Secondary Beam assembly to the bearing system

Elevation - 03 Floor joists and flooring assembly on structural system

Corner Detail

766

Elevation

767

Space material and interaction

Iteration-1

Iteration-2

The Road not Taken....

| SITE | 2.5 M Wide road with forest stretch and playground.

Dis - Integration

| INTERVENTION | Massing of volume onto the central axis of road.

The design intervention is placed on the central axis of the road that merges with the natural environment, forests and the wildlife, on both the sides. The central pavilion, despite its boxed shaped, puts a contrast between the undulating landscape of forests around, further connecting the two diverged parts of the road. The VOID and PERFORATIONS tries to engage the users and walkers giving them a thorough view around the site The primary objective of the intervention is to animate the natural built form by working in cohesion with the already existing activities. A place that would engage the users with forests, wildlife and create connections. 768

Accommodating Structure

Iteration-3

The Visual Connect

| THE VOID | Creation of the void into the central volume of mass.

Act of Engagement

INTERACTION | Perforations in the secondary volume along the road edge.

LEGEND: 01 Wooden Flooring Base 02 Interlocking Members 03 Timber Columns 04 Horizontal Spanning Member 05 Purlin 06 Wooden Deck Flooring

A. Cement Board Panels B. Coloured Acrylic Sheets C. Brick Wall D. Timber Framework

769

System assembly (Overview)

System assembly (Bearing system)

Assembly of Bearing and Spanning member

Assembly of Bearing and Spanning members

LEGEND: A. BASE PLATE B. (250x250) mm TIMBER POST C. ASSEMBLED SPANNING SYSTEM D. 20 mm DIA CABLE

LEGEND: 01. (250x250x100) mm - 8mm THK BASE PLATE 02. (250x250) mm TIMBER POST 03. (400x50x75) mm CONNECTING MEMBER 04. WOODEN SCREWS BOLTED TO MEMBERS 05. (1530x100x75) mm TIMBER BEAM 06. 6mm THK GUSSET PLATE 07. (4360x100x75) mm TOP BEAM MEMBER 08. (100x100x150) mm SPACER BLOCKS 09. (500x100x45) mm VERTICAL MEMBER

LEGEND: LEGEND: A. (250x250) mm TIMBER POST B. ASSEMBLED SPANNING SYSTEM C. SECONDARY BEAM MEMBERS

770

01. COLUMN BASE CAP 02. 6mm THK BASE PLATE 03. (250x250) mm TIMBER POST 04. 6mm Thk PLATE TO CONNECT PLINTH BEAM

771

System assembly (Spanning system)

Overall Assembly of Primary beams

Assembly of Secondary beams

LEGEND: 1. (250x250) mm TIMBER COLUMN 2. (3000x100x100) mm CLT MEMBER 3. WOODEN SCREWS BOLTED TO MEMBERS 4. ASSEMBLED MODULE - SPANNING SYSTEM

LEGEND: 1. (500x100x45) mm VERTICAL MEMBER 2. (1525x100x75) mm CENTRAL MEMBER 3. (1000x100x75) mm BOTTOM BEAM 4. TOP BEAM MEMBER 5. (400x50x75) mm CONNECTING MEMBER 6. WOODEN SCREWS BOLTED TO MEMBERS

1 Turn-buckle bolted to timber member 2 18mm dia tension cable 3 (500 x 100 x 45) mm vertical member bolted to upper beam member

1 Beam Assembly 2 Cable anchoring connected to 8mm thk gusset plate 3 Timber column

772

1 Vertical Connecting member 2 4mm metal plate bolted between vertical and horizontal member 3 Upper beam

1 Screws bolted to connect members 2 Timber Column (250x250) 3 (100 x 100) mm secondary members

773

Context Plan

Site Plan

Design Strategy:The intervention was proposed at the junction near the playground and forest threshold which would connect the existing fragmented zones on site. Further, the intervention would act as an active catalyst and form a part of the daily routine of the inhabitants using the road stretch for cycling, leisure walks and add on re-creational purposes throughout the different times of the day.

03.

02.

01.

774

775

Wall Orientations and Openings

LEGEND: 1. STALLS | SHOPS 2. COURTYARD 3. SCREENING DECK 4. PAVILION 5. COURTYARD 6. YOGA | FITNESS 7. WORKSHOPS 8. INSTRUCTOR CABIN

776

9. TOILET BLOCKS 10. WALKWAY 11. OBSERVATORY TOWER

777

Ground Floor Plan

First Floor Plan

LEGEND:

1. STALLS | SHOPS 2. COURTYARD 3. SCREENING DECK 4. PAVILION 5. OUTDOOR PERFORMING AREA 6. YOGA | FITNESS 7. CHANGING ROOMS 8. INSTRUCTOR CABIN

778

9. WORKSHOP 10. TOILET BLOCK 11. BREAKOUT ZONE 12. OBSERVATORY TOWER

1. PAVILION BRIDGE 2. BOOK STUDIO 3. PANTRY 4. CONFERENCE ROOM 5. ADMIN 6. EXHIBIT AREA 7. ART | MUSIC STUDIO 8. EXTENSION AREA 9. OBSERVATORY TOWER

779

Sectional Perspective SEC AA’

SEC BB’

A’

A B’

780

781

Site Sectional Elevation

PAVILION

2.5 M ROAD

PAVILION

COURTYARD

YOGA | FITNESS DECK

FIG 1.0: The sectional elevation shows the relation of the central road and massing of built form which forms a connection, bringing the people into the space. Here, the pavilion placed onto the road acts as a catalyst which forms a part of the daily routine life of users passing by.

782

783

Wall - Part Section

LEGEND: 01 230 MM Thk Brick Wall 02 (100 x 50) MM Vertical Wooden Louvres 03 Spanning Member 04 (75 x 50) MM Joists 05 45 MM Thk Brick Veneer Assembly 06 Sliding Door 07 Timber Frame

784

785

FIG 1.0: The view of the pavilion through the central road axis. The pavilion encapsulates the essence of the nature their kite dominating the sky, while a few indulge into the serene landscape around-singing, reading or out for a stroll with their loved ones.

786

787

FIG 2.0: Interior view of the pavilion - A music and cultural fest being organized as a part of the festive season wherein the users actively indulge in different activities. Although used as a cultural space, the pavilion casual meet ups too.

788

789

FIG 3.0: The view of the Observatory Tower. A place where the nature meets the wildlife, a place where humans connect with the wildlife and forests . The three exist together as one soulful entity without disturbing the others habitat. Here, unimagined - intimate and deep connections are formed with the nature around.

790

791

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio In this fast unfolding and uncertain situation of pandemic, the teaching-learning process did not stop. The foundation studio, led by Prof. Sankalpa takes a unique and different path to perceive architecture. Being in the pandemic, the studio made us interpret and question our own site. The studio attempts to express architecture through details of construction, writing, intensive readings and by understanding the forces in the structural system. The most intriguing part for me from the studio was the derivation of structural system using exploratory model iterations. It not only made me realise the essence and aesthetics of what a system could bring into the overall outlook of built form, but it also gave me an in-depth knowledge of detailing and technicalities which are crucial for a form to stand out. Moreover, the studio further pushed me to the extreme to express the boldness in my work through drawings and representation skills. This approach not only helped me have a new perspective towards design, but it also helped in articulation and generation of a rightful architectural response pertaining to my site. My sincere thanks to T.A’s - Aviral and Neel, who have been a constant support throughout, solving my queries of every kind at any point of hour from their office, kitchen and hallway, juggling the complexities of their own domestic lives.

-Ratik Verma PAD20276

792

793

795

Conservation of the Fortuitous Urban Voids_Urban Park Case of Terrain Vague, Annamalainagar, Trichy

Kave Shinthu Prabakherran

Tiruchirappalli, Tamilnadu 10.7905° N, 78.7047° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • • •

Inferences

•

Hierarchy of roads has been clearly understood. Minimal contour levels. Un built ratio is higher than the built ratio. Two main roads parallel and diverging at one point and the secondary roads looks like its branching out. The built mass is aligned in the periphery of the roads. Gentle undulations.

•

Individual plot boundaries are clearly visible. The building plots are all perpendicular to the roads. Vegetation cover as a mass in the periphery of the road parallel. From the section it is observed that, there is a difference in height from the road parallel to it.

•

A clear alignment in the Individual Plot boundaries is seen. Most of the buildings are punctuated by open spaces forming a constant built and void balance. Roads forming cul-de-sac in the ends or dead ends. Presence of large number of trees in the neighborhood. Buildings aligned perpendicular to the roads.

•

The street patterns and the alignment of the buildings , their thresholds were observed. The levels of the buildings and

•

1:2500

1:5000

• • • • •

• • • •

1:1000

•

• • • •

796

surrounds it. Most of the houses have their own front-yards which includes a car parking space. There is no built mass, after a row of houses.

• •

• • • • •

•

The trees around allow a liberal

•

The open grounds are used as parking lots. Open spaces on all four sides which increase the viability of views and vistas. The pattern of the manhole connection is organized. The edges of the street mostly becomes the edge of the building itself.

The space segregation within the building is observed. The position of beams and columns is noticed. B The staircase layout and entry to the from it, is eyed.

•

• • •

• •

space for terrace. •

• • •

• •

•

The plot boundaries are in such a way that gives access to roads from each buildings. The level difference shows that it is a bypass or highway which was one of the roads built initially in the city.

1:100

•

The plot boundaries shows the structured development of the buildings one after the other. The punctuations by green space explains the residential zone with most of them as individual house. The dead ends shows the relationships between the open plots and buildings and how are they used.

The foot paths are merged with the roads without a clear demarcation and are muddy. These individual houses are spaced well with alternative green spaces that provides a breathing space for the residents. It is observed that the row of houses mark the end of the development in the area until now.

• • • •

high forming a protection to the whole area behind it. Vegetation mass started evolving from the periphery of the highway.

The connectivity to other spaces is observed. Types of door and fenestrations is observed. The window recessed from the wall is noticed.

• •

•

1:50

• •

The distance between the built mass show the vacancy in the land. More number of residential units are speculated The unbuilt area depicts the development in the zone is ongoing. The branching of the roads, clearly explains the development of the zone through the roads.

1:200

Observations

1:10

1:10000

•

The coconut trees in the neighborhood and the bamboo trees beside the house is observed. Flat roofs with accessible terrace is noticed. The entry gate of the houses are pictured. The connectivity of the manholes with the streets are observed. The street lights and the electric post network is observed.

• • •

observed. The level difference in the bathroom slope is observed. The window and door types are observed.

The layers of materials used in the wall. Tile patterns. frame to the wall.

•

• • •

•

The segregation of the spaces allow a clarity in the privacy level of the spaces. The sense of movement in the space and the amount of ventilation the space could provide is evident. The staircase shows the levels in the buildings that another lower level is being held reached through it. The porch gives the access to the house from the roads. The function of the spaces is primary and secondary spaces. Displays the organization of space such as the bathroom placed inside the room is accessed from the intermediary spaces which acts a threshold of a private space. The sizes of the door( mostly single doors) and windows changes according to the function of the spaces. The tile size would be around 300 x 300mm and the slope difference is given to drain the water from the bathroom. louvered one.

The Thicknesses of the plaster and over it. leads to the drain underneath. Layers and the chamfering of thicknesses which form the overall increase in level of the toilet. Understanding of materials in different relationships. 797

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : Annamalainagar in Tiruchirapalli, Tamilnadu is an area which was spread as a street and over the years, became a primary road branching out to secondary roads in the Suburbs of the city making a community in itself. However, in the recent days, more of commercial buildings have been stretching in the periphery of the road as a part of expansion in the community. Though there is a constant

development in some spots, there is a lot of untitled or entitled land as to which no significant physical site improvement has commenced and this process is ongoing. Being a suburban area in the city has a lot of “fortuitous urban void” in a vague terrain that marks the end of the area. Also it acts as a place where people isolate themselves and respond to questionable unsocial activities such as drinking and gambling,

improper waste disposal which serves as a breeding hub for various insects which in turn makes the environment unsafe for people especially for women, to pass through these spots and access them, in the community. LEGEND:

Fortuitous urban voids Terrain vague

Garbage Dumping Area

Alcohol Presence of Consumption snakes & Gambling

Vegetation Major Types

Activity in the specific spots

Alcohol Consumption & Gambling

LEGEND:

Informal green space/terrain Commercial buildings Secondary roads Primary roads Residences

Neem Plant

Castor Plant

Pungai Tree

Arugampul

Prosopis Juliflora

Mapping of the activity and the vegetation

Context Map Aim of the project

To guard or to preserve the fortuitous urban void / terrain vague’s originality from being exploited by the people and as well as the real estate owner who treat them as mere plots that generate finances and on the other hand to secure people from the unsocial activities happening in the terrain vague due to the blurriness in the same.

Time 7:00 9:00 11:00 13:00 15:00 17:00 19:00

LEGEND:

Men walking Women walking Area people Outsiders Group Dogs Cyclist Jogging walking

Fortuitous Urban Void

21:00

Informal Green Spaces

798

Residential Blocks

Commercial Blocks

Mapping of the activity of the inhabitant

799

2002-2006 It is seen that Green areas were more compared to built up area and the road extending ahead Annamazhai Nagar was a dead end.

2018 - 2020 The greens are reduced to a significant level to be occupied by the land owners.

Key Plan

Design Program :

2007- 2011 Due to certain development the built up area is increased and greens are reduced.

1. Morning 9.30am The number of people in the void is very less of a compared to any other busy. This shows the limited usage of the undefined space.

Conservation and Regeneration of the Fortuitous Urban void / Terrain Vague by an Urban Park Location: Tiruchirapalli, Tamilnadu Keywords: Natural habitat, Encroachment, Uncertain, Secure Cross disciplinary approach: Urban Landscape, Architecture & Construction Techniques Statement: By initiating the idea of an urban park the project aims to

preserve the fortuitous urban void and prevent these closed zones from being encroached or misused by the real estate owners and the people. It also seeks to provide a secure atmosphere for the people to roam around/ pass through these voids from the unsocial activities happening due to the uncertainty in the spots. To expose the utmost of the voids without abusing it, an urban park would be the unparalleled

solution since it is multifunctional, ecological and cultural, open to their users and even open to the city. A park means freedom and community, repose and recreation.

The major programs incorporated are: •

2012 - 2017 More empty lands are created to be plotted and occupied in the future development plans.

2. Evening 6.00pm Even in the roads that are near the people is very minimal considering to

Mapping of the voids Over the years

Activity during the busiest hour of the day in the voids

800

voids. this

The movement of time of the day

• • • • • •

A walking track along the larger length of the site and playground and skating tracks for the children. Amphitheatre Café house Picnic Spot Kiosks Multi-purpose Hall Programmatic layering or superimposing of one function over the other could be done manner. 801

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism

The type of opening demonstrated is a Top Hung window with two vertical panels hinged on the sides of the frames. Since hinged on the sides the panel rotates along the X-axis in the ZY plane and has a downward movement along the Z- axis.

LEGEND (PARTS):

1. Part 1_locking system 2. Part 2_handle_lever 3. Part 3_c- channel system 4. Part 4_connecting rod system 5. Part 5_hinge system 6. Part 6_hinge system other side

Plan Closed Position Open to close Position

A drawing depicting mechanism of TOP HUNG WINDOW Close to open Position Force diagram

LEGEND:

Front Elevation

Plan Open Position

Section

Movement

1. Mild steel frame_2mm thick 2. Mdf panel_20mm thick 3. Rotating knob lock system_60 mm length 4. Ms panel handle_2mm thick 5. C- channel_275mm length 6. Grooves periodically at every 9mm in the channel 7. Moving divided c-channel_2mm thick 8. Box joint connecting the c-channels

9. Grooved track with notch_plate_24mm 10. Rivets_4mm thick rod 11. SS solid rod_8 mm thick acting as movement transferring element 12. Solid SS chamfered box grooved inside 13. Side hinge i max hinge_plate_2mm thick staggered 14. Side hinge I max hinge_plate_1mm thick 15. Side hinge I max hinge_plate_2mm thick

holding track_2mm thick 16. Rubber piece _2.5 Mm thick

Shop Drawings LEGEND:

LEGEND:

1. Mild steel frame 2. Mdf board panel 3. Side hinge 4. Connecting rod that initiates the Movement above 5. Lever moving up and down 6. Lock 7. Handle

1. Mdf Panel Solid 2. MS Frame Box section Detail a Detail b Detail c Detail d

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a TOP HUNG WINDOW

Grasshopper Script

Step 1

Step 3

Step 2

Step 4

Parametric scripting to model TOP HUNG WINDOW

802

Front Elevation

Plan Open & Closed Position

Section Closed Position

Section Open Position

Step 1: Making of the Window frame Step 2: Making of the Panel frame Step 3: Making of the Panel Step 4: Rotation and Movement of the Panel frame and the Panel

Shop drawings of TOP HUNG WINDOW

803

Modifying Shop Drawings

Assembly LEGEND:

DETAIL A

DETAIL B

DETAIL C

DETAIL D

2. Lock System Knob 3. Handle to accentuate the movement 4. Connecting rod holding solid SS box section 5. Fasteners Pinned to hinge plates 6. Track plate Hinge system 7. Screws used to attach the handle to the divided c- channel 8. C- channel 9. Connecting rod 10. Staggered plate Hinge system 11. Plate Hinge system 12. T box connecting the divided channel 13. 1_(Parts) 14. Grooves in the C-channel to control the motion of the lever 15. Rubber piece

Step 1 The 450 cut mild-steel box sections are welded on the same angle to create frames for the window panels. Frames cut in the corner to fit in mechanics. Cut to a smaller depth on the other side for track.

Step 2 C-Type channel system arrangement where the grooved c-channel is pivoted with the divided c-channel on the bottom and with rivet on the top .

Step 3 Now the C-channel system is screwed to the box section of the frame. It shows the extended rod that which is where all the other parts are connected to accentuate the motion.

Step 4 Grooved track the frame to

Step 5 Hinge - I max hinge

Step 6 Hinge _ panel and frame with a pinned joint in the panel and a rivet.

Shop drawings of TOP HUNG WINDOW The construction drawings are to explain the positioning and dimensions of the mechanism demonstrated. The technique of the mechanism is just a lever system being pulled out to open the window and pushed in to close the window. The panel allows a rotation of 450. The main panel is made of Mdf board and the window frame is made of Mild Steel to accommodate thin framing system.

attached to reduce stress

Parts

Part 1_Locking system

LEGEND:

Part 2_Handle_Lever

Part 3_C Type Channel system

Step 7 Connecting rod- attached with the same rod as the hinge is connected which helps simultaneous motion or rotation in both the panels. Part 4_Connecting rod system

Parts of TOP HUNG WINDOW 804

Part 5_Hinge system

Part 6_Hinge system Other side

Step 8 Lock system- attached to the box section of the connecting rod to which it is screwed inside. The lock system consists of a vertical rod that rotates with a semicircular knob.

1.Screw holes of C-channel 2. Screw holes for Track with grooves 3. Angled cut box section 4. Lock hole 5. Rod that gives the deliverable force 6. Rod which moves up and down 7. Track plate 8. Staggered plate 9. Fasteners 10. Mdf Panel 11. Hinge 12. MS frame 13. SS Rod 14. Grooved track 15. Connecting rod 16. Box solid SS section 17. Track to which it is attached 18. Semicircular knob 19. Box solid SS section with lock hole 20. Screws connecting

Illustration depicting sequence of mechanism of TOP HUNG WINDOW 805

Modelling Iteration-1_Vertical

Iteration-2_Horizontal

Key Idea-In the first attempt, the main member is stabilized using three other strips of different heights joint with smaller members and connected with compression member. This iteration failed because of the rotational movement in the pin joint.

Key Idea-In the second attempt, the main member is stabilized using three other strips of different heights joint with smaller members and connected with compression member and added tension member at grips. This iteration also failed because of the instability of the compression members even though supported by the tension members.

Side Elevation

Front Elevation Front Elevation

Top View

Dead Load

View

Dead Load

Connection - 1

Connection - 1 Lateral Load

Connection - 2

806

Lateral Load

Torsional Load

Connection - 2 View

807

Modelling Iteration-3_Vertical

Iteration-4_Horizontal

Key Idea- In the third attempt, the main member is stabilized using three other strips of different heights joint with smaller members connected with tension member. This iteration also failed because of the usage of tension members as the as the major connections

Key Idea- In the fourth attempt, the main member is stabilized using four other strips of different heights symmetrically joint with smaller members connected with tension member. This iteration was stable only when the members are symmetrical and that required large number of material. Side Elevation

Side Elevation

Front Elevation Top View

Top View

Front Elevation

Dead Load

View

Dead Load

Connection - 1

Connection - 1 Lateral Load

Connection - 2 Lateral Load

808

Torsional Load

Connection - 2

Torsional Load

809

Modulating system Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Key Idea- In the first iteration, the bearing member is stabilized using two other strips to connect different sized strips and connected with tension members and the spanning member using smaller strips and staggering and connected with tension members. This iterations failed because of the instability in the bearing system due to the varied heights in the members and the staggering of the spanning members.

Key Idea- In the second iteration, the bearing member is stabilized using two other equal sized strips and connected with tension members and as for spanning member strips connected to form triangular elevation and connected with tension member and grooved through the bearing member. This iterations failed because of the instability in the spanning system due to wrong connections of the tension members.

Front Elevation

Top View

Corner Connections Corner Connections

View

810

View

Connection(spanning)

View

811

Modulating system Iteration-3

Structural system_1:10 Scale Model

Key Idea- The finally derived iteration here, was resolved by maintaining the angular supporting members from the last iteration and adding them on both above and below and gradually decreasing their heights towards the ends which will take-up the tensigrity/ suspension of the load above and transfers it to the bearing members. The bearing members are derived from the spanning where tensigrity acts as a pulling factor and transfers the load to the earth/ ground.

Front Elevation

Top View

Multiplied module

The multiplied module required additional supporting members to hold and tie them up on all sides making a periphery. The gap between the periphery members could act as a medium to pass through light and could be modified into different fenestration options according to the climatic condition.

LEGEND: Tension Member Bearing Member Spanning Member Periphery Beam Secondary Beam

View

Purlin Joist

Basic Parts

812

Connections

813

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

Introduction

Final Finished layer (Yellow Rough Textured Kota Stone) 1300 x 900mm

Brick Debris, Lime plaster and Dam-proofing Layer -100mm thick

LEGEND:

1. Multi-purpose Hall 2. Stairwell 3. Reception

A space can be articulated into a dark and a contrast open lit space using architectural elements like shading device. The transition of space from light to dark, closed to relief are accommodated in relationship with the function of the space. Iteration-1

The Building is being designed in a wooden framing system since the project urges it to rely on more of original, sensible and emotional material. It is also the most available material in the vicinity and gives a sense of the space. It is an L- shaped building where one module of the enclosure is being demonstrated wherein the others will be typical. The spanning and bearing system is made to accommodate more space in the multi-purpose hall being designed.

Concrete Poured over decking sheet -100mm depth

Corrugated Steel decking sheet -2mm thick Tension Members in Spanning system Wooden Joist - 150 x 100mm section Wooden Purlin (Aligned to the spanning members )- 100 x 100mm section Spanning members (Wood) / Primary Beams spanning more than 10m- Main member 200 x 100 section and supporting members 100 x 100mm section Tension members - 6mm dia rod (periphery), 4mm dia rod (others)

Built Mass Position in the site

Removed corner to maintain linearity

Periphery Beams - Main member 200 x 150 section and supporting members 175 x 100mm section Bearing members (Wood) - Main member 200 x 100 section and supporting members 100 x 100mm box section , c/c -3000 distance Tension members - 4mm dia rod with concrete post

Creating entrance to the building by cutting through

Concept

Divided to accommodate function

LEGEND:

1. Greens 2. Building 3. Pathways 4. Site

Materials

CLT

Wooden bottom Layer - 2mm (Multi purpose Hall) screwed to concrete Slab below Stairwell included in the junction Form Evolution

814

Bearing system- Tension Members, Concrete post & steel plates

Finished floor (Wood Hardwood surface layer) 3.6mm for Multi purpose Hall ;for other areas - Marble 1300 x 900mm Crosswise smaller hardwood strips - 9mm tongue and groove panels 2000mm x 3000mm (Multi purpose Hall)

Meandering Alignment Symmetrical Alignment

Periphery Beams and the connecting beams

Water pool and greens included in the periphery of the multi-purpose hall

Concrete Slab of 300mm thick holding the bearing members

MS Plate

815

System assembly (spanning system)

System Details

Assembly of spanning member

Joinery Details

Wooden Spanning member with wooden supporting members sitting diagonally on both the sides where above is in 450 angle and below is in 600 angle to facilitate their balance running from the centroid of the main horizontal member. It is used to span a space more than 10 meters.

Spanning Member 2. Bearing - Spanning Junction

1. Bearing - Bearing Junction

Detail A

Detail B

Detail C

LEGEND:

17. 30mm dia nut and screw hexagonal headed 18. 10mm thick double steel plates inserted inside the timber member for further connection to the bearing member 19. Tension member periphery 6mm dia 20. Main Timber Member

1. Main member_175 X 100mm wooden section 2. Mild Steel Plate 10mm thick C shaped notched sides) Steel Plate 7 mm thick inserted inside the supporting members 4. Hexagon headed nut and screw with washer 25mm dia 10mm dia steel rod 3 on both sides and plates to hold them together 5. Wooden supporting members different lengths & angles as of 450 according to span 6. Cross mild steel member inserted inside the timber 7mm thick 7. Mild steel plate welded to cross plate 7mm thick 8. Mild steel rod 6mm dia

Detail D

the cross-plate 10. Tension members_ 4mm dia & 6mm dia in the periphery 11. Wooden Supporting member 12. 15 x15 mm section Tension member holders 13. 8mm dia bolts to hold the plates and tension members in order 14. Circular mild steel plate 80mm dia and 5mm thick 15. Tension members 4mm dia to hold the tension members welded with the double plates within the timber member

816

Key Plan

3. Spanning - Joist, Purlin Junction

4. Bearing - Foundation Junction

LEGEND:

system below at different heights on each

15. The inserted column will be attached with the galvanised post support steel channel plate 25mm thick with two 40 mm dia holes for bolts. 16. Steel rectangular hollow plate is attached at the bottom to cover it 17. 400 X 300mm pit in the concrete slab to insert the timber posting 18. Bearing Member

1. Two Steel box plate covered at the bottom and top like caps connected with a welded cross plate in between to hold the bearing _10mm thick 2. Locking bolts jutted into these box steel plates_25mm dia_4nos. for each cap 3. Beam to column connection: 12 mm thick steel plate double welded 4. Steel rods to hold the joist to the purlin below_10mm dia_2 nos. 5. Steel plate with 10mm dia holes to attach to the joist above and below_7mm thick 6. Joist section 150mm X 100mm 7. Purlin diagonally extended from the spanning

100mm X 100mm 8. 10mm dia steel rods to hold the plate in position_3 nos on each side 9. Half I plate to hold the purlin with the supporting members of the spanning system_10mm thick 10. Spanning System 11. Box sectional steel plate being notched into the bottom of the column 13. 40 mm dia steel rods 14. Steel plates of 25 mm thick on all four sides

817

System assembly (bearing system)

System Details

Assembly of bearing member

Joinery Details

Wooden Bearing member with wooden supporting members sitting diagonally on both the sides where both are on the same 450 pulling the main member with tension rods to stabilize it. There are two different heights in the building of 4m and 6m which are held by wooden members.

Detail A

Detail B 1.End Condition

Key Plan

LEGEND:

Detail C

Detail D

LEGEND:

18. Angled plate holders to held the tension members to the main member (acting as a counterweight)_7mm thick _2nos on each side

1. Main Timber member 2. Wooden Supporting member 3. Steel main plate notched into the wooden main member_10mm thick_1no. for each member 4. Hexagon headed nut ,screw and washer_25 dia_6 nos. 5. Steel Angular plates inserted inside the supporting members_7mm thick_2nos. 6. Mild steel rods for holding the steel plates and members together_10mm dia_3nos. each side 7. Cross mild steel member inserted inside the timber 7mm thick 8. Mild-steel rods to hold the cross-plates in position_10mm dia

2. Corner Condition

the cross-plate 10. Holding cup sections to held the tension rod to the angled plate _15mmx 15mm 11. Tension members_ 4mm dia 12. Holding cup section_15 x15 mm Tension member holders 13. 8mm dia bolts to hold the plates and tension members in order 14. Circular mild steel plate 80mm dia and 5mm thick 15. Tension members 4mm dia

1. Periphery beam 2. Box Steel plates from two sides of the periphery beam connecting to the column_12mm thick 3. Bearing member 4. Locking Bolts_25mm dia 5. Secondary beam 6. Steel plates with extended double plates inserted into the secondary beams and the spanning member_10mm thick_3nos on each end 7. Spanning member 8. 10mm thick cross-plate being inserted into the corner joist 9. 10mm thick angular plate being inserted into the angular joist down 10. Timber joist above_100mm X 100mm box section 11. Angular timber joist down_100mm X 100mm box section 12. 10mm dia steel rods 13. Periphery beam 14. Joist Member 15. Secondary beams 16. Corner condition of the cantilever junction of the joist 17. Top-hung joist hanger with 5 holes_7mm each 18. Periphery Beam 19. Bearing Member 20. Joist 21. Additional Wooden Member

plate_10mm thick 17. Mild steel rod holding the plates on both sides together_10mm dia Bearing Member

818

3. Joinery - connecting joist of two different sizes of the spanning member

819

Context Plan

Ground Floor Plan

LEGEND:

1. Main Entrance 2. Pathway 3. Gazebo 4. Walking Pathway 5. Rest-room 6.Food Kiosk 8. Meditation Hall below

B 10. Picnic Spot 11. Food-kiosk 12. Playground 13. Walking pathway 14. Store / Event room 15.Amphitheatre 16. Open Market 17. Entry to Open market 18. Entry to Playground

LEGEND:

First Floor Plan

20.Annamalainagar Road extension 21. Existing mud road- developed

Design strategy:The idea was to create a place that integrates the Bio diversity of the land and to maintain the originality or the form of the land. The terrain vague becomes the place of intervention that could be conserved and redeveloped for the betterment of the land and the society. How the greens are going to be placed so that it does not disturb the stability of the ecosystem? The built environment should happen 820

fortuitously for people to gather, connect, collect and celebrate. The term Social condenser is being used to demonstrate the “programmatic layering or programmatic indeterminacy to adopt more programs and one element can be transformed or used as the same for multiple purposes. The architectural follies can be spread all over the space like confetti’s and connected by certain access and circulation to create a number of surprise and a refreshing spots in the terrain

The local tress and shrubs grown are Neem, Castor Oil plant, Pungai , Murungai and Arugampul in the surroundings. Trees are planted in the periphery of the streets. The building are mostly within three floors heights. There is a school and a college in the surrounding.

Ground Floor Plan Multipurpose hall as Art Gallery

1. Entrance to common area 2. Corridor 3. Multi-purpose Hall Meditation Hall 4. Interactive Space 5. Store Room 6. Changing Room 7. Reception 8. Stairwell 9. Store Room 10. Staff Room 11. Pantry 12. Private Classroom 1 13. Private Classroom 2 14. Common Classroom 15. Book Store 16. Reading area 17. Toilet 18. Picnic Area Lawn 20. Public Restroom Mens 21. Multi-purpose Hall Meditation Hall 22. Entry to ff 23. Workstation 24. Manager cabin 25. Conference room 26. Waiting area 27. Staircase to mezzanine level 28. Store room 29. Leisure/ pantry 30. Open to sky event/party space

821

Building Section /Sectional Perspective

Key Plan

Building Section

LEGEND:

1. Multi-purpose Hall Meditation hall 2. Corridor 3. Open to sky Event/Party space 4. Leisure / Party space 6. Classroom space 8.Stairwell 9. Picnic Spot 10. Interactive space 11.Food stall Key Plan

Building Sectional Perspective

822

823

Part Sectional Perspective / Wall section

LEGEND:

1. Concrete slab with corrugated steel decking sheet 2. Periphery Beam Wood section_200 x 150mm 3. Wooden Framing (transom)_section 40 x 40mm 4. Spanning member Wood section_185 x 100mm 5. Fixed Glass window for light penetration_6mm thick Single glazed 6. Secondary Beam Wood section_175 x 100mm 7. Cement plaster layer _100mm 8. Brick wall Hallow blocks_200mm thick 9. Catnic Steel Lintel 215mm Depth, 50mm thick 10. Shading device top hung double windows together 11. Mild-steel box section 2mm thick 12. Wooden Mdf panels_20mm thick 14. Cement Screed_40 mm thick 15. Concrete slab _300mm thick

Part Sectional Perspective

LEGEND(DETAILS): 2. Spacer mild steel cross box plate_10mm thick 3. Brick debris, Lime & others_75mm thick 4. Concrete slab with decking sheet _100mm thick 5. Edge trim in the steel plate 20mm width and 2mm depth 6. Restraint Strap_10mm thick section 10x 20mm sleek plate bent in the end 7. Screws to connect the Edge trim and corrugated steel decking sheet_10mm dia 8. Screws to connect the Edge trim and the timber member below_10mm dia 9. Corrugated decking sheet_2mm depth_1500 x 2500mm panels 10. Shear studs to corrugated decking sheet to the timber member below_30mm dia 11. Timber member Periphery beam section 200 x 150mm 12. Reinforcement Rod 13. Mild-steel section_60 x 50mm_2mm thick 14. Air Gap 15. Gel Sealant_1mm thick 16. Screws_10 mm dia 17. Wooden Buck_20mm x 60mm

LEGEND:

1. Private Classroom 2. Staffroom 3. Stairwell 5. Workstation 6. Classroom corridor

Wall Section

Common Key Plan

19. Rigid insulation_20mm depth 20. Plywood Spacer 21. Trim base inverted 22. Concrete sill_100mm 23. Water drip detail_10mm x 10mm 24. Brick Wall_200mm thick Detail A

824

Detail B

Scale: 1:5

825

Facade system

Fenestration

1. Exploded View_Fenestration_Type 01

Exploded view_Facade Details

LEGEND:

Key Plan

1. Periphery Beam Wood section_200 x 150mm 2. Secondary Beam Wood section_100 x 175mm 3. Wooden transom_40 x 40mm 4. Fixed glass_Single glazed_12mm thick 5. Spanning member_Wood section_200 x 100mm 6. Supporting member(spanning)_Wood section_100 x 100mm 7. Bearing member_Wood section_200 x 100mm 8. Supporting member(bearing)_Wood section_100 x 100mm 9. Wooden (CLT)section_100 x 150mm 10. Fixed glass_Double Glazed_6 mm thick each 11. Concrete Slab (frame)_200 x 100mm 12. Hollow Brick wall_200mm thick 13. Catnic Steel Lintel 215mm Depth, 50mm thick 14. Top Hung Wooden Shutter_Panel_50mm square_Wooden pieces spacing_40mm 15. Wooden frame_100mm square section

2. Exploded View_Fenestration_Type 02

LEGEND:

1. Key Plan

826

2. Key Plan

1. Concrete Slab (frame)_200 x 100mm 2. Hollow Brick wall_200mm thick 3. Catnic Steel Lintel 215mm Depth, 50mm thick 4. Mild-steel box plate_section 2mm thick 5. SS solid piston box_section 25 x 15mm 6. SS Connecting rod_8mm dia 7. Lever of the mechanism_ SS C-Channel 2mm thick 8. Concrete Slab (sill)_200 x 100mm 9. I max Hinge_Three plates_2mm thick 10. Mdf panel_30mm depth 11. Wooden frame_100mm square section 12. Top Hung Wooden Shutter_Panel_50mm square 13. Diagonal wood section_50 x 40mm

827

Key Plan

Visualization of the fortuitous urban voids acting as a space of intervention (Urban park) without disturbing its form

828

829

Key Plan

Conservation of the urban voids by retaining the existing vegetation and by converting the space into a gathering space

830

831

Key Plan

Visualization of the multi-purpose hall acting as a meditation hall

Key Plan

Visualization of the common classroom and the interior layout

832

833

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio I have to say , that the last 16 weeks has been energizing, struggling and thrilling, at times failed in confidence, other times pumped up with determination. It was though, sitting before the laptop 24/7 for work and as well as for the classes but yet the semester began successfully with a lot of varied and mostly peculiar and specific assignments which lead me into confusion at first but then everything fell right into place when we finally accomplished the project. “Commitment to work”; the phrase really made a way through our lives. Actually, it was a parts to whole semester where we started with a very small part, as in, a mechanism of window to the entire project which runs through the same scheme. Most importantly the structure which has been a neglected field for architecture was the soul of this semester which was quite interesting in its way. Observation of design and spaces and its transitions through model making was my favourite. The exploration of the materials in structure and the application of forces were the two specific things which I felt really though to crack and yet I rejoiced the whole semester learning the very thin line between structure and design. - Kave Shinthu Prabakherran PAD20165

834

835

837

Youth Development Centre Aurangabad, Maharashtra

Ojas Hiwrekar

Aurangabad, Maharashtra 19.8762° N, 75.3433° E

1:500 1:200 1:100

• Appropriate window locations for the availability of .cross ventilation. • We can speculate on the materials of the built space, so it is safe to assume that most built spaces at this scale are made up of RCC

• Position of the openings are visible with the overhead projections • Basic layout of the interior is mapped • Window and door shutter opening are visible.

• • • •

Layout of the furniture in the room Bathroom layout Opening of doors and windows Variation in the internal and external wall thickness

• Layout of the furniture is done according to best optimize the available space and ease of access • At this scale, the interior spaces are clearly visible. The door swings are shown even chajjas overhead can be marked.

1:50

• Turning radius for the vehicle to get in the plot can be extracted with help of the map at this scale. • Local regulations seems to be followed in the area. • Presence of individual housing modules in the area • Built masses can be categorized as residential based on the planning.

• Multiple Entries or access to the plot can be observed • Various types of vegetation can be observed • Footpath, overhang, paving and the water tanks can be observed • Segregation of plots can be observed clearly.

• Furniture layout t of a bedroom including bed, wardrobe, chair and a table. • Tile layout can also be observed • Difference in the floor patterns can be observed. • Varying materials can be noticed.

• Furniture layout design for optimum space utilization and ease of access, • Tiles for each area and the layout is different.

1:10

Reading Scales

• Clear identification of materials and anthropometry of objects • Operation and the detail of a typical Sliding window can be observed • Wall finishes can be observed

• At this scale, the detail of aluminum sliding window is shown also, brick hatch and the plaster line be visible.

• Due to high density of built spaces, close relationship between the people can be speculated • Varying density of the built spaces can be observed. • Presence of Informal settlements can be determined based on the density .

• Lack of Green cover • Circulation can be observed throughout the map • At this scale there is still no clear distinction between the public and private areas but now, we can clearly define the open spaces as either buffer spaces or congregational areas.

• Clear form of the building is mapped • Location of vegetation planted in the immediate vicinity • Plot Boundaries • Road networks is visible also the hierarchy can be observed • Number of built masses in the area can be determined.

• Relationship between the built and unbuilt spaces are clearer. • By marking private spaces a sense of ownership can be established within the urban environment. • Cluster dwelling type can be figured out within the area. • Presence of gated community is clearly visible • Varying typology of built masses in vicinity can be observed.

• Relationship between the individual structures and the urban block or cluster • Location of individual trees and foliage • Parking location for each plots and access to the structure as well as the road.

• Each of the plot has enough space for vehicular parking within the boundary wall. • Building type can be identified as residential. • we can also observe the dividers separating the lanes on the road

1:5000

• Orientation of the buildings is apprehended • Location of green clusters or tress • Buffer spaces between structures are visible • Tree foliage are visible • Ratio of built and Unbuilt

1:2500

• Hierarchy of roads is observed • Clear distinction between built and unbuilt spaces • High density of built spaces can be observed • Unbuilt spaces are directly related to the built mass by acquiring their identity through human activities such as roads, footpaths, play areas, congregational spaces, gardens and the buffer areas between the built mass.

1:1000

1:10000

Observations

838

839

Non-working Population ward-wise

Density amongst the wards in the city

Low ( <70%)

High (>250)

Medium ( 70 – 73%)

Medium (200-250) Low (<200)

High ( 73%)

Represents Unequal Distribution of services and amenities

840

841

Modifying Introduction

Mechanism

A drawing depicting mechanism of *NAME OF FENESTRATION*

LEGENDS: 1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG

Movement Movement

8. HHH 9. III 10. JJJ 11. KKK 12. LLL 13. MMM 14. NNN 15. OOO

LEGENDS: 1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG

8. HHH 9. III 10. JJJ 11. KKK 12. LLL 13. MMM 14. NNN 15. OOO

Shop Drawings LEGENDS: 1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG

An isometric drawing depicting movement of a *NAME OF FENESTRATION*

Grasshopper Scripting Grasshopper Script

Parametric scripting to model *NAME OF FENESTRATION*

842

843

Modifying Shop Drawings

Assembly

A drawing depicting mechanism of *NAME OF FENESTRATION* LEGENDS:

8. HHH 9. III 10. JJJ 11. KKK 12. LLL 13. MMM 14. NNN 15. OOO

LEGENDS:

8. HHH 9. III 10. JJJ 11. KKK 12. LLL 13. MMM 14. NNN 15. OOO

1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG

Sequence of mechanism

Shop drawings of *NAME OF FENESTRATION* LEGENDS: 1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG

8. HHH 9. III 10. JJJ 11. KKK 12. LLL 13. MMM 14. NNN 15. OOO

Parts Parts

1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG

844

845

Modelling Iteration-3 Iteration-2

Iteration-1

Iteration-4

Iteration-2

Iteration-5

846

847

Model (1:10) Evolution of the system

Spanning system

Model Perspective

Tension cable and module Model Perspective

848

849

Architectural Programme and concept

Accommodating Structure

Stage-1 System without loading

Iteration-1

The Idea was to design a Youth Centre ito provide a safe, informal and supervised environment for young people. The infrastructure is designed to accommodate unstructured social interaction among different age groups and provide the space to offer more structured activities. By giving youth the opportunity to take part in recreational and cultural activities or vocational counselling, this community centre will help them develop their physical, social, emotional, and cognitive abilities and to experience achievement, enjoyment, friendship, and recognition. Programme 1. Auditorium 2. Study Hall 3. Library 4. Co-working space 5. Dance Hall 1 6. Dance Hall 2 7. Recording Studio 1 8. Recording Studio 2 9. Football turf 10. Basketball court

850

Iteration-1

Site

Stacking services on the south

Orientation Along E-W Direction

Final Form

Iteration-1

851

System assembly

System assembly (Bearing System)

The system assembly consisting composite Bearing system which is made up of an ISMB section is sandiwitched between two timber posts. The timber spanning system is held together by the tension cable using turn-buckle. The systems are further connected by the floor joists and tie beams. This structural system module of 28m x 12m is repeated through out the design.

Materials

852

853

System assembly (bearing system)

System assembly (Joineries)

Assembly of spanning member

854

855

Context Plan

LEGENDS:

1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG 1. AAA 2. BBB 3. CCC 4. DDD 5. EEE 6. FFF 7. GGG

856

1 2 M

W I D E

R O A D

857

Floor Plans 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Section Perspective

Auditorium Library Study Hall Reception Admin Recording Studio Recording Studio 2 Storeroom Dance Hall Dance Hall 2 Storeroom

Section Through Auditorium FIRST FLOOR

11 2

GROUND FLOOR 858

Section Through Co-Working space 859

Wall Sections

LEGEND 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

East Facade

Timber Floor 150MM Spanning System Curtain Wall Fin Shading Device RCC Slab 150MM 6mm Tensile Cable Bearing System Storage Room Insulation Shading Device Timber Cross runner 150MM Shading Device

South Facade

1 2 2 8

9 10

860

861

Interior View - Co-Working Space

862

863

Interior View - Auditorium

864

865

External View

866

867

Epilogue MAAD foundation studio The 16 week Foundation studio led by Prof. Sankalpa and assisted by Aviral and Neel has helped me develop a deep understanding of materials. The unique approach of the studio helped me understand the forces acting on the structural system by experimenting with paper models and later deriving a structural system with details and optimum material. The studio challenged me, exposed me to lot of new things, pushed me beyond my comfort zone and helped me set a new bar for myself. I’d like to thank my professors who were there in every step of the way throughout the semester even in these difficult times when the semester is carried on an online platform.

- Ojas Hiwrekar PAD20230

868

869

871

Health and Wellness Centre Badarpur, Delhi

Aditya Kumar Sharma

Badarpur, Delhi 28.7041° N, 77.1025° E

1:500

Reading Scales

• • • • •

1:10000

•

• • •

1:5000

Inferences

• • •

1:2500

Observations

•

• • • • •

•

Connectivity of primary and secondary streets. Streets intersects at 90 degree.

•

As the built mass are almost same size one can say they are used for same purpose .

A sense of ownership can be anticipated with the clear demarcation of plots.

STREET NO 3

1:100

STREET NO 3

•

Built is more than unbuilt. Densely populated. Built mass are in square and rectangular geometrical pattern. Built Grain. Linear streets.

• •

1:50

STREET NO 5

STREET NO 4

STREET NO 2

STREET NO 1

• •

• • •

• •

• 3MTR WIDE ROAD

PROPERTY LINE

• •

Detailed profile of the build mass. Arrangement of built mass in linear pattern along the road. All built mass has direct access to road. Most of the built mass has same size and shape but few are bigger in size. There is a circle in bigger built mass which is chamfered at the left corner.

•

Built mass which has circle in it suggest a possible difference in type and function of space.

1:10

• •

4.5 MTR WIDE ROAD

•

Overall layout. Outdoor and indoor connectivity. Outdoor tile rectangular shape. Internal Staircase. Door and window openings for every room. Space segregation and spatial relationship.

•

Furniture layout. Door and window openings and Location. Space connectivity. At down right corner we can observe wall there is no door at opening.

•

Furniture layout. Flooring Pattern. On left side we can observe Door opening and window at the back of the furniture. We can also observe the curtain near window.

•

Door Frame Single Leaf. Skirting. Connection between Frame and Brick Work. Moulding on top of the frame. Plaster and Paint finish.

•

• •

•

• •

One can inference the property having different terrace with no. of horizontal line is a temporary roof structure. Rectangular tile at the edge of the road one can inference that is a drain cover. The property having large cut out suggest the open verandah.

Outdoor tile suggests the property edge as well as used to cover drain. Cutout on first floor at washing area and right down corner one can inference that presence of sunlight,natural ventilation and used for services. White space three side around the property one can suggest its a neighborhood property.

Every Room has different furniture suggests the functionality of space. As there is no door at down right corner it suggest the gathering space and that space has direct connection where privacy is not required.

Type of furniture suggest its a gathering space. The presence of curtain and window suggest presence of natural light is there. Flooring texture suggest seamless kind of flooring.

STREET NO 5

STREET NO 4

SHIVA TEMPLE

STREET NO 2

STREET NO 1

•

3MTR WIDE ROAD

1:1000

•

The lower part seems like a big chunk of natural features . Planned settlement figured out due to grid geometry and road network.

•

SHIVA TEMPLE

872

Contrast between built and unbuilt. Hierarchy of roads. Organized settlements.

1:200

•

Terraces of the buildings.. Geometry/shape of the building. Building faces or direct connection to road. Rectangular tile at the end of the road. On left side one can observe the different type terrace with number of horizontal line. One can observe a large cutout in one of the property.

• • • • •

• •

Moulding on top of the frame to hide the joint between wall and frame. Material Property. Hardware specification.

873

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : Cities are interesting, dynamic, and varied places, but can also be isolating. 54% of the world’s population ed to increase substantially in the comfor housing, education, employment, social interaction, and cultural and leisure activity. road safety, public transport, and safety. What is merely implied, and

perhaps a missed opportunity, is health Cities major roles in pulling individual lifestyle, by providing healthy environment. Such as how much you walk or do physical activities in a day. Social interaction, and cultural and leisure activities are missing. As we know human are social creatures. So questions comes up how we interact? not virtually but face to face

interaction two way communications which require different set of skills and ultimately matter more in long term health and wellness.

SITE

BADARPUR

Context Map (Badarpur, New Delhi)

In above image we can see how covid made a impact on spaces. COVID generated isolation and loneliness. Everyone is asked to stay home and rearrange daily routines and work activities in indoor domestic space. In above image we can see how covid made a impact on spaces.

Residential Blocks

874

Commercial Blocks

Overview

people’s

attitudes

immigration. Even extremely subtle reminders of illness can shape our behaviours and attitudes.

875

Room 2 Kitchen

Room 3

Common space

Room 1

Terrace WR

Home environment (dirty, cluttered, dark) all these spaces cause different kind of chronic health conditions.

For heart and soul how much u move in a day modern technology in work and learning environments turning more and more mental health, obesity & various chronic health issues.

Types of residents and their shelter.

Design Program : Health focuses on the physical and mental body being free from illness, injury, or disease. Health is a goal you work to achieve. For example, managing chronic conditions such as lowering your blood pressure or controlling diabetes etc.. Wellness matters because everything we do and every emotion we feel relates to our well-being. In turn, our well-being directly affects our actions and emotions. Therefore, it

is important for everyone to achieve optimal wellness in order to subdue stress, reduce the risk of illness and ensure positive interactions. Health and Wellness Centres, are envisaged to deliver and expanded range of services to address the primary health care need to entire population in their area. The design to bring focus on keeping people health by engaging and empowering individuals

and communities to choose healthy behaviours and make changes that reduce the risk of developing illness or diseases. It deliver high quality care, medicines & diagnostics. These centres would deliver and bring healthcare closer to the homes,also plays major roles in the time of pandemics.

Architectural Interventions : • • • • • • •

Retail Library Pharmacy. Clinics Ward room Spa Gymnasium

• • • • • • •

Floating pods Meditation Room Treatment Room Dance Hall Sauna Restaurants Roof Top

Mapping showing resident activities

876

877

Modifying Introduction

Operation

Product Window

1 3

Type Central pivoted Rotation 0-90 degree Mechanism Rack and Pinion

A pivot window is essentially an ordinary casement window with another opening mechanism. Here, the casement - the movable part featuring the mdf panel. Instead, it pivots from the middle either vertically or horizontally from hinges mounted in the centre of the frame. The window is operated with the lever which provides the linear motion to the system that helps the inbuilt mechanism i.e, rack and pinion inside the window frame to rotate,means linear motion is converted to circular motion.

5 4 6

A drawing depicting Operation of CENTRAL PIVOTED

LEGENDS: 1. 75X50X4MM THK MS METAL FRAME 2. MDF PANEL 3. CLAMP TO HOLD MDF 4. LEVER CONNECTED TO RACK & OPERATOR 5. OPERATOR

Movement

Shop Drawings LEGENDS: OUTSIDE

500

1100

1. 115MM THK BRICK WORK 2. 75X50X4MM THK MS METAL FRAME 3. MDF PANEL 4. CIRCULAR METAL ROD 5. CLAMP TO HOLD MDF 6. SCREW TO HOLD MDF 7. PINION 8. RACK 9. LEVER CONNECTED TO RACK & OPERATOR

500

50 1

INSIDE

3 4

An drawing depicting movement diagram of a *CENTRAL PIVOTED

Grasshopper Script

50 5

700

600

150

200 100

LINEAR MOTION

Parametric scripting to model CENTRAL PIVOTED

878

Shop drawings of CENTRAL PIVOTED

879

Modifying Shop Drawings

Assembly

1 50

1 3

2 500

MDF PANNEL

8 600

1 50

7 10

500

MDF PANNEL

600

8 9

7 10

REFER TRACK DETAIL

STEP 1 MS Frame cut as per dimensions.

STEP 2 Fixing of rack guide into bottom rail of window.

STEP 3 Assembly of Rack and pinion into the rack guide.

A drawing depicting mechanism of *CENTRAL PIVOTED* LEGENDS: 1.75x50x4 MM THK MS FRAME 2. RACK GUIDE RAIL 3. RACK 4. PINION 5.U-CLAMP 6.MDF PANEL

OUTSIDE

INSIDE

5 50

REFER TRACK DETAIL

Shop drawings of CENTRAL PIVOTED INSIDE

Idea was to create a system which can easily operate by user by apply minimum force.

OUTSIDE

LEGENDS:

1. 115MM THK BRICK WORK 2. 75X50X4MM THK MS METAL FRAME 3. MDF PANEL 4. CIRCULAR METAL ROD 5. CLAMP TO HOLD MDF 6. SCREW TO HOLD MDF 7. PINION

B E

B E Gear MRGA Ground Spur

rackGear MRGA Ground Spur

MRGF Hardened Ground Rack J Series

STEP 4 Connection between u-clamp and pinion

D A

rack

pinion

pinion Parts

8. RACK 9. LEVER CONNECTED TO RACK & OPERATOR 10. RACK GUIDE RAIL

Specification Grade Gear teeth Material

Specification Grade KHK R 001 Standard full Gear depth teeth SCM 415 Material

STEP 6 screw.

LEGENDS:

1.75x50x4 MM THK MS FRAME 2. RACK GUIDE RAIL 3. RACK 4. PINION 5.U-CLAMP 6.MDF PANEL

KHK R 001 Standard full depth SCM 415

D MDF PANEL 2

E SSPINION U CLAMP

STEP 5 After assembling of mechanism frames are weld into one unit.

Specification

RACK GUIDE RAIL

Grade Gear teeth Material

Catalog No. MSCPG5-20A 880 Module CP5 Catalog No. MSCPG5-20A

RACK Specification

KHK R 001 Standard full depth Grade Gear teeth SCM 415

Material

KHK R 001 Standard full depth SCM 415

Illustration depicting sequence of mechanism of CENTRAL PIVOT 881

Modelling Vertical Spanning

Iteration-2

Task-The exercise was to make a 50cm paper strip stand vertically with help of smaller 75mm strips joining only through pin joints the objective behind this exercise was to understand the transfer of forces in a structure. Different options were made at the initial stage, which led to figuring out the best way to transfer the compressive and tensile loads.

The second part of the exercise was to support another 50cm paper strip in horizontal direction working as a cantilever. It was observed that compressive members are good at the top and tensile member are good at the bottom. Iteration-1

In final iteration the vertical part is supported with cross system which are connected with the two vertical member.

Iteration-2

Iteration-3

Iteration-5

Iteration-6

882

883

Modulating system Iteration-1

Stage-1

Task The spanning and bearing system developed previously are used to design a structural system for a community library for a footprint of 100 SQM and a G+1 building of maximum height 8m. Model is prepared with 10x75mm strips at 1:20 scale.

System without loading ENTRANCE

The major objective of this exercise was to modulate a structural system to address issues of form and size of member and accommodation of large and small volumes while repeating the system.

//100SQM (8X12.5)

Key Idea To create the system in a sleek style by minimizing the material and joinery between the members.

Front Elevation

Stage-2 Plan

System with Top Loading

Front Elevation

Stage-3 System with Lateral Force.

Corner Detail

Elevation

Front Elevation

884

885

System assembly (bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system)

Assembly of bearing member

Assembly of spanning member

PLAN

Step 1 LEGENDS:

1. MS PLATE 6MM THK 2. WOODEN SECTION(75MMX 75MM) 3. BOLT 4. GROOVE FOR RECESSED PLATE 5. VERTICAL WOODEN MEMBER(75MMX75MM) 6. RECESSED PLATE WITH CABLE CONNECTOR 7. ANCHOR JOINT 8. WOODEN MEMBER (75MMX75MM) 9.T- PLATE

Step 4

Step 2

Overview

Step 3

LEGENDS:

Parts

886

Overview

1. BEARING SYSTEM 2. SPANNING SYSTEM 3. ANCHOR JOINT 4. Wooden Member(235x100mm) 5. C-SECTION COLUMN (300X100MM) 6. 6MM THK T-PLATE 7. BOLT 8.8MM THK STIFFER 9.CABLE BUCKLE

887

Model (1:10)

OVERVIEW

Front Elevation

The Spanning members are manufactured up to 75x75mm wooden sections of teak wood. All spanning members are connected by a secondary member of wood as well. The compression is taken by wooden beams and the tension is carried by the high tension steel cable. Load from the slabs are carried by the spanning members and transferred to the vertical members.

Side View

888

View

889

FORM EVOLUTION FORM EVOLUTION

Space material and interaction

FORM EVOLUTION

Conceptual Massing

FORM EVOLUTION

FORM EVOLUTION FORM EVOLUTION

SITE GREENERY SITE GREENERY SITE site is Located in Badarpur,New total area of the Introducing around side tothe reduce the hardscape Stret This siteThis is Located in Badarpur,New Delhi.TheDelhi.The total area of the Introducing GreeneryGreenery around the side the to reduce hardscape Stretch the b This site is Located in Badarpur,New Delhi.The total area of the Introd plot is 2500sq.m plot is 2500sq.m of site. of site. follow th plot is 2500sq.m

Iteration-1

Iteration-2

Accommodating Structure

3-d Model

LEGENDS: VERTICAL BEARING SPANNING SYSTEM PERIPHERAL BEAM CORE

890

SITE This site is Located in Badarpur,New Delhi.The total area of the plot is 2500sq.m

GREENERY BUILDING HEIGHT GRID FORM EVOLUTION GRID FORM EVOLUTION SITE GREENERY BUILDING HEIGHT SITE GREENERY BUILDING HEIGHT GRID Introducing Greenery around the side to reduce the hardscape Stretch Propose the basic volume to the requested building height andkeystone a grid on the entire massing.This will be the Blocks are shifted and creating inrequested a stacked waycreates which creates Propose a grid on the entire massing.This will be the keystone Blocks are shifted and creating inrequested atostacked way which CreatingCreati Gre This site is in Located in Badarpur,New area of the Introducing around thereduce side tothe reduce the hardscape Stretch basic volume the building height and This site is Located Badarpur,New Delhi.TheDelhi.The total areatotal of the Introducing GreeneryGreenery around the side to hardscape Stretch the basicthe volume to theentire building height and Propose a grid on the massing.This will be the keystone Blocks of site. follow the setback structure ofand the zoning envelope. identity for the building space and green roofscape. terraces and canopies new paradigm for city. identity for the building space green roofscape. terraces and canopies new paradigm for city. imp plot is 2500sq.m follow the setback structure ofand theenvelope. zoningroofscape. envelope. plot is 2500sq.m of site. of site. follow the setback of the zoning identity forstructure the building space green

GRID Propose a grid on the entire massing.This will be the keystone identity for the building space and green roofscape.

FORM EVOLUTION SERIES OF TERRACES FORM EVOLUTION SERIES OF TERRACES GRID GRID FORM EVOLUTION SERIES OF TERRACES Blocks are shifted and creating in a stacked way which creates Creating Green Terraces and activities with in the block for gridentire on the entire massing.This willkeystone be the keystone Blocks areand shifted and creating in a way stacked way which creates Green Terraces and activities withblock in the Propose Propose a grid onathe massing.This will be the Blocks are shifted creating in a stacked which creates Creating Creating Green Terraces and activities with in the forblock for terraces and canopies new paradigm for city. improving community and social interaction. identity for the space building space and green roofscape. terraces and canopies new paradigm improving community social interaction. identity for the building and green roofscape. terraces and canopies new paradigm for city. for city. improving community and socialand interaction.

891

Context Plan

PROGRAMS: 1. LOBBY 2. RETAIL 3. WAITING AREA 4. CLINICS 5. GENERAL WARD ROOM 6. PRIVATE WARD ROOM 7. GYMNASIUM

Design strategy:-

Key to the Health and wellness design was flexibility that will allow the building to adapt to the needs of the rapidly-evolving healthcare field. “The building tells a story of innovation, rethinking patient care by minimizing stress and maximizing careful and considerate treatment. The Centre is designed for health and well-being providing daylight and landscape views to patients and visitors and the ability to personalize each room. 892

The Centre has been designed for maximum community interaction, featuring a library, gym, exhibition areas and recreational facilities. Landscaped gardens and plazas provide visitors a welcoming presence.

893

Section

Sectional perspective

IMAGE Try get maximum daylight and landscape views to patients and visitors.

894

895

CORNER JUNCTION & EDGE CONDITION

Wall section elevation

PLAN

PART SECTION ALONG SPANNING SYSTEM (FOR CANTILEVER CONDITION)

8 4 3

1 11

LEGEND

LEGEND 1

STEEL CHANNEL SECTION (300X100MM)

WOODEN BEAM (75X235MM)

CHANNEL SECTION PERIPHERAL BEAM (300X100MM)

GLASS MULLION (100X75MM)

GLASS FACADE

CONCRETE SLAB

ALUMINIUM SYSTEM RAIL

ALUMINIUM FACADE

CONCRETE WALL

CORE

METAL DECKING SHEET

STEEL CHANNEL SECTION PERIPHERAL BEAM (300X100MM)

STEEL CHANNEL SECTION (300X100 MM)

CHANNEL SECTION COLUMN (300X100MM)

MS STIFFNER PLATE 8MM THK

CONCRETE SLAB

STEEL CHANNEL SECTION PERIPHERAL BEAM (300X100MM)

TRANSOM FIXED WITH CONCRETE SLAB

STEEL CHANNEL SECTION PERIPHERAL BEAM (450X100MM)

SPANNING SYSTEM WOODEN MEMBER (350X 100MM)

STEEL CHANNEL SECTION PERIPHERAL BEAM (600X100MM)

DGU GLASS

GLASS HANDRAIL 1200MM HIGH

METAL DECKING WITH CONCRETE (150MM THK)

MICROTOPPING FLOORING (50MM THK)

TERRACE GARDEN

896

4 1

CORNER EDGE VIEW

897 CORNER EDGE VIEW WITH GLASS FACADE

Reception & waiting area The idea of bringing nature into the space was challenged by materials and use of green plants, timber panelling is done and also used for partitions.

Reception & waiting area With white micro desk gives the space minimalistic and spacious sense.

898

899

900

901

902

903

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The Foundation studio lead by our studio head Sankalpa is a very unique and different way to approach architecture. The way going from scale reading to Problematising the context which helps in reading urban area also to observe, analyse and elucidate urban situations. The focus of the studio is based on understanding forces that are in play in the structural members, which can be better understand through working with models. Once again thanking Sankalpa, Aviral, Neel & Chirag Bhai for helping in any moment with their expertise during this pandemic situation. -Aditya Kumar Sharma PAD20016

904

905

907

Community centre And refugee centre for cyclone affected victims

Anish Noone

Nellore,A.P 14.4426° N, 79.9865° E

1:500 Road networks and patterns are mapped this scale. The relationship between built and unbuilt can be depicted . Formal and informal settlement patterns can be seen in the map. We can observe that there are less open spaces when compared to the built mass. Roads hierarchy can be observed.

•

The map depicts pattern of the plots. Density of built mass can be seen. Individual plot shapes can be identified. Building plot boundaries can be seen at this scale. There are many buildings without proper road access.

•

Natural vegetation can be clearly noticed at this scale. • The plot sizes and boundaries are more distinct. • Built and unbuilt are clearly noticed. Observations : • The interrelation of built and unbuilt can be observed. • Types of residential units are differentiated.

•

At this scale plot boundaries and building profile are more clearly seen. • Approach to the buildings is visible. Observations : • The relationship between its immediate surroundings can be observed. • Set backs and building foot print are noticeable at this scale.

•

• • •

1:5000

•

• • • •

1:2500

• •

• • • •

1:1000

• •

• • • • •

908

• • •

• •

From the grid pattern on the left part of map shows the layout has been developed in organised manner. The right part of the map shows there is particular pattern observed in the roads , which tells us development has taken place on its own randomly. From figure ground map we infer that the density of built mass is high. The scattered settlements ,no proper road access to buildings and small grain size can infer to slum kind of development. From the building form and size we can categorize building types tentatively. .At this scale building heights can be determined.

Due to unorganized settlements there is no proper road access . There is no public/gathering space for the inhabitants. Due to dense settlement there no scope for future development.

The road does not have any public infrastructure like footpaths,vegetation along roads etc.. As plot boundaries are distinct at this level ownership can be defined. All the building roof are flat.

1:200

•

• • • • •

• • • • • •

1:100

Inferences

• • • • • •

1:50

Observations

• • • • •

1:10

1:10000

Reading Scales

• • • •

Terrace plan is shown with headroom and water tank positions. In site features can be seen. The profile of the apartment and exact set can be seen. Services provided on the head room can be seen.

•

Floor plan of individual flat is seen at this scale. Position of openings are clearly visible. Difference in wall thickness is seen. The division of spaces is seen clearly showing the function of the space. The user movement,connectivity of spaces can be observed at this scale.

•

Floor plan with furniture placement is shown. Functionality of spaces can be seen. Positioning of furniture gives the space required for a room. Cross ventilation is achieved for the bedroom Toilet is so small.

•

Flooring pattern can be seen at this scale. Storage spaces can be noticed. The clearances between the furnitures can walk-able space is observed . Character and volume of space be seen.

•

In this scale finishing details are shown It is the scale where details of single material of entity is shown Order of material placement can be observed. All the ornamentation and safety details observed.

•

• •

• • •

• •

As there are open spaces besides the buildings good ventilation is achieved for the flats. Since flats are placed sequentially the windows open into ducts into each other flats causing privacy issues. As there is green belt provided they might have violated in local building regulations.

From plan and visible columns we infer that its a framed rcc structure. Position doors for the bedrooms ensure maximum privacy. The plan with its window positions we see that maximum ventilation is achieved.

The very small bathroom does not provided space for dry and wet areas separately. Optimum spaces are provided in relation to the room sizes and furniture. Kitchen and dining areas are not well connected.

There is less movable space in room around the bed. Window is placed behind the bed which not a appropriate position .With the help of furniture wardrobe and tiles dimensions can be inferred.

Construction details enable us to find out type of construction. The material specification infers the quality of building. How are different materials are combined in a construction can be seen.

909

Reading, Questioning, Interpreting an Architectural Response Problematising the Context : Problem Statement : The study goes into the ongoing debate of public spaces and what these should facilitate and how social challenges affect urban planning and demand for urban spaces to accommodate a diverse demographic composition. Sustainability is a term often used concerning environmental developments. When working with architecture and urban design it often focuses on energy sufficient materials, green roofs, energy-saving windows, etc.. Economical sustainability is also a well-used term in urban development, but what about social sustainability? The three types of sustainability make up the sustainability triangle. Which is the basic tool for creating sustainable designs? Often social sustainability is under prioritized and in some cases overlooked in the process of designing the urban area, which results in a design that lacks social awareness. In my study area, we can see that there are two types of settlements formal and informal. The formal settlement was developed 50 years ago as a layout. Later surrounding this layout gradually people began to settle and continued. Since there is no controlling authority the informal settlement kept on increasing. Today there no public spaces which encourage social interaction and economic well-being. These spaces are very important and act as a bridge between different stakeholders and new connections arise. “We shape our buildings and afterward our buildings shape us,” - Winston Churchill So, when designing public spaces for social coexistence, the challenge lies in “the third space”, space in-between, where the possibility of interaction between the different groups of people occurs. Space has to feel comfortable and safe to encourage interaction, but also be able to emphasize on the individual. It also relies on accommodating diversity. Diversity is reached through designing spaces that attract different kinds of people, where safety and comfort are sustained. On the whole dense mix of users, relations and interconnected functions can give rise to a highly productive and multicultural community.

910

Nellore is a city located in the southern part of Andhra Pradesh state. The city has been developing rapidly in population and expanding in all directions. In this densification process, the open spaces in the neighbourhood are depleting in the course of time. As Nellore is located in the coastal region in months of October and November it experiences from moderate to heavy cyclones. During these cyclone times many becomes homeless due to its adverse effects The stone house pet area of Nellore is a predominantly residential area with apartments and individual houses. It has rice mill and many transport and godowns in the area resulting in the parking of trucks on the ground .many of the houses do not have parking spaces in the houses. And there is an open space which was previously used as ground for and children to play and people in the neighbourhood used come for a walk. Now the trucks are being parked in the ground losing the space for recreational activities. previously all festival events, flea markets used to happen in the ground. This is also resulting decline of social interaction and economic activities of the neighbourhood. As there is no public space to interact the social isolation is creating adverse effects on the individuals in course of time. So a my project shall be providing a space for cyclone refugees during cyclone times and in normal days it can be used for other functions like training centre, exhibitions etc... And also creating a open urban space people of the neighbourhood

911

Modifying Introduction The vertical bi-fold window(opening size 500mm x 700mm)opens by rotation of handle. The handle is connected to the bevel gear to change the direction of rotation .From the bevel gear its connected to worm gear to again change the direction. Here double start worm is used to reduce the force twice. Lead screw is connected to worm wheel for linear motion to move the panels. In lead screw we had used four start thread for efficiency.

912

913

Modelling Iteration-1 Horizontal

Iteration-1 Vertical The exercise is to make 50 cm strip of paper to stand with help of 75 mm strips with pin joints. the idea is realise the forces and know how they behave.

The exercise is to make 50 cm strip of paper to stand with horizontally with help of 75 mm strips with pin joints. the idea is realise the forces and know how they behave.

In the first attempt two paper strips were make stand like v shape with intermediate strips .To stop the lateral movement tie vertical support has been introduced which is attached to main strip and tied with thread to the intermediate supports. but due to less material it was not stable.

In the first attempt two paper strips were used . one is flat direction and other one is in curvy shape bending along the force direction. Intermediate supports were added more stability. the system worked but could not carry any weight.

view 2 view

view

side view

Iteration-1 Horizontal

Iteration-2 Vertical In the second attempt more material is added to the structure . The strips are altered and placed in every direction. More material is added at the bottom to make it more stable. This attempt was more stable than the previous one .

In the second attempt more material is added. the material kept on reducing in length on the above . due to more material at the end it was more stable and it was hanged with help of threads from the top. This helped in the carry to more weight when placed on them.

side view

914

Front view

view view 2

915

Modulating system The pre designed bearing and spanning members are to used and create a volume . the bearing members are placed and supported side ways with help horizontal strips which ties up entire system into single entity. the spanning members are placed on these bearing members to resist the lateral movement. so the overall structure was more stable and stood itself .

From previous exercises and learnings new bearing and spanning system is designed. The Spanning member is made with help small strips in zig zag manner. two strips of these kind are joined together with toothpicks by placing single strip at the centre. this was much more effective that the previous attempts due to increase in effective depth and width. The Bearing Member is made of two vertical strips with horizontal supports .Thread is used to cross bracing of the columns to add tensile strength.

view

top view of spanning member

916

side view of spanning member

Bearing member

Side view

Top view

Front view

917

Space material and interaction

Accommodating Structure

In this exercise model is to be done in a way that the enclosure system expresses the characteristics of your system in relation to the space of your project in terms of texture and the material ability to mediate between light and space . In this design two major functions are identified. They are dorms for refugees and training centres. These two volumes are created perpendicular to each other for varied functions. Double height entry to the building is taken in between these two volumes. Common Services( staircases and toilets )are placed beside the entrance which is easily accessible to the users. Volumes are designed according the function .Terraces and extended verandahs are incorporated wherever required. The orientation of the building along North -South where north and east portions of building remain shaded. All the open spaces are planned in north and east sides. opaqueness and transparency is well balanced to maximum ventilation and reducing the heat gain.

Concrete poured over decking sheet -100mm depth on which flooring tiles are laid.

steel reinforcement laid over the decking sheet. 4mm mild steel decking sheet fixed spanning system with shear bolts. pre designed spanning system.

The orientation of the building along North -South axis where north and east portions of building remain shaded creating a positive open space.

Two volumes are created with a central entrance and creating public space.

pre designed bearing system. exposed brick wall

01. Two volumes are created for cyclone refugees and training centres.

02. Entrance added between the volumes.

03. Services are placed centrally accessible to both the users.

raised concrete plinth

Material Palate 04. Terraces and verandahs are added.

918

05. Raised corridors are added along the open side.

06. colonnade is added to corridors for structural and aesthetic purpose.

919

System assembly (bearing system)

System assembly (Spanning system)

Assembly of bearing member

Assembly of spanning member

Exploded axonometric diagram of the Spanning system.

Exploded axonometric diagram of the Bearing system

LEGENDS:

1.75 MM X 250 MM Timber section 2.Assembly system to attach tension cables. 3. supporting wood bracing member 50 MM X 75 MM 4. 6 mm tension cable attached at end to MS cleats. 5. Full length Spanning system

Full length bearing system

Edge detail of the spanning member rested on column. LEGENDS:

1.100 MM X 250 MM Timber section 2.MS Assembly system to attach tension cables. 3. MS Assembly system to join two wooden sections 4. wooden column joined by MS assembly. 5. supporting wood bracing member 50 MM X 100 MM 6. MS Cross bracing tension cables.

4mm MS plate with 10 MM dia circular rods fixed with bolts the to support tension cable

Plan of the Spanning system.

Pedestal Detail

Assembly of tension cables to bearing member Elevation of the Spanning system.

920

921

Context plan

Floor plans

Design Strategy The building is placed on site in such a way it maximum view to public. The orientation of the building is along north -south axis so that north and east remain shaded where all open areas are planned creating a positive and comfortable open space. The spaces are mostly hall type structures which helps to users to have flexible usage. the entrance and services are at the centre which is easily accessible to all users. so side of the building are dorms for cyclone refugees which can be used as multipurpose halls. The other side is planned for training centres and office rooms.

922

923

Sectional perspective

924

925

Corner edge condition

Wall section and Elevation

Wall section wall system detail Exposed Brick Dry wall LEGENDS: 2.100 MM Concrete poured over decking sheet. system with help of shear bolts. 4. Periphery timber beam 75 x 150 mm

926

Lintel detail with MS SECTION

Roofing detail

5.Exposed brick dry wall system. 6. Raised concrete plinth. 7. Pre designed spanning system 8.Edge bearing member.

9.Corner timber column 10.Tension cables for bracing 11.Wooden vertical bi-fold window 12.Pre designed bearing system.

Facade elevation

For the shading the building wooden vertical bi-fold has been used. the window system is designed mechanically to lift the shutters. the ground floor height of building is 4 m and other floors are 3.5 m. Plan

927

EXTERIOR VIEW : STAIRCASE AND CATTLE SHED

928

929

INTERIOR VIEW : DORMITORY

930

931

EXTERIOR VIEW OF THE COMMUNITY CENTRE 932

933

Epilogue

MAAD foundation studio The Foundation studio started with analysing different scales of the urban area we all resided in during this pandemic times. It was an eye-opener how by just changing the scale it underlies so many issues of the urban fabric. The issues and arguments we developed from the exercises and interaction from other specialized individuals brought into the studio were overwhelming. Learning grasshopper and coming up with structural systems of our own was something I haven’t done it before. This method of form finding design approach was intriguing and most sensible. We also made a lot of physical models just not to showcase the design but to physically experiment on it. The only addition I would make to the studio is to have it on campus, as it requires a lot of face to face interaction. My application and thanks to the studio head Sankalpa, Aviral, Neel, Yatin bhai, Chagan, and Chirag bhai and all my colleagues for all the hard work they have gone through. This indeed was a valuable experience with great outcomes.

- Anish Noone PAD20042

934

935

“ One cannot be meek and shy, when one commits to Architecture “

936

937